Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutPermit D13-0384 - QUILTS ETC - TENANT IMPROVEMENTQUILTS ETC 800 SOUTHCENTER MALL D13-0384 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Inspection Request Line: 206-438-9350 Web site: http://www.TukwilaWA.eov • DEVELOPMENT PERMIT Parcel No: 9202470010 Permit Number: D13-0384 Address: 800 SOUTHCENTER MALL Issue Date: 4/3/2014 Permit Expires On: 9/30/2014 Project Name: QUILTS ETC Owner: Name: WESTFIELD PROPERTY TAX DEPT Address: PO BOX 130940 , CARLSBAD, WA, 92013 Contact Person: Name: JESSICA BRADLEY Phone: (206) 720-7001 Address: 2505 THIRD AV, SUITE 324 , SEATTLE, WA, 98121 Contractor: _ Name: ' FUTURE BUILDERS INC Address: 1008 NE 122 AV , PORTLAND, OR, 97230 Phone: (503) 252-9197 License No: FUTURB1952C2 Expiration Date: 3/13/2015 Lender: Name: SELF FUNDED - QUILTS ETC Address: DESCRIPTION OF WORK: NEW TENANT: TENANT IMPROVEMENT IN EXISTING RETAIL SUITE. SCOPE OF WORK INCLUDES DEMOLISHING EXISTING NON-STRUCTURAL PARTITIONS & CEILING. NEW CONSTRUCTION CONSISTS OF NEW NON-STRUCTURAL PARTITIONS, STOREFRONT, FINISHES AND LIGHTING Project Valuation: $275,000.00 Type of Fire Protection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Fees Collected: $4,953.02 Type of Construction: IIB Occupancy per IBC: M Electrical Service Provided by: TUKWILA FIRE SERVICE Water District: TUKWILA Sewer District: TUKWILA SEWER SERVICE Current Codes adopted by the City of Tukwila: Internations Building Code Edition: International Residential Code Edition: International Mechanical Code Edition: Uniform Plumbing Code Edition: 2012 International Fuel Gas Code: 2012 WA Cities Electrical Code: 2012 WA State Energy Code: 2012 2012 2012 2012 Public Works Activities: Channelization/Striping: Curb Cut/Access/Sidewalk: Fire Loop Hydrant: Flood Control Zone: Hauling/Oversize Load: Land Altering: Landscape Irrigation: Sanitary Side Sewer: Sewer Main Extension: Storm Drainage: Street Use: Water Main Extension: Water Meter: Volumes: Cut: 0 Fill: 0 Number: 0 No Permit Center Authorized Signature: • (4)-; Date: I hearby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regujjting,p nstruction or the performance of work. I am authorized to sign and obtain this development permit and agree to the conditions attached to this permit. Signature: Print Name: 4, L� Date: / —.3-01d ?/`-i/ This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days for the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. PERMIT CONDITIONS: 1: ***FIRE DEPARTMENT PERMIT CONDITIONS*** 2: Portable fire extinguishers, not housed in cabinets, shall be installed on the hangers or brackets supplied. Hangers or brackets shall be securely anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight not exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 5 feet (1524 mm) above the floor. Hand-held portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 3.5 feet (1067 mm) above the'floor. The clearance between the floor and the bottom of the installed hand-held extinguishers shall not be less than 4 inches (102 mm). (IFC 906.7 and IFC 906.9) 3: Extinguishers shall be located in conspicuous locations where they will be readily accessible and immediately available for use. These locations shall be along normal paths of travel, unless the fire code official determines that the hazard posed indicates the need for placement away from normal paths of travel. (IFC 906.5) 4: Fire extinguishers require monthly and yearly inspections. They must have a tag or label securely attached that indicates the month and year that the inspection was performed and shall identify the company or person performing the service. Every six years stored pressure extinguishers shall be emptied and subjected to the applicable recharge procedures. If the required monthly and yearly inspections of the fire extinguisher(s) are not accomplished or the inspection tag is not completed, a reputable fire extinguisher service company will be required to conduct these required surveys. (NFPA 10, 4-3, 4-4) • • 5: The total number of fire extinguishers required for a light hazard occupancy with Class A fire hazards is calculated at one extinguisher for each 3,000 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "all purpose" (2A, 10 B:C) dry chemical type. The travel distance to any extinguisher must be 75' or less. (IFC 906.3) (NFPA 10, 3-2.1) 6: Egress doors shall be readily openable from the egress side without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort. (IFC 1008.1.8.3 subsection 2.2) 7: Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle is engaged from inside the tenant space. (IFC Chapter 10) 8: Exit hardware and marking shall meet the requirements of the International Fire Code. (IFC Chapter 10) 9: Door handles, pulls, latches, locks and other operating devices on doors required to be accessible by Chapter 11 of the International Building Code shall not require tight grasping, tight pinching or twisting of the wrist to operate. (IFC 1008.1.8.1) 10: Exits and exit access doors shall be marked by an approved exit sign readily visible from any direction of egress travel. Access to exits shall be marked by readily visible exit signs in cases where the exit or the path of egress travel is not immediately visible to the occupants. Exit sign placement shall be such that no point in an exit access corridor is more than 100 feet (30,480 mm) or the listed viewing distance for the sign, whichever is less, from the nearest visible exit sign. (IFC 1011.1) 11: Every exit sign and directional exit sign shall have plainly legible letters not less than 6 inches (152 mm) high with the principal strokes of the letters not less than 0.75 inch (19.1 mm) wide. The word "EXIT" shall have letters having a width not less than 2 inches (51 mm) wide except the letter "I", and the minimum spacing between letters shall not be less than 0.375 inch (9.5 mm). Signs larger than the minimum established in section 1011.5.1 of the International Fire Code shall have letter widths, strokes and spacing in proportion to their height. The word "EXIT" shall be in high contrast with the background and shall be clearly discernible when the exit sign illumination means is or is not energized. If an arrow is provided as part of the exit sign, the construction shall be such that the arrow direction cannot be readily changed. (IFC 1011.5.1) 12: Aisles leading to required exits shall be provided from all portions of the building and the required width of the aisles shall be unobstructed. (IFC 1013.4) 13: Exit signs shall be illuminated at all times. To ensure continued illumination for a duration of not less than 90 minutes in case of primary power loss, the sign illumination means shall be connected to an emergency power system provided from storage batteries, unit equipment or on-site generator. (IFC 1006.1, 1006.2, 1006.3) 14: Emergency lighting facilities shall be,arranged to provide initial illumination that is at least an average of 1 foot-candle (11 lux) and a minimum at any point of 0.1 foot-candle (1 lux) measured along the path of egress at floor level. Illumination levels shall be permitted to decline to 0.6 foot-candle (6 lux) average and a minimum at any point of 0.06 foot-candle (0.6 lux) at the end of the emergency lighting time duration. A maximum -to -minimum illumination uniformity ratio of 40 to 1 shall not be exceeded. (IFC 1006.4) 15: All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinkler systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 50 heads shall have the written approval of Factory Mutual or any fire protection engineer licensed by the State of Washington and approved by the Fire Marshal prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance No. 2327). 16: Sprinklers shall be installed under fixed obstructions over 4 feet (1.2 m) wide such as ducts, decks, open grate flooring, cutting tables, shelves and overhead doors. (NFPA 13-8.6.5.3.3) 17: Maintain sprinkler coverage per N.F.P.A. 13. Addition/relocation of walls, closets or partitions may require relocating and/or adding sprinkler heads. (IFC 901.4) 18: A fire alarm system is required for this project. The fire alarm system shall meet the requirements of N.F.P.A. 72 and City Ordinance #2328. (ALL FIRE ALARM COMPONENTS TO BE TIED TO THE MAIN MALL PANEL.) 19: All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #2328) (IFC 104.2) • 20: Maintain fire alarm system audible/visual notification. Addition/relocation of walls or partitions may require relocation and/or addition of audible/visual notification devices. (City Ordinance #2328) 21: An electrical permit from the City of Tukwila Building Department Permit Center (206-431-3670) is required for this project. 22: The maximum flame spread class of finish materials used on interior walls and ceilings shall not exceed that set forth in Table No. 803.5 of the International Building Code. 23: Post address on storefront per approved Westfield standards. 24: This review limited to speculative tenant space only - special fire permits may be necessary depending on detailed description of intended use. 25: These plans were reviewed by Inspector 511. If you have any questions, please call Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau at (206)575-4407. 26: Any overlooked hazardous condition and/or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. 27: ***BUILDING PERMIT CONDITIONS*** 28: Work shall be installed in accordance with the approved construction documents, and any changes made during construction that are not in accordance with the approved construction documents shall be resubmitted for approval. 29: All permits, inspection record card and approved construction documents shall be kept at the site of work and shall be open to inspection by the Building Inspector until final inspection approval is granted. 30: New suspended ceiling grid and light fixture installations shall meet the seismic design requirements for nonstructural components. ASCE 7, Chapter 13. 31: Partition walls shall not be tied to a suspended ceiling grid. All partitions greater than 6 feet in height shall be laterially braced to the building structure. Such bracing shall be independent of any ceiling splay bracing. 32: All construction shall be done in conformance with the Washington State Building Code and the Washington State Energy Code. 33: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206-431-3670). 34: All electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center. 35: VALIDITY OF PERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances of the City of Tukwila shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the Building Official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. PERMIT INSPECTIONS REQUIRED Permit Inspection Line: (206) 438-9350 1700 BUILDING FINAL** 0611 EMERGENCY LIGHTING 1400 FIRE FINAL 0409 FRAMING 0606 GLAZING 0406 SUSPENDED CEILING • CITY OF TUKWILA Community Development Department Public Works Department Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd, Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 http://www.TukwilaWA.gov 4) Building Permit No. Project No. IZs- 03811 Date Application Accepted: Date Application Expires: 1)=.0-13 19 \(� (For office use only) CONSTRUCTION PERMIT APPLICATION Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. **Please Print** SITE LOCATION King Co Assessor's Tax No.: Site Address: +8''SOUTHCENTER BLVD Suite Number: 800 Floor: Tenant Name: QUILTS, ETC. PROPERTY OWNER Name: WESTFIELD Address: 11601 WILSHIRE BLVD. 14TH FLOOR City: LOS ANGELES State: CA Zip: 90025 CONTACT PERSON — person receiving all project communication Name: JESSICA BRADLEY/CRAFT ARCHITECTS Address: 2505 THIRD AVE SUITE 324 City: SEATTLE State: WA Zip: 98121 Phone: (206) 720-7001 Fax: (206) 720-2949 Email: JESSICA@CRAFTARCHITECTS.COM GENERAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION Company Name: Address: Company Name: Architect Name: KATHY CRAFT -REICH City: State: City: SEATTLE State: WA Zip: Phone: Fax: Email: State: Contr Reg No.: Phone: Exp Date: Tukwila Business License No.: H:Wpplications\Forms-Applications On Line \201 I Applications\Permit Application Revised - 8-9-11.docx Revised: August 2011 bh New Tenant: m Yes ..No ARCHITECT OF RECORD tli I14 ' Name: a IA/ Company Name: CRAFT ARCHITECTS Company Name: Architect Name: KATHY CRAFT -REICH Address: 2505 THIRD AVE, SUITE 324 City: SEATTLE State: WA Zip: 98121 Phone: (206) 720-7001 Fax: Email: State: ENGINEER OF RECORD tli I14 ' Name: a IA/ Address: p / ht 'Gt vt 114.,v, / 131 U Company Name: Engineer Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Phone: Fax: Email: LENDER/BOND ISSUED (required for projects $5,000 or greater per RCW 19.27.095) tli I14 ' Name: a IA/ Address: p / ht 'Gt vt 114.,v, / 131 U City: r- f It. 0_ State: 1Zip: Mil i t Page 1 of 4 BUILDING PERMIT INFORMATIO1T206-431-3670 Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $ 275,000 Describe the scope of work (please provide detailed information): 1 S tv Le . 5Leype G watt, AA c.(tit (Am ttA/tAA ell) ex r).)—vt 1 kit —5't �^ft e/1 4'A,1 U 1 C�; tifew & v C,�t. S ri r _ _. ,:p vim/ RiMM. — s i s v% . wt, I � G( 1, `-'fin r r S i-wc + t" W 5 'S Gt 1 114 Will there be new rack sttorage? ❑ Yes m.. No If yes, a separate permit and plan submittal will be required. Existing Building Valuation: $ Provide All Building Areas in Square Footage Below PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? 0 Yes Z No If "yes", explain: FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: Z Sprinklers ❑ Automatic Fire Alarm 0 None 0 Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? 0 Yes Z No If `yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8-1/2" x 11" paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM 0 On-site Septic System — For on-site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. H:\Applications\Forms-Applications On Line\201 I Applications\Permit Application Revised - 8-9-I l.docx Revised: August 2011 bh Page 2 of 4 Existing Interior Remodel Addition to Existing Structure New Type of Construction per IBC Type of Occupancy per IBC 1s` Floor 1,761 II M rd Floor 3rd Floor Floors thru Basement Accessory Structure* Attached Garage Detached Garage Attached Carport Detached Carport Covered Deck Uncovered Deck PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? 0 Yes Z No If "yes", explain: FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: Z Sprinklers ❑ Automatic Fire Alarm 0 None 0 Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? 0 Yes Z No If `yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8-1/2" x 11" paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM 0 On-site Septic System — For on-site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. H:\Applications\Forms-Applications On Line\201 I Applications\Permit Application Revised - 8-9-I l.docx Revised: August 2011 bh Page 2 of 4 • PERMIT APPLICATION NOTES — Value of Construction — In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review — Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. The Building Official may grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 90 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 105.3.2 International Building Code (current edition). I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING OWNER OR : UTHORIZED AGENT: Signature: _ — Date: 171 1i' // Print Name: g R1 N IL titin if Day Telephone: h 20 Gcf -7-col is Mailing Address: vs -or V-4 A—ter SlV rr 3 vi Seer Kt- pv q t z. ( City State Zip H:Wpplications'Forms-Applications On Line\201 I Applications\Permit Application Revised - 8-9-11.docx Revised: August 2011 bh Page 4 of 4 Cash Register Receipt City of Tukwila DESCRIPTIONS I Permit RA ACCOUNT QUANTITY I PAID $4,953.02 D13-0384 Address: 800 SOUTHCENTER ,. MALL Apn: 9202470010 $4,953.02 DEVELOPMENT $4,953.02 PERMIT FEE R000.322.100.00.00 $2,999.10 PLAN CHECK FEE R000.345.830.00.00 $1,949.42 WASHINGTON STATE SURCHARGE TOTAL FEES PAID BY RECEIPT: R474 B640.237.114 $4.50 $4,953.02 Date Paid: Friday, December 20, 2013 Paid By: CRAFT ARCHITECTS Pay Method: CHECK 006495 Printed: Friday, December 20, 2013 3:36 PM 1 of 1 CIWYSTEMS INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-367 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431-2451 Project. ;LTA tic. Typeof Inspection: L) : r ; A6; Address:OO SG AAA—/I Special Instructions: Date Called: Date Wanted:Q.m„ el- - 'L S -A p.m. Requester: s ^ A Phone No: 4 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: QNAr ae Inspectop' Date:( ez_s• f 4 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION tJO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431-2451 b 13 -6384 Project n -Type L ----D._.< i �1_ of Inspection: r ,L42.11<__ - F (NA L_ Addr s: Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: 5-2-5"-! a.m. P.m. Requester: Ai.— v ----:,N 4 L.— i5 D� , �pcsTR►Q �t r Phone No: UApproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: CO cpit s p,r PF b 0E1):16..1 G — AOA 4,, /r,__ �z c :4 -AZ i,.36, r -- A.n p ✓ ev.'c /3 e 04 t ,,r 9 -- L. itt (n+.\ x. -- 4-1:1?../ dic) t,n Rc&rA rc, O(►R`-2 I PA'Jd 65, ADWo%CJ tat -:1-14443-5.... ?02:1. `' MeciLlA&W 1 \ Ai.— v ----:,N 4 L.— i5 D� , �pcsTR►Q �t r Date: 5.- Z -'Y jEINSPECTION FE REQUIRior to next insPection, fee must be ad at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. v INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION C. 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188.. (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431-2451 Proj i 1 S ErC Typ f Inspection: f Ati\c n Addr s 5( M il 1 1 Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted -m 5-1 ... 1 p.m. Requester: .. ..J Phone' No: Approved per applicable codes. • Corrections required prior to approval: COMMENTS: REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next -inspection. -fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule.reinspection. r INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit 13-03Eiy PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431-2451 Proje' t:kS Type Inspection: Ad es00 S C /i l -A 1, Date Called: Special Instructions: Datented: 5_ 1 _ Li (/a.m� ��p--rfi Requester: Phone No: Approved per applicable codes. El Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: .,C•,C3C1t Date' 2 REINSPECTION FEE REQITED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter 1314d., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit 15,-s-1% 3-F-13 PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206-575-4407 Project: CV- Type f Inspection: f.),r_....... lirl tn..,IA - Address:Cont Suite #: /Z2 -c. S. 1C, `0.1' 'ST- S_Special ct Person: SpecialInstructions: Phone No.: _Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: - A LV--- — ? . ..S, — gtiA v4 -s-- --- ,S, -----eyvv_,L_ to 'cif? V\ -R-660=4 (A../11 '14 .-„-..\ I y Needs Shift Inspection:, Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector _Mies— Date: -7/a./�i .f Hrs.: 2 , 0 $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City:; State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 6/11/10 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a -copy with permit 19 b12--D12-38� l -F- z9 PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206-575-4407 Project: , ctec,..` Ct i Type of Inspectior p. N T Address:,Contact Suite #: %2Z0 S. Ikok-k Person: Special Instructions: Phone No.: 147C per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Sfri &k,lr Si.s NON( .4-5S .�–Yia P-- PA) N led Li OA.) M E J \ c_c.� - f -r—T' wwv sL \--LJ KCin Y1.1 1 -'24 — CRL. c.c /*--° , ( k "?....., w1 it k s e_ r 2€0,,,_ Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: - / jyjsz� Date: -7�z MI( Hrs.: /_ 0 $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 6/11/10 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit 1)13-o32V PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206-575-4407 Project: , at t \ -FS G tr Typepeof Inspection: -�- I r .e _ l w k --- Hood & Duct: Address: Suite #: 5 ,C. - v„orz_L_.-_ Contact Person: Occupancy Type: Special Instructions: e, i- ifdessittr c., a Phone No.:• st-o e_,Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: ith'f4e... k cep e, i- ifdessittr c., a re (...4...; r 4- st-o , % Clr-e- P)cktmayct(si,e'r', cykivr(_ — Ofd r <C,1"- ck r -r - — 654-.. Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: %/ 4 Ste- ;; Date: S7e /e( Hrs.: �V( $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: , Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 6/11/10 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit /Li- /L1 - S- o O PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206-575-4407 Project .� � �� C.t i TypeofInspection: �r Address: Contact Person: Suite #: S- C... l ✓ iL- Special Instructions: Phone No.: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: - Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: 5P V-IwxU- - OIL P Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: - Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: /ilk 5-----)-- Date: .57alei/ Hrs.: $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip:. • -Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 6/11/10 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD --Retain a copy with permit 1J / 3- c)3 I LI - s - ()WO PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206-575-4407 Project:Type , Sprinklers: of Inspection: S P 0 v v—er- Address: 0 UU Suite #: W1 &Id, Contact Person: Special Instructions: Occupancy Type: Phone No.: M -Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 0 k- - 10 C 0 v -e- Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: /,1 Date: 4//ay / / y Hrs.: 1 / $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 6/11/10 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, Group R1, and > 3 story R2 and R3 echanical Summary 2012 Washington State Energy Code Com liance Forms for Commercial, Group R1, and > 3 story R2 and R3 MECH-SUM Revised June 2013 Project Info -00S ` �*�r''^ ! Project Address 1068 SOUTHCENTER BLVD. SPACE#288 D$li G® - " TUKWILA, WA 98188 Ql\0� FF v MPLIk APPROVEC JAN 2 3 2011 -°� Applicant Name: HARGIS ENGINEERS INC. Applicant Address: 600 STEWART STREET, SEATTLE WA 98101 Applicant Phone: 206-448-3376 , Project Description Briefly describe mechanical system type and features. Includes Plans Include documentation requiring compliance with commissioning provisions City of Tui(WIIL BUILDING DMS per Section C408. Compliance Option ,'i; Simple System j; Complex System (,Systems Analysis Equipment Schedules The following information is required to be incorporated with the mechanical equipment schedules on the plans. For projects without plans, fill in the required information below. Cooling Equipment Schedule Equip. ID Equip Type Brand Name' Model No.' Capacity2 Btu/h OSA CFM or Econo? SEER or EER IPLV3 Econmizer Option or Exceptions Heat Recovery Y/N AC -1 PACK AGE RTU SEE M.02 Heating Equipment Schedule Equip. ID Equip Type Brand Name' Model No.1 Capacity2 Btu/h OSA cfm or Econo? Input Btuh Output Btuh Efficiency's Heat Recovery Y/N AC -1 PACK - AGE RTU SEE 14.02 • Fan Equipment Schedule Equip. ID Equip Type Brand Name' Model No.' CFM Sp' HP/BHP Flow Controls Location of Service Service Water Heating Equipment Schedule Equip. ID Equip Type Brand Name' Model No.1 Input Capacity Sub - Category EF' Location of Service EWH-1 DOM SEE M.02 t CITY nr- ';..'KWiLi 1 If available. 2 As tested according to Table C403.2.3(1)A thru C403.2.3(8). 3 If required. 4 COP, HSPF, Combustion tfic,iplicy, or Pik applicable. a Flow control types: variable air volume (VAV), constant volume (CV), or variable speed (VS). a Economizer tjtywid r4i i J •r as PERMIT CENTER • Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist - Page 1 of 3 MECH-CHK 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, Group R1, and > 3 story R2 and R3 Revised June 2013 Project Address 1068 SOUTHCENTER BLVD. SPACE#288 (Date 6/3/2013 The following information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for commercial provision compliance with the 2012 WSEC. NOTE: Define print area In Excel prior to printing MECH-CHK pages. Applicability (yes,no,na) Code Section Code Provision Information Required Location on Plans Building Department Notes GENERAL PROVISIONS Equipment Sizing & Performance No C403.2.1 Load calculations Load calculations performed per ASHRAE Std 183 or equivalent per Chapter 3 NA No C403.2.2 Equipment and system sizing Output capacity of heating and cooling equipment and systems do not exceed calculated loads, note exceptions taken NA YESventilation C403.2.5 Minimum ventilation Ventilation (natural or mechanical) provided per IMC; indicate mechanical is capable of being reduced to minimum requirement per IMC MO.2 YES C403.2 3 & C403.2.3.2 &efficiency C403.2.12.1 Equipment minimum Provide equipment schedules or complete MECH-SUM tables with type, capacity, efficiency, test standard (or other efficiency source) for all mechanical equipment MO.2 No C403.2.13 Electric motor efficiency Provide equipment schedule with hp, rpm, efficiency for all motors; note except. NA No C403.2.10 Fan power limitationFan system motor hp or bhp does not exceed limits per Table C403.2.10.1(1) NA No C403.2.10.3 & C403.2.13 Fractional hp fan motors Indicate fan motors 1/12 to 1 hp are ECM type or meet minimum efficiency req. NA YES C403.2.3 Maximum air cooled chiller capacity Indicate air-cooled chiller capacity does not exceed air-cooled chiller limit MO.2 No C403.2.1 Non-standard water-cooled chillers Full -load and NPLV values for water-cooled centrifugal chiller adjusted for non-standard operational conditions NA No C403.2.12.1.2Centrifugal fan cooling towers Large capacity cooling towers with centrifugal fan(s) meet efficiency requirements for axial fan open circuit cooling towers NA No C403.2.3 heamForced air furnace and unit ignition or IID, flue/draft damper & jacket loss NAintermittent NA No C403.2.3.3 Packaged electric heating/cooling equipment List equipment required to be heat pumps on schedule NA No C403.2.3.4 Humidification Indicate method of humidification (note requirements for systems with economizer) NATURAL HVAC System Controls & Criteria YES C403.2.4.1 Thermostatic controls Indicate locations of thermostatic control zones on plans, including perimeter systems M2.1 No C403.2.4.1.1 Heat pump supplementary heat Indicate staged heating (compression/supplemental) & outdoor lock -out temp NA YES C403.2.4.2 Setpoint overlap (deadband) Indicate 5°F deadband minimum for systems controlling both heating & cooling M4.1-3 YES C403.2.4.3 Automatic setback and shutdown Indicate zone t -stat controls with required automatic setback & manual override M4.1-3 Noconditions C403.2.4.3.3 Automatic (optimum) start Indicate system controls that adjust equip start time to match load NA No C402.4.5.2 &Dampers C403.2.4.4 Indicate location of OSA, exhaust, relief and return air dampers; include AMCA rated leakage and control type (motorized or gravity; note exceptions NA No C403.2.11 Heating outside a building Indicate radiant heat system and occupancy controls NA No C403.2.4.5 Snow melt systems Indicate shut-off controls based on outdoor conditions NA YES C403.2.4.6 Combustion heating equipment Indicate modulating or staged control MO.2 No C403.2.4.7 Group R1 hotel/motel systems Indicate method for guest room automatic setback & set-up of 5°F minimum NA No 0403.2.4.8 / g Group R2/R3 dwelling unit systems Indicate 5-2 programmable thermostats in primary spaces with minimum of two setback periods; note exceptions taken NA No 0403.2.5.1 ventilation Demand controlled Indicate high -occupancy spaces and systems requiring DCV NA No C403.2.5.2 Occupancy sensors Indicate spaces requiring occupancy -based system control and method; or alternate means provided to automatically reduce OSA when partially NA No C403.2.5.3 Enclosed loading dock/parking garage ventilation Indicate enclosed loading dock and enclosed parking garage ventilation system activation and control method NA No C403.2.5.4.1 Kitchen exhaust hoods Indicate kitchen hoods requiring make-up air, indicate make-up air source and conditioning method NA No C403.2.5.4.2 Laboratory exhaust systems Indicate lab exhaust systems requiring heat recovery, method & efficiency; or alternative method taken (VAV, semi -conditioned makeup, or GERM calculation) NA No C403.2.6.1 Energy recovery - ventilation systems Indicate ventilation systems requinng ER, method & efficiency; note exceptions NA Nocondensate C403.2.6.2 Energy recovery - systems Indicate on-site steam heatingsystems requiring energyrecovery Y q 9 NA No 0403.2.6.3 condenser systems Energy recovery - Indicate remote refrig. condensers requiring ER and use of captured energy NA Interior Lighting Summary LGT-SUM 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Nov 2013 Project Info Compliance forms do not require a password to use. Instructional and calculating cells wits- are Project Address 1068 SOUTHC ENTER BLVD. SPACE#288 Date 5/21/2013 TU KWILA, WA 98188 For Building Department Use rFILE Co of Applicant Name: HARGIS ENGINEERS INC. Applicant Address: 600 STEWART STREET, SEATTLE WA 98101 Applicant Phone: 206-448-3376 Project Description Pans Indoded ■ New Building ■ Addition P: Alteration Lighting Compliance Path P. - • Lighting Power Density Calculations 0 Total Building Performance (If Total Building Performance then only LGT-CHK is Lighting Power Allowance Method Selection required to enable LPA forms enableLPAforms • Building Area Method 0 Space -By -Space Method a.......................• "� --- REVIEWED FC Interior Lighting System Description Briefly describe lighting system type and features. CODE COMPLIAR APPROVED JAN 2 3 2014 City of Tukwila Additions and Change of Space Use (C101.4.3 & C101.4.4) BUILDING DIVISI( ■ Addition area or Change of Space Use area complies with all applicable provisions as stand alone project is combined with existing building lighting systems to demonstrate compliance with all applicable C101.4.3 Area Method (LTG -INT -BLD) or Space -By -Space Method (LTG -INT -SPACE) Compliance Form. Document allowed and proposed (including existing if applicable) lighting voltage of Addition or Change of Use space. Provide lighting controls per C405.2 and commissioning of lighting controls per C405.13. ■ Addition area provisions per Provide Building maximum applicable Alterations, Renovations and Repairs (C101.4.3.1) 60% or more of luminaires in space replaced Area Method (LTG -INT -BLD) or Space -By -Space Method (LTG -INT -SPACE) Compliance Form. Document allowed Kettage within the lighting retrofit space in Maximum Alloyed Wattage table and proposed (including existing) in Proposed Wattage table. Retrofit and non -retrofit spaces shall be documented separately using multiple forms. Provide Building maximum lighting wettage of luminaires in space replaced separate Space -By -Space Method (LTG -INT -SPACE) Compliance Form for this retrofit area. Document existing total the lighting retrofit space in cell provided in the Maximum Alloyed Wattage table. Document proposed (including wattage in the Proposed Wattage table. • Less than 60% Provide a vettage within existing) lighting ballast replacement within existing luminaires only — existing total interior building wattage not increased • Lamp and/or to serve added fixtures and/or fixtures relocated to new circuit manual lighting controls (C405.2.1), occupancy sensors (C405.2.2.2), daylight zone controls (C405.2.2.3), specific controls (C405.2.3), and commissioning of lighting controls per C405.13 • New wiring installed Provide applicable application lighting panel applicable lighting controls as noted fix NewWinng, automatic time switch controls (C405.2.2.1), and commissioning of per C405.13. • New or moved Provide all lighting controls - luminaires unchanged or moved only applicable lighting controls as noted for New Wiring and commissioning of lighting controls per C405.13. R F C E I V E ■ Space is reconfigured Provide all are being made to the interior lighting and space use not changed. CITY OF T U k • No changes D�3-038y CE N D WILA DEC 2 02013 PERMIT CENTER Interior Lighting Summary - Space -By -Space LTG -INT -SPACE 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Nov 2013 Project Address 1068 SOUTHCENTER BLVD. SPACE#800 Date 5/21/2013 Lighting Alterations, Renovations & Building Additions O Less than 60% 0 60% or more O Stand alone 0 Addition fixtures replaced fixtures bldg. addition combined Notes: a. Lighting fixtures in a building addition may comply as a stand alone project, or they maybe combined wth the overall existing bldg lighting to demonstrate compliance. Refer to C 101.4.3. b. For retrofits and building additions, provide Space Types and gross interior areas in the Maximum Alloyed Lighting table. If a builidng addition mill comply as combined wth the overall existing builidng, include all applicable existing Space Types and gross interior areas. c. Document new fixtures and all existing to remain fixtures in the Proposed Lighting table. For Building Department Use a. rr less man ouio or existing nxrures Wn oe repracea, prowae rorar exisnn • tr. Hing Ketrage Bu iddingebtitiv Mat f tdltedJvlaTftuLV . f . i ! - r•` of orm. Location (plan #, room #, or ALL) Space Type* Aiiowea Watts per ft2 gross intenor Area in ft2 watts Asowea (watts/ft2 x area) SALES - 101 Retail: Sales area 1.68 1405 2360 R.R. -103 Restroom 0.98 50 49 STORE ROOM - 102 Corridorltransition 0.66 190 125 R.R. -103 Type B- Round CFL 1 32 32 CORR. - 102 Atrium— l.nter 5 68 340 ytyxtbng Lighting inter txist Re> l Display Allowance from LGT-INT-DISPLAY 1343 " Select Table C405.5.2(2) category from drop damn menu. "" For atriums, indicate height. Allovted Kettage for first 40 feet is 0.03 Wilt. ht., above 40 feet is 0.02 Wilt. ht. Building Area Method selected. Use LTG -INT -BLD form. Total Area Allowed Watts 1645 3878 Location (plan #, room #, or ALL) Fixture Description""" Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed SALES - 101 Type C - Dimmable LED downiight 34 21 714 SALES - 101 Type D - Dimmable LED Pendant 3 11 33 SALES - 101 Type F - LED Linear 4 24 96 R.R. -103 Type B- Round CFL 1 32 32 CORR. - 102 Type A - 2x2 Linear Fluorescent 5 68 340 Retail Display Lighting from LGT-INT-DISPLAY 2400 Total Proposed Watts may not exceed Total AlloKed Watts for Interior Lighting """ Include existing to remain lighting fixtures and exempt lighting equipment per notes below Total Proposed Wattl 3615 Notes: 1. Include ALL proposed lighting fixtures. 2. For proposed Fixture Description, indicate fixture type, lamp type (e.g. T-8), number of lamps in the fixture, and ballast type (if included). For track lighting, list the length of the track (in feet) in addition to the fixture, lamp, and ballast information. 3. For proposed WattsiFixture, use manufacturers listed maximum input Kettage of the fixture (not simply the lamp Kettage) and other criteria as specified in Section C405.5.1. For line voltage track lighting, list the greater of actual luminaire Kettage or length of track multiplied by 50, oras applicable, the Kettage of current limiting devices of the transformer. For low voltage track lighting list the transformer rated Kettage. 4 For lighting equipment eligible for exemption per C405 5 1 note exception number and leave Walk/Fixture blank l ern et stEri ti P€J etrAll 4 6ightirgil41t1f1 WOW efd' I C 'Y ijr�4 P1T-BLD. hnn Interior Display Lighting - Space -by -Space LTG -INT -DISPLAY 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Nov 2013 Project Info Project Address 1068 SOUTHCENTER BLVD. SPACE#800 Date 5/21/2013 TUKWILA, WA 98188 For Building Department Use Watts Proposed Applicant Name: HARGIS ENGINEERS INC. Building Area Method selected. Use LTG -INT -BLD form. Location (plan # room #, or ALL) Retail Display Area Type' Anowea Watts per f' •• gross intenor Area in fly watts Anowea (watts/ff'' x area) SALES AREA Retail 1: All unclassified retail display 0.60 1405 843 * Only retail sales areas that meet the requirements defined in Table C405.5.2(2) footnote A may be entered here. Select retail sales areas form drop down menu. " Wattages per Table C405.5.2(2) footnote A. ++ Display lightallovnence per footnote A calculation. Building Area Method selected. Use LTG -INT -BLD form Total Area Area Watts 1405 843 Display Lighting Base Allowan ++ Total Display Allowan Only separately controlled display fixtures independent of general area lighting per Table C405.5.2(2) footnote A may be entered here. Display Area* Location (plan # room #, or ALL) Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed Retail 1 SALES Type T1 - Track lights ( per C405.51.4, The wattage limit of the systems' circuit breaker) 1 2400 2400 Select retail sales displayarea from drop down menu. Proposed Display Lighting Totals Total Proposed Watts' 2400 Retail 1 Retail 2 Retail 3 Retail 4 2400 Notes: 1. For proposed Display Fixture Description, indicate fixture type, lamp type (e.g. T-8), number of lamps in the fixture, and ballast type (if included). For track lighting, list the length of the track (in feet) in addition to the fixture, lamp, and ballast information. 2. For proposed Watts/Fixture, use manufacturer's listed maximum input wattage of the fixture (not simply the lamp wettage) and other criteria as specified in Section C405.5.1. For line voltage track lighting, list the greater of actual luminaire wattage or length of track multiplied by 50, or as applicable, the wettage of current limiting devices or of the transformer. For low voltage track lighting list the transformer rated wattage. 3. List all display fixtures. j' QUANTUM CONSULTING ENGINEERS FILE Copy PrAPP•do P-4 p�- December 19, 2013 STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS (Permit Submittal) QUILTS SOUTHCENTER TENANT IMPROVEMENT 800 Southcenter Tukwila, WA Quantum Job Number: 13376.01 Prepared for: CRAFT ARCHITECTS 2505 Third Ave., Suite 324 Seattle, Washington 98121 Prepared by: QUANTUM CONSULTING ENGINEERS 1511 Third Avenue, Suite 323 Seattle, WA 98101 TEL 206.957.3900 FAX 206.957.3901 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JAN 2 3 2014 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION D t3-o38w a t ` - S7E2s/c?r .l/r. l�cSlGtiG._ /llw' Lr�.6 S bum d t_d S Pry, t/ L/C kJ/6 7Z% r)rc .'7 rat 6- c /; i 22-C7 `' C CL:74,k, Xs cy'P,41:r 2 = (.3''x/') x x 2-6p F z .4 3s/8 -256x1 1)7.!Ds- .o /6., ('3 /) ;La /2//6 ,�'ro Pc. t" f>pryC ta 17e . / /d P5 4s). 6, /sc..p /1/715c> 4-o '"—' PLF C, rL -c r:. C /Cu. T G4GG % cc {y 1,rlt. 1,✓/ /c9 " MC c_'}tn� z'72 ti /000 54 8 oxo) GJiL- Vim:-;2r/c... -�.. 5 Astor i -Y2. LeTS ft-csa • 2 nod 5-4 = /6, ael,. t3 pcx Lerman QUA \ TU IM I CONSULTING ENGINEERS 1511 THIRD AVENUE SUITE 323 SEATTLE, WA 98101 TEL 206.957.3900 FAX 206.957.3901 (-7-5 project date designer project no sheet O 2007 NASPEC Project: Quilts - Southcenter Model: Date: 12/19/2013 22.00 ft Section : (2) 1000S250-54 Boxed C Stud (X -X Axis) Maxo = 9377.0 Ft -Lb Moment of Inertia, I = 25.321 in^4 Loads have not been modified for strength checks Loads have not been modified for deflection calculations Fy = 50.0 ksi Va = 3321.7 Ib Flexural and Deflection Check Mmax Mmax/ Mpos Bracing Ma(Brc) Mpos/ Deflection Span Ft -Lb Maxo Ft -Lb (in) Ft -Lb Ma(Brc) (in) Ratio Center Span 4235.0 0.452 4235.0 Full 9377.0 0.452 0.494 U534 Combined Bending and Web Crippling Reaction or Load Brng Pa Pn Mmax Intr. Stiffen Pt Load P(Ib) (in) (lb) (Ib) (Ft -Lb) Value Req'd ? R1 770.0 1.00 1106.4 1936.1 0.0 0.36 No R2 770.0 1.00 1106.4 1936.1 0.1 0.36 No Combined Bending and Shear Reaction or Vmax Mmax Va Intr. Intr. Pt Load (Ib) (Ft -Lb) Factor VNa M/Ma Unstiffen Stiffen R1 770.0 0.0 1.00 0.23 0.00 0.05 NA R2 770.0 0.1 1.00 0.23 0.00 0.05 NA 2007 NASPEC Project: Quilts - Southcenter Model: Date: 12/19/2013 Unif Ld lb/ft lir lir R1 R2 22.00 ft Section : (2) 600T150-54 Boxed Track (X -X Axis) Maxo = 3039.5 Ft -Lb Moment of Inertia, I = 4.801 in^4 Loads have not been modified for strength checks Loads have not been modified for deflection calculations Fy = 50.0 ksi Va = 5456.7 Ib Flexural and Deflection Check Mmax Mmax/ Mpos Bracing Ma(Brc) Mpos/ Deflection Span Ft -Lb Maxo Ft -Lb (in) Ft -Lb Ma(Brc) (in) Ratio Center Span 1210.0 0.398 1210.0 Full 3039.5 0.398 0.744 L/355 Combined Bending and Web Crippling Reaction or Load Brng Pa Pn Mmax Intr. Stiffen Pt Load P(Ib) (in) (lb) (Ib) (Ft -Lb) Value Req'd ? R1 220.0 1.00 886.7 1596.1 0.0 0.13 No R2 220.0 1.00 886.7 1596.1 0.0 0.13 No Combined Bending and Shear Reaction or Vmax Mmax Va Intr. Intr. Pt Load (Ib) (Ft -Lb) Factor VNa M/Ma Unstiffen Stiffen R1 220.0 0.0 1.00 0.04 0.00 0.00 NA R2 220.0 0.0 1.00 0.04 0.00 0.00 NA n 3 2007 NASPEC Project: Quilts - Southcenter Date: 12/19/2013 Model: Typical Joist 40.0 Unif Ld lb/ft R1 R2 22.00 ft Section : 1000S250-54 Single C Stud (X -X Axis) Maxo = 4688.5 Ft -Lb Moment of Inertia, I = 12.660 in"4 Loads have not been modified for strength checks Loads have not been modified for deflection calculations Fy = 50.0 ksi Va = 1660.8 lb Flexural and Deflection Check Mmax Mmax/ Mpos Bracing Ma(Brc) Mpos/ Deflection Span Ft -Lb Maxo Ft -Lb (in) Ft -Lb Ma(Brc) (in) Ratio Center Span 2420.0 0.516 2420.0 Full 4688.5 0.516 0.564 U468 Distortional Buckling Check K -phi Lm Brac Ma -d Mmax/ Span lb-in/in (in) Ft -Lb Ma -d Center Span 0.00 264.0 4097.0 0.591 Combined Bending and Web Crippling Reaction or Load Brng Pa Pn Mmax Intr. Stiffen Pt Load P(Ib) (in) (Ib) (Ib) (Ft -Lb) Value Req'd ? R1 440.0 1.00 553.2 968.1 0.0 0.41 No R2 440.0 1.00 553.2 968.1 0.0 0.41 No Combined Bending and Shear Reaction or Vmax Mmax Va Intr. Intr. Pt Load (Ib) (Ft -Lb) Factor VNa M/Ma Unstiffen Stiffen R1 440.0 0.0 1.00 0.26 0.00 0.07 NA R2 440.0 0.0 1.00 0.26 0.00 0.07 NA O 4 QUILTS ETC. SOUTHCENTER SHOPPING CENTER GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES (The following apply unless shown otherwise on the plans) CRITERIA 1. ALL MATERIALS, WORKMANSHIP, DESIGN, AND CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO THE DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, THE 2012 EDITION OF THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE (IBC). 2. DESIGN LOADING CRITERIA LATERAL LOAD 5 PSF 3. STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS SHALL BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR BIDDING AND CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS FOR COMPATIBILITY AND SHALL NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL EXISTING DIMENSIONS, MEMBER SIZES, AND CONDITIONS PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY WORK. ALL DIMENSIONS OF EXISTING CONSTRUCTION SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED AS GUIDELINES ONLY AND MUST BE VERIFIED. ANCHORAGE 5. DRIVE PINS, SHOT PINS AND OTHER POWDER -ACTUATED FASTENERS SHALL BE LOW VELOCITY TYPE FASTENERS AS MANUFACTURED BY HILTI CORPORATION. WHEN CALLED FOR IN THE DRAWINGS, PROVIDE THE APPROPRIATE FASTENER AS NOTED IN THE TABLE BELOW FOR EACH GIVEN APPLICATION. INSTALL IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH I.C.C. REPORTS NO. ESR -2269 FOR THE X -U FASTENERS AND ESR -2379 FOR THE X -CP FASTENERS. MINIMUM EMBEDMENT IN CONCRETE SHALL BE 1" UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. MAINTAIN AT LEAST 3" TO NEAREST CONCRETE EDGE AND 4" CENTER TO CENTER SPACING. PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW WITH I.C.C. OR IAPMO UES REPORTS INDICATING EQUIVALENT OR GREATER LOAD CAPACITIES. APPLICATION FASTENER TYPE ALLOWABLE SHEAR CAPACITY (LBS) ALLOWABLE TENSION CAPACITY (LBS) LT. GAUGE STEEL - 20 X -U 27 P8 S15 190 165 QUILTS ETC. SOUTHCENTER SHOPPING CENTER GA. (33 MILS) MIN. - TO CONCRETE (2000 PSI MIN.) LT. GAUGE STEEL - 97, 68&54MILS(12, 14&16 GA.) - TO STRUCT. STEEL (3/16" MIN. TO 11/16" MAX) X -U 19 P8 TH 720 535 STEEL 6. COLD -FORMED STEEL FRAMING NOTES -THE FOLLOWING APPLY UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN ON THE PLANS: A. COLD -FORMED STEEL FRAMING MEMBERS SHALL BE OF THE SHAPE, SIZE, AND GAUGE SHOWN ON THE PLANS. ALL FRAMING MEMBERS SHALL COMPLY WITH I.C.C. REPORT NO. ESR -3064P. NOTATIONS ON THE DRAWINGS, RELATING TO MEMBER TYPES AND SIZES OR MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING ITEMS, REFER TO CATALOG NUMBERS OF MEMBERS MANUFACTURED BY THE STEEL STUD MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (SSMA). PRODUCTS BY OTHER MANUFACTURERS MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR FRAMING SHOWN, PROVIDED THEY ARE EQUIVALENT IN SHAPE, SIZE, STIFFNESS, AND STRENGTH. ALTERNATE FRAMING SHALL BE SUBJECT TO REVIEW BY THE ARCHITECT AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PRIOR TO FABRICATION. ALL COLD -FORMED STEEL FRAMING SHALL CONFORM TO THE A.I.S.I. "SPECIFICATION FOR THE DESIGN OF COLD -FORMED STEEL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS." B. MATERIAL: METAL FRAMING SHALL BE GALVANIZED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, CONFORMING AS FOLLOWS: ASTM A653 SS GRADE 50, CLASS 1 OR 3 Fy = 50 KSI 118, 97, 68, AND 54 MIL ASTM A653 SS GRADE 33 Fy = 33 KSI 43 AND 33 MIL WHERE NOTED, PAINTED STUDS SHALL CONFORM TO: ASTM A1011 SS GRADE 50 Fy = 50 KSI 118, 97, 68, AND 54 MIL C. WELDING OF COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING SHALL CONFORM TO AWS D1.3 AND SHALL BE PERFORMED BY WELDERS QUALIFIED TO PRODUCE THE SPECIFIED CLASSES OF WELD. D. WALL FRAMING: ALL STUD WALLS SHOWN AND NOT OTHERWISE NOTED SHALL BE 600S200-54 @ 16" O.C. AT INTERIOR WALLS AND EXTERIOR WALLS. TWO STUDS MINIMUM SHALL BE PROVIDED AT THE END OF ALL WALLS AND AT EACH SIDE OF ALL OPENINGS. TWO 800S162-54 HEADERS SHALL BE PROVIDED OVER ALL OPENINGS UNLESS QUILTS ETC. SOUTHCENTER SHOPPING CENTER OTHERWISE NOTED. JOISTS SHALL BE LOCATED DIRECTLY OVER BEARING STUDS. SOLID BLOCKING FOR MULTI - STUD OR STEEL COLUMNS SHALL BE PROVIDED THROUGH FLOORS TO SUPPORTS BELOW. PROVIDE CONTINUOUS FULL WIDTH BLOCKING AT 1/3 POINTS OF ALL STUD WALLS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. MAXIMUM GAP BETWEEN STUD AND TRACK AT ANY POINT SHALL NOT EXCEED 1/16 -INCH. NO SPLICES ARE PERMITTED IN STUDS. ALL STUD WALLS SHALL HAVE THEIR BOTTOM TRACKS ATTACHED TO FRAMING BELOW WITH #10 SCREWS AT 16" O.C. OR ATTACHED TO CONCRETE WITH 5/32" DIAMETER DRIVE -PINS @ 16" O.C. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. INDIVIDUAL MEMBERS OF BUILT-UP POSTS SHALL BE WELDED OR SCREWED TO EACH OTHER IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DETAILS. REFER TO THE PLANS AND SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE FOR REQUIRED SHEATHING AND STRAP BRACING. WHEN NOT OTHERWISE NOTED, PROVIDE GYPSUM WALLBOARD ON INTERIOR SURFACES AND GYPSUM SHEATHING ON EXTERIOR SURFACES SCREWED TO ALL STUDS, TOP AND BOTTOM TRACKS, AND BLOCKING WITH SCREWS AT 12" O.C. ALL SCREWS SHALL BE "GRABBER" TYPE FASTENERS COMPLYING WITH I.C.C. REPORT NO. ESR -1271. ALL SPECIFIED PNEUMATIC FASTENERS SHALL BE ET&F, COMPLYING WITH I.C.C. REPORT NO. ESR -1777. ALL BEARING STUDS SHALL BE LATERALLY SUPPORTED TO PREVENT WEAK AXIS BUCKLING WITH A CENTER U - CHANNEL AT 1/3 POINTS AS SHOWN IN THE DETAILS AND CONNECTING EACH FLANGE TO GYPSUM WALLBOARD PER IBC TABLE 2506.2. WALLS WHICH HAVE SHEATHING CONNECTED ON ONE SIDE ONLY SHALL HAVE UNSHEATHED FLANGES LATERALLY SUPPORTED. WOOD 7. WOOD SHEATHING SHALL BE APA RATED, EXTERIOR GLUE; EXPOSURE 1, IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS FOR THEIR TYPE IN DOC PS -1 OR PS -2. SEE PLANS FOR THICKNESS, PANEL IDENTIFICATION INDEX AND NAILING REQUIREMENTS. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE PLANS, ROOF AND FLOOR SHEATHING SHALL BE LAID UP WITH FACE GRAIN PERPENDICULAR TO SUPPORTS. ALL FLOOR SHEATHING EDGES SHALL HAVE APPROVED TONGUE -AND -GROOVE JOINTS OR SHALL BE SUPPORTED WITH SOLID BLOCKING. ALLOW 1/8" SPACING AT ALL PANEL EDGES AND ENDS OF FLOOR AND ROOF SHEATHING. TOENAIL BLOCKING TO SUPPORTS WITH (2) 10d -F NAILS AT EACH END, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. AT BLOCKED FLOOR AND ROOF DIAPHRAGMS PROVIDE FLAT 2X BLOCKING AT ALL UNFRAMED PANEL EDGES AND NAIL WITH EDGE NAILING SPACED PER PLANS. WHERE NOT NOTED OTHERWISE, NAIL PANEL EDGES WITH 8d NAILS @ 6" O.C. EDGES, 12" O.C. IN THE FIELD. QUILTS ETC. SOUTHCENTER SHOPPING CENTER GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES (The following apply unless shown otherwise on the plans) CRITERIA 1. ALL MATERIALS, WORKMANSHIP, DESIGN, AND CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO THE DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, THE 2012 EDITION OF THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE (IBC). 2. DESIGN LOADING CRITERIA LATERAL LOAD 5 PSF 3. STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS SHALL BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR BIDDING AND CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS FOR COMPATIBILITY AND SHALL NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL EXISTING DIMENSIONS, MEMBER SIZES, AND CONDITIONS PRIOR TO COMMENCIN ANY WORK. ALL DIMENSIONS OF EXISTING CONSTRUCTION SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED AS GUIDELINE ONLY AND MUST BE VERIFIED. ANCHORAGE 5. DRIVE PINS, SHOT PINS AND OTHER POWDER -ACTUATED FASTENERS SHALL BE LOW VELOCITY TYPE FASTENERS A MANUFACTURED BY HILTI CORPORATION. WHEN CALLED FOR IN THE DRAWINGS, PROVIDE THE APPROPRIAT FASTENER AS NOTED IN THE TABLE BELOW FOR EACH GIVEN APPLICATION. INSTALL IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WIT I.C.C. REPORTS NO. ESR -2269 FOR THE X -U FASTENERS AND ESR -2379 FOR THE X -CP FASTENERS. MINIMUM EMBEDMENT IN CONCRETE SHALL BE 1" UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. MAINTAIN AT LEAST 3" TO NEAREST CONCRETE EDGE AND 4" CENTER TO CENTER SPACING. PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW WITH I.C.C. OR IAPMO UES REPORTS INDICATING EQUIVALENT OR GREATER LOAD CAPACITIES. Y raaj (9 Dec (3 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JAN 2 3 2014 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION APPLICATION FASTENER TYPE ALLOWABLE SHEAR CAPACITY (LBS) ALLOWABLE TENSION CAPACITY (LBS) LT. GAUGE STEEL - 20 X -U 27 P8 S15 190 165 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA DEC 2 0 2013 PERMIT CENTER QUILTS ETC. SOUTHCENTER SHOPPING CENTER GA. (33 MILS) MIN. - TO CONCRETE (2000 PSI MIN.) LT. GAUGE STEEL - 97, 68&54MILS(12, 14&16 GA.) - TO STRUCT. STEEL (3/16" MIN. TO 11/16" MAX) X -U 19 P8 TH 720 535 STEEL 6. COLD -FORMED STEEL FRAMING NOTES --THE FOLLOWING APPLY UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN ON THE PLANS: A. COLD -FORMED STEEL FRAMING MEMBERS SHALL BE OF THE SHAPE, SIZE, AND GAUGE SHOWN ON THE PLANS. ALL FRAMING MEMBERS SHALL COMPLY WITH I.C.C. REPORT NO. ESR -3064P. NOTATIONS ON THE DRAWINGS, RELATING TO MEMBER TYPES AND SIZES OR MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING ITEMS, REFER TO CATALOG NUMBERS OF MEMBERS MANUFACTURED BY THE STEEL STUD MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (SSMA). PRODUCTS BY OTHER MANUFACTURERS MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR FRAMING SHOWN, PROVIDED THEY ARE EQUIVALENT IN SHAPE, SIZE, STIFFNESS, AND STRENGTH. ALTERNATE FRAMING SHALL BE SUBJECT TO REVIEW BY THE ARCHITECT AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PRIOR TO FABRICATION. ALL COLD -FORMED STEEL FRAMING SHALL CONFORM TO THE A.I.S.I. "SPECIFICATION FOR THE DESIGN OF COLD -FORMED STEEL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS." B. MATERIAL: METAL FRAMING SHALL BE GALVANIZED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, CONFORMING AS FOLLOWS: ASTM A653 SS GRADE 50, CLASS 1 OR 3 Fy = 50 KSI 118, 97, 68, AND 54 MIL ASTM A653 SS GRADE 33 Fy = 33 KSI 43 AND 33 MIL WHERE NOTED, PAINTED STUDS SHALL CONFORM TO: ASTM A1011 SS GRADE 50 Fy = 50 KSI 118, 97, 68, AND 54 MIL C. WELDING OF COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING SHALL CONFORM TO AWS D1.3 AND SHALL BE PERFORMED BY WELDERS QUALIFIED TO PRODUCE THE SPECIFIED CLASSES OF WELD. D. WALL FRAMING: ALL STUD WALLS SHOWN AND NOT OTHERWISE NOTED SHALL BE 600S200-54 @ 16" O.C. AT INTERIOR WALLS AND EXTERIOR WALLS. TWO STUDS MINIMUM SHALL BE PROVIDED AT THE END OF ALL WALLS AND AT EACH SIDE OF ALL OPENINGS. TWO 800S162-54 HEADERS SHALL BE PROVIDED OVER ALL OPENINGS UNLESS QUILTS ETC. SOUTHCENTER SHOPPING CENTER OTHERWISE NOTED. JOISTS SHALL BE LOCATED DIRECTLY OVER BEARING STUDS. SOLID BLOCKING FOR MULTI - STUD OR STEEL COLUMNS SHALL BE PROVIDED THROUGH FLOORS TO SUPPORTS BELOW. PROVIDE CONTINUOUS FULL WIDTH BLOCKING AT 1/3 POINTS OF ALL STUD WALLS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. MAXIMUM GAP BETWEEN STUD AND TRACK AT ANY POINT SHALL NOT EXCEED 1/16 -INCH. NO SPLICES ARE PERMITTED IN STUDS. ALL STUD WALLS SHALL HAVE THEIR BOTTOM TRACKS ATTACHED TO FRAMING BELOW WITH #10 SCREWS AT 16" O.C. OR ATTACHED TO CONCRETE WITH 5/32" DIAMETER DRIVE -PINS @ 16" O.C. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. INDIVIDUAL MEMBERS OF BUILT-UP POSTS SHALL BE WELDED OR SCREWED TO EACH OTHER IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DETAILS. REFER TO THE PLANS AND SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE FOR REQUIRED SHEATHING AND STRAP BRACING. WHEN NOT OTHERWISE NOTED, PROVIDE GYPSUM WALLBOARD ON INTERIOR SURFACES AND GYPSUM SHEATHING ON EXTERIOR SURFACES SCREWED TO ALL STUDS, TOP AND BOTTOM TRACKS, AND BLOCKING WITH SCREWS AT 12" O.C. ALL SCREWS SHALL BE "GRABBER" TYPE FASTENERS COMPLYING WITH I.C.C. REPORT NO. ESR -1271. ALL SPECIFIED PNEUMATIC FASTENERS SHALL BE ET&F, COMPLYING WITH I.C.C. REPORT NO. ESR -1777. ALL BEARING STUDS SHALL BE LATERALLY SUPPORTED TO PREVENT WEAK AXIS BUCKLING WITH A CENTER U - CHANNEL AT 1/3 POINTS AS SHOWN IN THE DETAILS AND CONNECTING EACH FLANGE TO GYPSUM WALLBOARD PER IBC TABLE 2506.2. WALLS WHICH HAVE SHEATHING CONNECTED ON ONE SIDE ONLY SHALL HAVE UNSHEATHED FLANGES LATERALLY SUPPORTED. WOOD 7. WOOD SHEATHING SHALL BE APA RATED, EXTERIOR GLUE; EXPOSURE 1, IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS FOR THEIR TYPE IN DOC PS -1 OR PS -2. SEE PLANS FOR THICKNESS, PANEL IDENTIFICATION INDEX AND NAILING REQUIREMENTS. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE PLANS, ROOF AND FLOOR SHEATHING SHALL BE LAID UP WITH FACE GRAIN PERPENDICULAR TO SUPPORTS. ALL FLOOR SHEATHING EDGES SHALL HAVE APPROVED TONGUE -AND -GROOVE JOINTS OR SHALL BE SUPPORTED WITH SOLID BLOCKING. ALLOW 1/8" SPACING AT ALL PANEL EDGES AND ENDS OF FLOOR AND ROOF SHEATHING. TOENAIL BLOCKING TO SUPPORTS WITH (2) 10d -F NAILS AT EACH END, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. AT BLOCKED FLOOR AND ROOF DIAPHRAGMS PROVIDE FLAT 2X BLOCKING AT ALL UNFRAMED PANEL EDGES AND NAIL WITH EDGE NAILING SPACED PER PLANS. WHERE NOT NOTED OTHERWISE, NAIL PANEL EDGES WITH 8d NAILS @ 6" O.C. EDGES, 12" O.C. IN THE FIELD. QUANTUM I CONSULTING ENGINEERS FILE C '! TRANSMITTAL TO: Jessica Bradley DATE: 12/19/2013 COMPANY: Craft Architects 2505 Third Ave., Suite 324 Seattle, WA 98121 PROJECT: Quilts - Southcenter PHONE NUMBER: PROJECT NUMBER: 206 720 7001 13376.01 VIA: SENT BY: 2 -hour courier Dan Fenton, P.E., S.E. 0 PRINTS ❑ ORIGINALS 0 SHOP DRAWINGS ❑ CALCULATIONS 0 OTHER Attached are wet signed structural calculations, sketches SSK-01, -02, -03 and -04, and the General Structural Notes. pQ3L4 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JAN 2 3 2014 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA DEC 20 2013 PERMIT CENTER 1511 THIRD AVENUE SUITE 323 SEATTLE, WA 98101 TEL 206.957.3900 FAX 206.957.3901 www.quantumce.com QUANTUM I CONSULTING ENGINEERS 1511 THIRD AVENUE SUITE 323 SEATTLE, WA 98101 TEL 206.957.3900 FAX 206.957.3901 www_nuantumce.com project client 19 'br I,; (337(-, date la F= designer checked by project no. sheet Q U A Il T U 1Vp I CONSULTING ENGINEERS 1511 THIRD AVENUE SUITE 323 SEATTLE, WA 98101 TEL 206.957.3900 FAX 206.957.3901 www.quantumce.com project client 19 1)Ec13 1.33"/ date project no. OF designer sheet checked by QUANTUM I CONSULTING ENGINEERS 1511 THIRD AVENUE SUITE 323 SEATTLE, WA 98101 TEL 206.957.3900 FAX 206.957.3901 www.quantumce.com project client RaV DcEc, (3 1337:f, date project no. 1)F designer checked by sheet it —0 3 QUANTUM I CONSULTING ENGINEERS 1511 THIRD AVENUE SUITE 323 SEATTLE, WA 98101 TEL 206.957.3900 FAX 206.957.3901 www.quantumce.com 0LJIL_1S project client 19 PE -4. 13 1s37c0 date project no. 1) • designer checked by sheet SSK—D6- C a r chi t e c t s January 6, 2014 Bill Rambo Permit Technician City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard Suite #100 Tukwila, WA 98188 RE: Dear Mr. Rambo, Correction Letter #1 DEVELOPMENT Permit Application Number DI3-0384 QUILTS ETC — 800 SOUTHCENTER MALL This letter is in response to the comments received from your office dated on December 31, 2013, regarding Quilts Etc at the 800 Southcenter Mall. BUILDING CODE ISSUES: 1) The occupancy load factor of 60 sq. ft. per person applies to levels, other than the main level at grade, of a mercantile and does not apply to any level of a mall. This interpretation has been confirmed with ICC. Please use an occupant load factor of 30 sq. ft. per person. See revised sheet A1.1. 2) Two exits are required and lighted exit signs and emergency lighting will need to be shown on the egress plan. See revised sheets A1.1 and A2.2. 3) The rear exit through the stockroom must comply with the following code section of the IBC. Egress shall not pass through kitchens, storage rooms, closets or spaces used for similar purposes. Exceptions: 1. Means of egress are not prohibited through a kitchen area serving adjoining rooms constituting part of the same dwelling unit or sleeping unit. Not applicable. 2. Means of egress are not prohibited through stockrooms in Group M occupancies when all of the following are met: 2.1. The stock is of the same hazard classification as that found in the main retail area; Confirmed. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA 2.2. Not more than 50 percent of the exit access is through the stockroom; CORRECTION Confirmed. b(O38M JAN 1 6 2014 PERMIT CENTER 2505 Third Avenue, Suite 324 Seattle Washington 98121 Phone: 206.720.7001 Fax: 206.720.2949 Rambo, City of Tukwila January 6, 2014 Page 2 of 2 • 2.3. The stockroom is not subject to locking from the egress side; and Confirmed — See door schedule on sheet A2.1. 2.4. There is a demarcated, minimum 44 -inch -wide (1118 mm) aisle defined by full- or partial -height fixed walls or similar construction that will maintain the required width and lead directly from the retail area to the exit without obstructions. See revised sheet A2.1 for new partial height walls. 3. Please provide a description of the storefront sign materials and verify compliance with the section 402.6.4 (Plastic signs) if applicable or a class B flame spread rating per section 402.6.1 (Interior finish). Description of sign has been added to detail 17 on sheet A5.1 including flame spread performance expectations. Proposed sign material is aluminum sign cabinet with acrylic or polycarbonate decoration. Storefront area is 350SF, 20% maximum plastic sign size is 70 SF. Proposed plastic portion of sign size is 3'x3'-6" or 10.5 SF. Maximum sign width is 36" per 17/A5.1. We hope this information answers your questions and concerns satisfactorily. Please contact me to discuss further if you should you need additional information or clarification, and thank you for your attention to this matter. Respectfully, Jessica Bradley Senior Project Manager 13-713 Quilts Etc Correction Letter Response • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development December 31, 2013 JESSICA BRADLEY 2505 THIRD AV, SUITE 324 SEATTLE, WA 98121 RE: Correction Letter # 1 DEVELOPMENT Permit Application Number D13-0384 QUILTS ETC - 800 SOUTHCENTER MALL Dear JESSICA BRADLEY, Jim Haggerton, Mayor Jack Pace, Director This letter is to inform you of corrections that must be addressed before your development permit can be approved. All correction requests from each department must be addressed at the same time and reflected on your drawings. I have enclosed comments from the following departments: BUILDING DEPARTMENT: Dave Larson at 206-431-3678 if you have questions regarding these comments. • 1) The occupancy load factor of 60 sq. ft. per person applies to levels, other than the main level at grade, of a mercantile and does not apply to any level of a mall. This interpretation has been confirmed with ICC. Please use an occupant load factor of 30 sq. ft. per person. 2) Two exits are required and lighted exit signs and emergency lighting will need to be shown on the egress plan. 3) The rear exit through the stockroom must comply with the following code section of the IBC. Egress shall not pass through kitchens, storage rooms, closets or spaces used for similar purposes. Exceptions: 1. Means of egress are not prohibited through a kitchen area serving adjoining rooms constituting part of the same dwelling unit or sleeping unit. 2. Means of egress are not prohibited through stockrooms in Group M occupancies when all of the following are met: 2.1. The stock is of the same hazard classification as that found in the main retail area; 2.2. Not more than 50 percent of the exit access is through the stockroom; 2.3. The stockroom is not subject to locking from the egress side; and 2.4. There is a demarcated, minimum 44 -inch -wide (1118 mm) aisle defined by full- or partial -height fixed walls or similar construction that will maintain the required width and lead directly from the retail area to the exit without obstructions. 4) Please provide a description of the storefront sign materials and verify compliance with section 402.6.4 (Plastic signs) if applicable or a class B flame spread rating per section 402.6.1 (Interior finish). 6300 Southcenter Boulevard Suite #100 • Tukwila Washington 98188 • Phone 206-431-3670 • Fax 206-431-3665 Please address the attached comments in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and/or other documentation. The City requires that four (4) sets of revised plan pages, specifications and/or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal, a 'Revision Submittal Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Corrections/revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. If you have any questions, I can be reached at 206-431-3655. Sincerely, Bill Rambo Permit Technician File No. D13-0384 6300 Southcenter Boulevard Suite #100 • Tukwila Washington 98188 • Phone 206-431-3670 • Fax 206-431-3665 PERMIT COORD COPY io PLAN REVIEW/ROUTING SLIP PERMIT NUMBER: D13-0384 DATE: 01/16/14 PROJECT NAME: QUILTS, ETC SITE ADDRESS: 800 SOUTHCENTER MALL Original Plan Submittal X Response to Correction Letter # 1 Revision # Revision # before Permit Issued after Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: - Ab.Lfl ' 1L\ Building Division Public Works n Fire Prevention Structural Planning Division Permit Coordinator I PRELIMINARY REVIEW: Not Applicable (no approval/review required) DATE: 01/21/14 Structural Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: CI APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved ❑ Approved with Conditions Corrections Required Denied (corrections entered in Reviews) (ie: Zoning Issues) Notation: DUE DATE: 02/18/14 n CI REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: 12/18/2013 • PERMIT COORD COPY PLAN REVIEW/ROUTING SLIP PERMIT NUMBER: D13-0384 DATE: 12/20/13 PROJECT NAME: QUILTS ETC SITE ADDRESS: 800 SOUTHCENTER MALL X Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # Revision # before Permit Issued Revision # after Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: Lk -a( 1)-710'( Building Division 1' A \)4(3 Public Wo s ) 3l (3 'ywi 1414 o--)3-13 Fire Prevention Planning Division IIII Structural ❑ Permit Coordinator te PRELIMINARY REVIEW: Not Applicable (no approval/review required) DATE: 12/24/13 Structural Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved Corrections Required DUE DATE: 01/21/14 ❑ Approved with Conditions n Denied (corrections entered in Reviews) (ie: Zoning Issues) Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only I '� CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW 0 Staff Initials: 12/18/2013 • City of Tukwila • Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Web site: http://www.TukwilaWA.gov Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date: 01/16/2014 Plan Check/Permit Number: D13-0384 Response to Incomplete Letter # ,/ Response to Correction Letter # 1 Revision # after Permit is Issued Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner Project Name: Quilts, Etc. Project Address: 800 Southcenter Mall Contact Person: Jessica Bradley Phone Number: (206) 720-7001 Summary of Revision: Revisions create more compliant exiting egress routes and entry signage. Changes include: Addition of two partial height walls in storage area, clarification of egress path and exiting signage, clarification of the storage room exiting door hardware and entry signage material addresses code compliance. Sheet Number(s): A1.1 -A8.1 "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revision Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: Entered in Permits Plus on \--"A tP' ( 21 CRYRECEIVED OP nitormA IJAN11,6.2014 %purr camp H:Wpplications\Forms-Applications On Line\2010 Applications\7-2010 - Revision Submittal.doc Revised: May 2011 FUTURE BUILDERS INC Washington State Department of Labor & Industries Page 1 of 2 FUTURE BUILDERS INC Owner or tradesperson MEYER, SHAWN M Principals MEYER, SHAWN M WA UBI No. 602 069 738 1000 NE 122ND AVE #200 PORTLAND, OR97230 503-252-9197 Business type Corporation License Verify the contractor's active registration / license / certification (depending on trade) and any past violations. Construction Contractor License specialties GENERAL License no. FUTURBI952C2 Effective — expiration 03/01/2005 — 03/13/2015 Bond American Contractors Indem CO Bond account no. 100169643 Active. Meets current requirements. $12,000.00 Received by L&I Effective date 07/15/2011 07/12/2011 httos://secure.lni.wa.gov/verify/Detail.aspx?UBI=602069738&LIC=FUTURBI952C2&SAW= 04/03/2014 ABBREVIATIONS V # J 1 rt AB AC A/C ACP ACT ADH ADJ ADJT AF AFF AL ALT AP APC APPROX ARCH ASPH BD BETW BLDG BLK BLDG BM BRG BOT BSMT BUR CAB CB CBU CEM CER CFM CFT CG CHBD CI CJT CLF CLG CJ CLK CLO CLR CMU CNTR CO COL CONC CONSTR CONT CORR CPT CT CTR CY DBL DEPT DET DF DIA DIAG DIM DISP DN DR DWR DS DW DWG E EA EB EJ EL ELEC ELEV EM EM ER ENCL EP EWC EPX EQ EQPT EST EX EXIST EXT FA FBO FCIC FCTY FD FDN FE FEC FF FIN ANGLE CENTER LINE DIAMETER OR ROUND NUMBER OR POUND PENNY PERPENDICULAR PLATE ANCHOR BOLT ACOUSTICAL AIR CONDITIONING ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANEL ACOUSTICAL TILE ADHESIVE ADJACENT ADJUSTABLE ACCESS FLOOR ABOVE FINISH FLOOR ALUMINUM ALTERNATE ACCESS PANEL ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILING APPROXIMATE ARCHITECTURAL ASPHALT BOARD BETWEEN BUILDING BLOCK BUILDING BEAM BEARING BOTTOM BASEMENT BUILT UP ROOF CABINET CATCH BASIN CEMENTITIOUS BACKER UNIT CEMENT CERAMIC CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE CONDUCTIVE FLOOR TILE CORNER GUARD CHALK BOARD CAST IRON CONTROL JOINT CHAIN LINK FENCE CEILING CONSTRUCTION JOINT CAULKING CLOSET CLEAR CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT COUNTER CLEANOUT COLUMN CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION CONTINUOUS CORRIDOR CARPET CERAMIC TILE CENTER CUBIC YARD DOUBLE DEPARTMENT DETAIL DRINKING FOUNTAIN(W/0 COOLER) DIAMETER DIAGONAL DIMENSION DISPENSER DOWN DOOR OR DRAIN DRAWER DOWNSPOUT DISHWASHER DRAWING EAST EACH EXPANSION BOLT EXPANSION JOINT ELEVATION ELECTRIC ELEVATOR ENTRY MAT EMERGENCY ENCLOSURE OR ENCLOSED ELECTRICAL PANEL ELECTRIC WATER COOLER EPDXY EQUAL EQUIPMENT ESTIMATE EXPANSION EXISTING EXTERIOR FIRE ALARM FURNISHED BY OTHERS FURNISHED BY CONTRACTOR INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR FACTORY FLOOR DRAIN FOUNDATION FIRE EXTINGUISHER FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET FACTORY FINISH FINISH FL FLG FLUOR FM FOC FOF FOIC F010 FOS FS FT FTG FTIC FTIO FURR FUT FUTURE - RIO FX GA GALV GB GL GLBM GEN CONTR GND GR GWB HB HC HDR HDWD HDWE HM HORIZ HR HT HTG HVAC HWH D HM N NCL NSUL NT JAN JT KIT KO KS LAM LAV LB LF LG LH LINO LKR LT MACH MATL MAX MECH MET OR MTL MEZZ MFR MH MIN MIR MISC MLD MRGWB MTD MULL N NIC NO NOM# NTS OA OC OD OFF OH OPH OPNG OPP PERP PFN PL P LAM PLYWD PNL PRT FLOOR FLASHING FLUORESCENT FACTORY MUTUAL FACE OF CONCRETE FACE OF FINISH FURNISH BY OWNER INSTALL BY CONTRACTOR FURNISH BY OWNER INSTALL BY OWNER FACE OF STUD FULL SIZE FEET FOOTING FURNISHED BY TENANT INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR FURNISHED BY TENANT INSTALLED BY OWNER FURRING FUTURE FUTURE ROUGH IN ONLY FIXED GAGE GALVANIZED GRAB BAR GLASS OR GLAZING GLU-LAM BEAN GENERAL CONTRACTOR GROUND GRADE GYPSUM WALL BOARD HOSE BIB HOLLOW CORE OR HANDICAP HEADER HARDWOOD HARDWARE HOLLOW METAL HORIZONTAL HOUR HEIGHT HEATING HEATING/VENTILIATI O N/ AIR CONDITIONING HOT WATER HEATER NSIDE DIAMETER/ DIMENSION NSULATED GLAZING NSULATED HOLLOW METAL NCH NCLUDE NSULATION NTERIOR JANITOR JOINT KITCHEN KNOCK OUT KNEE SPACE LAMINATE LAVATORY LAG BOLT LINEAL FOOT LENGTH LEFT HAND LINOLEUM LOCKER LIGHT MACHINE MATERIAL MAXIMUM MECHANICAL METAL MEZZANINE MANUFACTURER MANHOLE MINIMUM MIRROR MISCELLANEOUS MOLDING MOISTURE RESISTANT GYP BD MOUNTED MULLION NORTH NOT IN CONTRACT NUMBER NOMINAL NOT TO SCALE OVERALL ON CENTER OUTSIDE DIAMETER/ DIMENSION OFFICE OVERHEAD OPPOSITE HAND OPENING OPPOSITE PERPENDICULAR PREFINISHED PLATE OR PROPERTY LINE PLASTIC LAMINATE PLYWOOD PANEL PAINT PAIR PS PSF PSI PT PTD PTD/R PTN PTR PVMT QT RA RAD RB R&S RD RD/0 REBAR REF REFR REIN F REQ'D REV RH RESIL RM RO RT RUB RVS RW RWL SC SCD SCHD SD SECT SF SHTG SIM SK SLR SND SNR SNT SPEC SQ SST SSK ST STA STC STD STL STOR STRL SUSP SV SYM TB T&B TG THK THR TIG TO TOC TOP TOS TOSL TOW TPD TPH TPTN TS TV TYP UL UNF UON UR VAR VCT VERT VEST VIN WC W/ W/O WC WD WF WG WP WR WSCT WT XFMR YD PAINT SYSTEM POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH PRESSURE TREATED PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER AND RECEPTACLE PARTITION PAPER TOWEL RECEPTACLE PAVEMENT QUARRY TILE RISER RETURN AIR RADIUS RESILIENT BASE ROD & SHELF ROOF DRAIN ROOF DRAIN OVERFLOW REINFORCING BAR REFERENCE REFRIGERATOR REINFORCED REQUIRED REVISION RIGHT HAND OR ROBE HOOK RESILIENT ROOM ROUGH OPENING RESILIENT TILE RUBBER REVERSE RAIN WATER RAIN WATER LEADER SOUTH SOLID CORE SEAT COVER DISPENSER SCHEDULE SOAP DISPENSER SECTION SQUARE FEET SHEATHING SIMILAR SINK SEALER SANITARY NAPKIN DISPENSER SANITARY NAPKIN RECEPTACLE SEALANT SPECIFICATION SQUARE STAINLESS STEEL SERVICE SINK STONE/STONE TILE STATION SOUND TRANSMISSION CLASS STANDARD STEEL STORAGE STRUCTURAL SUSPENDED SHEET VINYL SYMMETRICAL TREAD TOWEL BAR TOP & BOTTOM TEMPERED GLASS THICK THRESHOLD TEMPERED INSULATED GLAZING TOP OF TOP OF CONCRETE TOP OF PAVEMENT TOP OF STEEL TOP OF SLAB TOP OF WALL TOILET PAPER DISPENSER TOILET PAPER HOLDER TOILET PARTITION TUBULAR STEEL TELEVISION TYPICAL UNDERWRITERS LABORATORY UNFINISHED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED URINAL VARIES VINYL COMPOSITION TILE VERTICAL VESTIBULE VINYL VINYL WALL COVERING WEST WITH WITHOUT WATER CLOSET WOOD WIDE FLANGE WIRE GLASS WATER PROOF WATER RESISTANT WAINSCOT WEIGHT TRANSFORMER YARD SEPARATE PERMIT REQUIRED FOR: b Mechanical b Electrical Plumbing Gas Piping G y of Tukwila MY I. DlNG DIVISION SYMBOLS WT a w COLUMN LINE/GRID LINE DOOR NUMBER TO CORRESPOND TO ROOM ENTERING KEY NOTE PARTITION TYPE REVISION NUMBER REVISION CLOUD AROUND REVISION REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JAN 2 3 20 4 PL dam,., City of f u iia BUILDING ISION WINDOW BUG INTERIOR ELEVATION(S) ELEVATION IDENTIFICATION SHEET WHERE ELEVATION IS DRAWN TITLE1ROOM IDENTIFICATION TITLE2 TITLES ROOM NAME ROOM ROOM NO, 19.-O MATCH LINE SHADED PORTION IS THE SIDE CONSIDERED WORK POINT, CONTROL POINT OR DATUM POINT 0492) EQUIPMENT NUMBER BUILDING SECTION (IDENTIFY ON PLAN) SECTION IDENTIFICATION SHEET WHERE SECTION IS DRAWN SECTION (IDENTIFY ON ELEVATIONS) SECTION IDENTIFICATION SHEET WHERE SECTION IS DRAWN DETAIL DETAIL IDENTIFICATION SHEET WHERE DETAIL IS DRAWN GENERAL NOTES 68.5. 78 71 PROJECT ROOM FINISH GRADE EXISTING GRADE PROPERTY LINE NEW OR FINISHED CONTOURS EXISTING CONTOURS TOP OF WALL TOP OF CURB TOP OF PAVEMENT PROJECT NORTH 9'-0" DENOTES CHANGE IN ELEVATION 7'-O" FINISH BUG PROJECT DIRECTORY ARCHITECT/CONTACT: ARCHITECT OF RECORD: TENANT: LANDLORD/OWNER GENERAL CONTRACTOR: CRAFT ARCHITECTS, PLLC. 2505 THIRD AVE, STE. 324 SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98121 KATHRYN M. CRAFT QUILTS ETC. WESTFIELD 11601 WILSHIRE BLVD. 14TH FLOOR LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 90025 TBD MALL KEY PLAN NTS CONTACT: PHONE: EMAIL: CONTACT: PHONE: EMAIL: CONTACT: PHONE: EMAIL: 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE SOLELY AND COMPLETELY RESPONSIBLE FOR CONDITIONS ON THE JOB SITE, INCLUDING THE SAFETY OF ALL PERSONS, PROPERTY, AND FOR ALL NECESSARY INDEPENDENT ENGINEERING REVIEWS OF THESE CONDITIONS, AND FOR COMPLIANCE WITH O.S.H.A. SAFETY STANDARDS. ARCHITECTS AND THEIR CONSULTANTS' JOB SITE OBSERVATIONS ARE NOT INTENDED TO INCLUDE REVIEW OF THE ADEQUACY OF THE CONTRACTOR'S SAFETY MEASURES. 2. EACH CONTRACTOR SHALL FAMILIARIZE THEMSELVES WITH ALL SPECIFIED PRODUCTS RELATING TO THEIR WORK. THEY ARE TO SUBMIT WRITTEN OBJECTIONS PRIOR TO BIDDING, IF THE CONTRACTOR HAS AN OBJECTION TO ANY PRODUCT AND/OR DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 3. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THEIR WORK WITH THAT OF OTHER SEPARATE CONTRACTS SUCH AS SIGNS, & OWNER FURNISHED ITEMS, WHICH ARE BEING DONE BY OTHERS. 4. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS IN THE FIELD. THE ARCHITECT SHALL BE NOTIFIED IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. ALL WORK IN THAT AREA SHALL BE HELD UNTIL SUCH DISCREPANCIES ARE RESOLVED. 5. THE GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION, A.I.A. DOCUMENT A201, THE LATEST EDITION, SHALL BE INSPECTED AT THE ARCHITECTS OFFICE. 6. SEPARATE PERMITS, WHEN REQUIRED AND/OR WHEN WORK ITEMS ARE DESIGN/BUILD IN NATURE, SHALL BE OBTAINED BY THE CONTRACTOR FOR MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, FIRE SPRINKLERS, ELECTRICAL AND FIRE ALARM. DESCRIPTIVE, DETAILED DESIGN AND REQUIRED SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS INFORMATION SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR REVIEW BY THE REGULATING AUTHORITIES AND BY THE OWNER/TENANT/ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO ANY WORK BEING PERFORMED. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR REQUIREMENT FOR DESIGN/BUILD FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM. SUBMIT PLAN TO AND OBTAIN PERMIT FROM THE FIRE PREVENTION BUREAU FOR FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM INSTALLATION OR MODIFICATION. 7. SPECIAL INSPECTIONS WHERE REQUIRED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL SHALL BE PERFORMED BY INSPECTORS APPROVED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL. 8. ALL WORK DONE SHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE APPROVED PLANS AND PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS. THE APPROVED, PERMITTED, STAMPED PLANS ARE TO REMAIN ON SITE AT ALL TIMES. 9. DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF STUD, CONCRETE, OR MASONRY UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 10. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS; DIMENSIONS GOVERN. 11. WHEN CONSTRUCTION DETAILS ARE NOT SHOWN OR NOTED FOR ANY PART OF THE WORK, DETAILS SHALL BE THE SAME AS FOR OTHER SIMILAR WORK. IF QUESTIONS CAN NOT BE RESOLVED IN THIS MANNER, CONTACT THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO PROCEEDING. 12. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE OWNER WITH DETAILED CRITICAL PATH SCHEDULE FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION. UPDATES OF SCHEDULE SHALL BE MADE AS NECESSARY WITH COPIES PROVIDED TO OWNER. 13. ALL WORK AND MATERIALS SHALL BE IN FULL ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE, NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE AND ALL OTHER APPLICABLE STATE OR LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS. NOTHING IN THESE DRAWINGS IS TO BE CONSTRUED AS TO PERMIT WORK WHICH IS NOT CONFORMING TO THE PREVIOUS LISTED CODES. 14. PROTECTIVE MEASURES SHALL BE TAKEN BY THE CONTRACTOR TO PROTECT ADJACENT PROPERTY AT ALL TIMES DURING CONSTRUCTION. 15. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL CURRENT APPLICABLE LOCAL ORDINANCES FOR UTILITY SERVICES. 16. FIRE BLOCKING SHALL BE PROVIDED AT ALL FRAMED WALLS AT 10'-0" O.C. AND ALSO AT ANY LOCATION WHERE WALL FRAMING PENETRATES CEILINGS. REFER TO IBC SEC. 708 FIRE BLOCKING AND DRAFT STOPS FOR CONSTRUCTION. 17. ALL WATER FIXTURES MUST COMPLY WITH WAC 51-26-180 WATER CONSERVATION AND/OR ANY JURISDICTION'S PERFORMANCE STANDARDS. 18. WHEN CHANGES TO THE MECHANICAL SYSTEM REQUIRE A MECHANICAL PERMIT THEY SHALL COMPLY WITH THE MOST CURRENT UNIFORM MECHANICAL CODE AND WITH ANY LOCAL JURISDICTION REQUIREMENTS. 19. CONTRACTOR IS TO COMPLY WITH CHAPTER 33 OF THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE CONCERNING PROTECTION OF PEDESTRIANS DURING CONSTRUCTION. 20. PRIOR TO FINAL INSPECTION, A CERTIFICATE OF CONSTRUCTION COMPLIANCE SHALL BE READY FOR THE INSPECTOR. THE CERTIFICATE SHALL STATE "BASED UPON PERSONAL KNOWLEDGE, THAT THE WORK APPEARS TO HAVE BEEN PERFORMED, AND THE MATERIALS USED AND INSTALLED APPEAR IN EVERY MATERIAL RESPECT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE PLANS". THE CERTIFICATE MUST BE SIGNED BY ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING: (A) OWNER, (B) GENERAL CONTRACTOR, (C) AN APPROVED INDEPENDENT INSPECTOR OR INSPECTION AGENCY. 21. ASBESTOS AND HAZARDOUS WASTE EXCLUSION: THE ARCHITECT HEREBY STATES, AND THE OWNER ACKNOWLEDGES, THAT THE ARCHITECT HAS NO PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY OR OTHER INSURANCE, (AND IS UNABLE TO REASONABLY OBTAIN SUCH INSURANCE) FOR CLAIMS ARISING OUT OF THE PERFORMANCE OF OR THE FAILURE TO PERFORM PROFESSIONAL SERVICES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE PREPARATION OF REPORTS, DESIGNS, DRAWINGS, AND SPECIFICATIONS, AND RELATED TO THE INVESTIGATION DETECTION. REVISIONS No changes shall be made to the scope of work without prior approval of Tukwila Building Division. NOTE: Revisions di require a new plan submittal and may include additional plan review fees. MALL SITE PLAN NTS ' L fR ZSz :sem: Ir Ena 'f v . ,r.-....�......Y per, so 3'0 _f f ,1; P y fi \y li �N fabel 77 n1 T • 1,, .0,07 t I, • S ti Li L: t03.- 03 JESSICA BRADLEY (206) 720-7001 JESSICA@CRAFTARCHITECTS.COM WAYNE JOHNSON (206) 714-3485 WJOHNSON@WESTFIELD.COM TBD APPROVED BY: Initials Date PROJECT INFORMATION SOUTHCENTER MALL 1068 SOUTHCENTER BLVD. SPACE #800 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 98188 INDEX OF DRAWINGS T1.1 GENERAL INFORMATION AND SITE PLAN T1.2 ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES A1.1 DEMOLITION PLAN A2.1 FLOOR PLAN A2.2 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A2.4 FINISH PLAN A5.1 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS, SECTIONS & DETAILS A8.1 RESTROOM ELEVATIONS, PARTITION TYPES & DETAILS A10.2 SPECIFICATIONS MECHANICAL MO.1 MECHANICAL ABBREVIATIONS AND NOTES M0.2 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES M1.1 PLUMBING PLAN M2.1 HVAC PLAN M3.1 MECHANICAL DETAILS M4.1 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATION M4.2 ' MECHANICAL SPECIFICATION M4.3 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATION ELECTRICAL E0.1 E1.1 E2.0 E2.1 LEGEND AND GENERAL NOTES FLOOR PLAN- ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS L. 2505 Third Avenue Suite 324 Seattle, WA 98121 206.720.7001 phone 206.720.2949 fax www. crafta rch itects. corn FILE COPY Permit No. 12 tNN 99 2L1 Pian review approval is to errors and omissi Approval of construction documents does not autho the violation of any a .. ' pted code or ordinance. Rae of approved Field � . and • s is acknowledtil BY 19-19/ City Of Tukwila PROJEC T DESCRIPTIO LDING DIVISION TENANT IMPROVEMENT IN EXISTING RETAIL TENANT SUITE. SCOPE OF WORK INCLUDES DEMOLISHING EXISTING NON-STRUCTURAL PARTITIONS AND CEILING. NEW CONSTRUCTION CONSISTS OF NEW NON-STRUCTURAL PARTITIONS, STOREFRONT, FINISHES AND LIGHTING. TAX PARCEL # 920247-0010 LEGAL DESCRIPTION WEA SOUTHCENTER LLC BSIP PER BSIP REC VOL 256 PGS 1-9 WHICH REPLACES BSIP REC VOL 249 PGS 77-84 (AKA PARCEL A TUKWILA BSIP #L10-032 REC #20101021000765) CODE/ZONING INFORMATION ZONING DISTRICT: CODE EDITION: EXISTING OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION: TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION: SPRINKLER SYSTEM: AREA SEPARATION: NON SEPARATED, PER SECTION 508.3 TUC- TUKWILA URBAN CENTER 2012 IBC/ 2012 FIRE CODE / 2012 WSEC M (MERCANTILE)- NO CHANGE II FULLY SPRINKLERED ACTUAL FLOOR AREAS: RETAIL STORE, EXISTING TENANT SPACE (M) 1,761 SQ FT OCCUPANCY LOAD: (SEC. 1004.1 TABLE 1004.1.2) RETAIL STORE 1,761 SQ FT / 60 = 29 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA EXIT REQUIREMENTS: DEC 2 02013 (SEC. 1021 TABLE 1021.1 & 1021.2) NUMBER REQ'D NUMBER PROVIDED PERMIT CENTER RETAIL 1 2 PARKING REQUIREMENTS NOTE: PARKING STALLS ARE EXISTING. SCOPE OF WORK DOES NOT INVOLVE OCCUPANCY CHANGES OR BUILDING SQUARE FOOTAGE CHANGES. PLUMBING FIXTURE REQ'S COMPLYING RESTROOMS EXIST THROUGHOUT THE MALL FACILITY FOR USE OF BOTH EMPLOYEES AND CUSTOMERS. A CONVENIENCE RESTROOM HAS BEEN PROVIDED FOR EMPLOYEES WITHIN THE TENANT SPACE. LIGHTING REQUIREMENTS SCOPE OF WORK TO MEET OR EXCEED LIGHTING REQUIREMENTS ENERGY REQUIREMENTS NO BUILDING ENVELOPE MODIFICATIONS ARE PROPOSED. SEPARATE PERMIT SUBMITTALS FIRE ALARM AND SPRINKLER WORK. Co JW F - Z 0 0p Z O= U) c Q 5' CONSULTANT 7052 REGISTERED ARCHITECT KA41s YN M CRAFT STATE OF WASH►NG' ON i Submittals/Revisions: FOR LANDLORD REVIEW 12/10/2013 FOR PERMIT 12/20/2013 Sheet Title: GENERAL INFORMATION AND SITE PLAN Date: Design: Drawn: 12/19/2013 JAKB SAD Project No: Approved: 13-713 KMC Building No: Sheet No: T1.1 COPYRIGHT CRAFT ARCHITECTS 2013 302/303 FLOOR SURFACES & CHANGES IN LEVEL ANSI 303 - CHANGES IN LEVEL (REFERENCE DETAIL. 5.1) A. Changes in level up to 1/4" may be vertical and without edge treatment B. Changes in level between 1/4" and 1/2" shall be beveled with a slope no greater than 1:2. Detail 5.1 ANSI 302.2 - CARPET A. Carpet provided on a floor surface shall be securely attached; have a firm pad or backing, or no pad; and have a level loop, textured loop, level cut pile, or level cut/uncut pile texture. Maximum pile thickness shall be 1/2". Exposed edges of carpet shall be fastened to floor surfaces and have trim along the exposed edges. ANSI 302.3 - GRATINGS A. If gratings are located in walking surfaces or along accessible routes, then they shall have spaces no greater than 1/2" wide in one direction. B. If gratings have elongated openings, then they shall be placed so that the long dimension is perpendicular to the dominant direction of travel. 305 CLEAR FLOOR SPACE ANSI 305.2 - SIZE AND APPROACH A. Minimum clear floor space for a wheelchair and occupant shall be 30" wide x 48" long. Clear floor space shall be centered on the element it serves. 307 PROTRUDING OBJECTS (REFERENCE DETAIL 4.4.1 & 4.4.2) ANSI 307 - GENERAL A. Objects projecting from walls (for example, telephones) with their leading edges between 27"-80" above the finished floor shall protrude no more than 4" into walks, halls, corridors, passageways, or aisles. Freestanding objects mounted on posts or pylons may overhang 12" maximum from 27"-80" above the ground or finished floor. Protruding objects shall not reduce the clear width of an accessible route or maneuvering space. EAR WIDT. ANY AMOUNT Detail 4.4.2 308 & 309 CONTROLS AND OPERATING PARTS ANSI 308 - HEIGHT (REFERENCE DETAIL 4.30.3) A. Unobstructed front approach - 48" max. to 15" min. A.F.F. Controls located in an alcove >24" deep must have 36" clear floor width. B. Unobstructed side approach - 48" max. to 15" min. A.F.F. Controls located in an alcove >15" deep must have 60" clear floor width. C. Electrical & communication system receptacles shall be mounted no less than 15" above the floor. ANSI 309 - OPERATION Operable parts shall be operable with one hand and shall not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist. The force required to activate operable parts shall be 5.OIbs maximum. 404 DOORS continued ANSI 404.2.6 - DOOR HARDWARE A. Handles, pulls, latches, locks, and other operating devices shall have a shape that is easy to grasp with one hand and does not require tight grasping, tight pinching, or twisting of the wrist to operate. 1. Lever -operated mechanisms, push -type mechanisms, and U-shaped handles are acceptable designs. 2. When sliding doors are fully open, operating hardware shall be exposed and usable from both sides. 3. Hardware required for accessible door passage shall be mounted between 34" and 48" above finished floor. ANSI 404.2.7.1 - DOOR CLOSERS A. Door closers shall be adjusted so that from an open position of 90 degrees, the time required to move the door to an open position of 12 degrees shall be 5 seconds minimum. ANSI 404.2.7.2 - SPRING HINGES A. Door spring hinges shall be adjusted so that from the open position of 70 degrees, the door shall move to the closed position in 1.5 seconds minimum. ANSI 404.2.8 and IBC with WA STATE AMENDMENTS - DOOR OPENING FORCE A. The maximum force for pushing or pulling open a door shall be as follows: 1. Fire doors shall have the minimum opening force allowable by the appropriate administrative authority. 2. Other doors a. Exterior hinged, sliding or folding door: 10.0 lb. max. b. Interior hinged doors: 5.0 lb. max. c. Interior sliding or folding doors: 5.0 lb. max. These forces do not apply to the force required to retract latch bolts or disengage other devices that may hold the door in a closed position. 406 CURB RAMPS ANSI 406 - SLOPE (REFERENCE DETAIL 4.7) A. Slopes of curb ramps shall comply with 406 B. Maximum slopes of adjoining gutters, road surface immediately adjacent to the curb ramp, or accessible route shall not exceed 1:20. ANSI 406.4 - WIDTH (REFERENCE DETAIL 4.7) A. The minimum width of a curb ramp shall be 36", exclusive of flared sides. ANSI 406.3 - SIDES OF CURB RAMPS (REFERENCE DETAIL 4.7) A. If a curb ramp is located where pedestrians must walk across the ramp or where it is not protected by handrails or guardrails, it shall have flared sides; the maximum slope of the flare shall be 1:10 If x Is less than 48" Then The Slope Of The Flare Sides Shall Not Exceed 1:12 k Adjoining Slope Shall 7 Not Exceed 1:20 Flared side Ramp (1:12 Max. Slope) Shall Have Detectable Warnings and contrasting color. Standard Curb Ramp Adjoining Slope Shall Not Exceed 1:20 1:10 Max. slope 36" Min. IBC with WA STATE AMENDMENTS 1101.2.10 - CONTROL SWITCHES Manually operated control switches shall comply with ANSI Section 309, except they shall be placed 32" minimum and 40" maximum above the floor. The clear floor space adjacent to the control switch shall be located beyond the arc of the door swing and centered on the control switch. 403 ACCESSIBLE ROUTE - WALKING SURFACES IBC 1104 - LOCATION A. At least one accessible route shall be provided from public transportation stops, accessible parking and loading zones, and public streets or sidewalks to the accessible building entrance. B. Pedestrian route connections shall be clearly demarked where it crosses drive aisles. Method of demarkation shall match existing in shopping center: painted striping. ANSI 403.5 - WHEELCHAIR PASSAGE WIDTH A. The minimum clear width for single wheelchair passage shall be 32" at a point for a max. length of 24" and 36" continuously, per Table 403.5 (below). IBC with WA STATE AMENDMENTS 1101.2.2 - CLEAR WIDTH A. Clear width of an accessible route shall comply with ANSI Table 403.5 (above). For exterior routes of travel, the minimum clear width shall be 44". ANSI 403.5.2 - PASSING SPACE A. If an accessible route is less than 60" in width, then passing spaces of at least 60"x60" shall be provided at 200' max. spacing. B. The minimum clear width for two wheelchairs to pass is 60" ANSI 307.2 IBC 1009.2 and 1010.5.2 A. Accessible routes shall have 80" min. clear head room. ANSI 403.3 - SLOPE A. Running slope shall not exceed 1:20. B. Cross slope shall not exceed 1:48 904.3MS ANSI 404.2.1 - DOUBLE LEAF DOORWAYS A. Doorways with two independently operated leaves shall have at least one active leaf that meets the requirements in 404.2.2 and 404.2.3 ANSI 404.2.2 - CLEAR WIDTH A. Doorways shall provide a clear opening of 32" minimum, with the door open 90'. 1. Clear opening shall be measured between the face of the door and opposite stop. 2. Openings more than 24" in depth shall provide a clear opening of 36" minimum. ANSI 404.2.3 - MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT DOORS Provide level (1:48 max. slope) and clear maneuvering area at doors as follows: A. Front approach pull side - 60" min. width & 18" min. beside strike edge Front approach push side - 48" min width & 0" beside strike edge (12" ® strike if door has both a closer and a latch) B. Hinge side approach pull side - 60" min. width; 36" min. beside strike edge or 54" min. width; 42" min. beside strike edge Hinge side approach push side - 42" min. width & 22" min. beside hinge edge (48" mina width if door has both a closer and a latch) C. Latch side approach pull side - 48" min. width and 24" min. beside strike edge (54"min. width if door has a closer) Latch side approach push side - 42" min. width and 24" min. beside strike edge (48"min. width if door has a closer) ANSI 404.2.4 - THRESHOLDS AT DOORWAYS A. Maximum threshold height: 1/2". Raised thresholds and floor level changes shall be beveled with a slope no greater than 1:2 Curb Ramo Parallel to Curb 1:12 Max. slope Detail 4.7 r Location of Typical Parking Access Aisle 502/503 PARKING AND PASSENGER LOADING ZONES continued ANSI 502.7 - SIGNAGE (REFERENCE DETAIL 4.8) A. Each accessible parking space must have individual vertically mounted or suspended sign. Required van accessible spaces must be designated. B. Characters and symbols on such signs shall be located 60" minimum above the ground. ANSI ANSI 503.5 - VERTICAL CLEARANCE A. Provide minimum vertical clearance of 114" at accessible passenger loading zones and along at least one vehicle access route from site entrances and exits. 503 - PASSENGER LOADING ZONE A. Passenger loading zones shall provide an access aisle at least 60" wide and 20 ft long adjacent and parallel to the vehicle pull-up space. If there are curbs between the access aisle and the vehicle pull-up space, then a curb ramp complying with 4.7 shall be provided. Vehicle standing spaces and access aisles shall be level with surface slopes not exceeding 1:48 in all directions. 0 z_ Boz b m o DISABLEDTE SA PARKING PEEWIT - [REQUIREDyyUN ACCESSIBLE GALVANIZED MOUNTING BOLTS 602 DRINKING FOUNTAINS ANSI ANSI MIIIII =11111 Detail 4.8 PRE-MANUF. SIGN 4" DIA. STEEL POST WI CAP FINISH GRADE SET POST IN CONC. NOTE: INSTALL SIGN AT ALL ACCESSIBLE PARKING STALLS. SPACES DESIGNATED FOR VAN PARKING SHALL HAVE ADDITIONAL SIGN "VAN ACCESSIBLE" MOUNTED BELOW. MOUNT ON WALL OF BLDG WHEN POSSIBLE. 602.1 - GENERAL A. Accessible drinking fountains shall comply with Sections 602 and 307. 602.2 - CLEAR FLOOR SPACE A. A clear floor space complying w/ Section 305, positioned for a forward approach to the drinking fountain, shall be provided. Knee & toe space complying with Section 306 shall be provided. The clear floor space shall be centered on the drinking fountain. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Drinking fountains for standing persons. 2. Drinking fountains primarily for children's use. 3. In existing building, existing drinking fountains providing a parallel approach complying w/ Section 305, centered on the drinking fountain shall be permitted. 4. Where specifically permitted by the administrative authority, a parallel approach shall be permitted that replace existing parallel approach drinking fountains. ANSI 602.3 - OPERABLE PARTS A. Operable parts shall comply with Section 309. ANSI ANSI ANSI Ramps (1:12 Max. Slope) Shall Have Detectable Warnings 9 and contrasting color. Note : If Slope is 1:20 or less no contrasting color or texture is required ANSI 406.10 - DIAGONAL CURB RAMPS A. If diagonal curb ramps have returned curbs or other well-defined edges, such edges shall be parallel to the direction of pedestrian flow. The bottom of diagonal curb ramps shall have 48" minimum clear space outside active traffic lanes of the roadway. If diagonal curb ramps are provided at marked crossings, the 48" clear space shall be within the markings. If diagonal curb ramps have flared sides, they shall also have at least a 24" long segment of straight curb located on each side of the curb ramp and within the marked crossing. ANSI 406.11 - ISLANDS A. Any raised islands in crossings shall be cut through level with the street or curb ramps at both sides and a level area at least 48" long and 36" minimum wide between the curb ramps in the part of the island intersected by the crossings. 410 PLATFORM LIFTS ANSI 410.1 - GENERAL A. Platform lifts shall comply with Section 410 and ASME/ANSI A18.1 listed in Section 105.2.6. Platform lifts shall not be attendant operated and shall provide unassisted entry and exit from the lift. ANSI 410.2 - LIFT ENTRY A. Lifts with doors or gates shall comply with Section 410.2.1. Lifts with ramps shall comply with Section 410.2.2. ANSI 410.2.1 - DOORS AND GATES A. Doors and gates shall be low energy power operated doors or gates complying with Section 404.3. Doors shall remain open for 20 seconds minimum. End door clear opening width shall be 32 inches minimum. Side door clear opening width shall be 42 inches minimum. Exception: Lifts serving two landings maximum and having doors or gates on opposite sides shall be permitted to have self closing manual doors or gates. ANSI 410.2.2 - RAMPS A. End ramps shall be 32 inches minimum in width. Side ramps shall be 42 minimum in width. ANSI 410.3 - FLOOR SURFACES A. Floor surfaces of platform lifts shall comply with Section 302 inches ANSI 410.4 - PLATFORM TO RUNWAY CLEARANCE A. The clearance between the platform sill and the edge of any runway landing 1 1/4 inch maximum ANSI 410.5 - CLEAR FLOOR SPACE A. Clear floor space of platform lifts shall comply with Section 305. ANSI 410.6 - CLEAR FLOOR SPACE A. Controls for platform lifts shall comply with Section 309. shall be 502/503 PARKING AND PASSENGER LOADING ZONES ANSI 502 - PARKING SPACES A. Accessible car parking spaces shall be 96" minimum in width. Van parking spaces shall be 132" minimum in width. EXCEPTION: Van parking spaces shall be permitted to be 96" minimum in width where the adjacent access aisle is 96" minimum in width. B. Parking access aisles shall be 60" wide. Van accessible access aisles shall be 96" wide. C. Surface slope shall not exceed 1:48 in all directions (Note : no built up curb ramp may be located in an accessible parking access aisle.) 602.4 - SPOUT OUTLET HEIGHT A. Wheelchair accessible spout outlets shall be 36 inches max. aff. Standing person spout outlets shall be 38 inches min. & 43 inches max. aff. 602.5 - SPOUT LOCATION A. Spout shall be located 15 inches min. from the vertical support and 5 inches max. from the front edge of the drinking fountain, including bumpers. 602.6 - WATER FLOW A. Spout shall provide a flow of water 4 inches min. in height. The angle of the water stream from spouts within 3 inches of the front of the drinking fountain shall be 30 degrees max. and from spouts between 3 inches & 5 inches from the front of the drinking fountain shall be 15 degrees max., measured horizontally relative to the front face of the drinking fountain. r L 5"MAX 15"MIN ru Forward Approach 603 TOILET ROOMS ANSI 603.2.3 - DOORS A. Doors shall not swing into the clear floor space or clearance for any fixture. ANSI 603.2 - CLEAR FLOOR SPACE A. The accessible fixtures and controls required in 4.22.7 shall be on an accessible route. An unobstructed turning space complying with 304 shall be provided within an accessible toilet room. The clear floor space at fixtures and controls, the accessible route, and the turning space may overlap, however; the only turning space provided shall not be located within a stall. ANSI 603.3 & 606 - LAVATORIES AND MIRRORS A. If lavatories and mirrors are provided, then at least one of each shall comply with 603.3 & 606. Accessible lavatories and mirrors shall not be located within toilet stalls unless other accessible lavatories and mirrors are provided in the toilet room. ANSI 603.3 - MIRRORS (REFERENCE DETAIL 4.19.1) A. Mirrors shall be mounted with the bottom edge of the reflecting surface 40" maximum A.F.F. Mirrors not located above lavatoreis, sinks or counters shall be mounted with the bottom edge of the reflecting surface 35" maximum above the floor. 604 WATER CLOSETS & TOILET COMPARTMENTS ANSI 604.3 - CLEAR FLOOR SPACE A. Clear floor space for water closets not in stalls shall be provided as follows: Front approach 48" min. wide x 66" min. long Side approach - 56" min. to front of toilet x 48" min. wide Both approach - 60" min. wide x 56" min. long (Reference Detail 4.16) B. No door swings are allowed in clear floor area. L - Detail 4.16 Co ANSI 604.4 - HEIGHT (REFERENCE DETAIL 4.16.2) A. The height to the top of the toilet seat shall be 17" - 19" above floor. 1. Seats shall not be sprung to return to a lifted position. ANSI 604.5 - GRAB BARS (REFERENCE DETAILS 4.16, 4.16.2 & 4.16.3) A. For water closets not located in toilet stalls, the following grab bars shall be provided, 33" - 36" above the finish floor: 1. Side wall horizontal: 42" long minimum, hold 12" min. from back wall. 2. Side wall vertical: 18" high minimum, hold 39" min. from back wall. 3. Back wall: 36" long minimum, 12" minimum each side of water closet centerline. Refer to 4.26 Grab Bars for size and structural elements. ANSI 604.6 - FLUSH CONTROLS (REFERENCE DETAIL 4.16.3) A. Controls shall be 44" maximum above the finish floor. 1. Lever controls or flush valves shall be mounted on the wide and open side of toilet areas. Except in ambulatory accessible compartments- refer to IBC, WA State Amendments, section 1101.2.7. 2. Controls shall be hand operated or automatic. 3. Controls shall be operable with one hand and shall not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist. 4. The force required to activate controls shall be no greater than 5lbf. 604 WATER CLOSETS & TOILET COMPARTMENTS continued ANSI 604.10.7 - DISPENSERS (REFERENCE DETAIL 4.16.2) A. Toilet paper dispensers shall be installed on the side wall, and shall be 7"-9" maximum in front of the water closet measured to the centerline of the dispenser. The outlet of the dispenser shall be 15"-48" maximum A.F.F. 1. Dispensers that control delivery or do not permit continuous paper flow shall not be used. 2. Operable parts shall be operable with one hand and shall not require tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrisl. 3. The force required to activate operable parts shall be 5 pounds max. ANSI 604.8 - WATER CLOSETS A. If toilet stalls are provided, then at least one shall be a standard toilet stall complying with 604.8; where 6 or more stalls are provided in addition to the stall complying with 604.9, at least one stall 36" wide with an outward swinging, If -closing door and parallel grab bars shall be provided. Water closets in such stalls shall comply with detail 4.16. Detail 4.16.2 ANSI 605 - URINALS ANSI 605 - URINALS A. If urinals are provided, then at least one shall comply with TAS SECTION 4.18.2 - HEIGHT (REFERENCE DETAIL 12.3.1) A. Urinals shall be stall -type or wall hung with a tapered, elongated rim at 17" maximum above the finished floor. The rim shall extend a minimum of 14" from the wall. 36" MIN. Locate flush controls on wide side Detail 4.16.3 609 GRAB BARS ANSI 609.3.2 - SIZE AND SPACING A. Diameter or width of gripping surface shall be 1-1/4" to 1-1/2", or the shape shall provide an equivalent gripping surface. 1. The space between grab bars and adjacent walls shall be 1-1/2" ANSI 609.8 - STRUCTURAL STRENGTH A. Grab bars and mounting devices shall meet the following requirements: 609.8 Allowable stresses shall not be exceeded for materials used where a vertical or horizontal force of 250 lbs. is applied at any point on the grab bar, fastener mounting device, or supporting structure. 1. Shear stress induced by application of 250 lb. shall be less than allowable shear stress for material used. If connection between grab bar and mounting bracket is considered to be fully restrained, then direct and torsional shear stresses shall be totaled for the combined shear stress, which shall not exceed the allowable shear stress. 2. Shear force induced in a fastener or mounting device from application of 250 lb. shall be less than allowable lateral load of either the fastener or mounting device or the supporting structure, whichever is the smaller allowable load. 3. Tensile force induced in a fastener by a direct tension force of 250 lb. plus the maximum moment from the application of 250 lb. shall be less than the allowable withdrawal load between the fastener and the supporting structure. 609.6 Grab bars shall not rotate within their fittings. ANSI 609.5 - ELIMINATING HAZARDS A. Grab bars and adjacent wall surfaces shall be free of sharp or abrasive surfaces. Edges shall be rounded. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JAN 2 3 2014 NFP 702 ALARMS City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION' TAS SECTION 4.18.3 - CLEAR FLOOR SPACE (REFERENCE DETAIL 4.18.1) A. A clear floor space 30" wide by 48" deep minimum shall be provided in front of urinal to allow forward approach. 1. This space shall adjoin or overlap an accessible route. 2. Urinal shields that do not extend beyond the front edge of the urinal rim may be provided with 29" clearance between them. 3. Urinals installed in alcoves deeper than 24" require a maneuvering area of at least 36" minimum wide, centered on fixture. TAS SECTION 4.18.4 - FLUSH CONTROLS (REFERENCE DETAIL 4.18.2) A. Controls shall be 44" maximum above the finished floor. 1. Controls shall be hand operated or automatic. 2. Controls shall be operable with one hand and shall not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist. 3. The force required to activate controls shall be no greater than 5 lb. 48" MIN. Detail 4.18 1 i- L 14" MIN Detail 4.18.2 606 LAVATORY ANSI 606.3 & 606.2 HEIGHT & CLEARANCES (REFERENCE DETAIL 4.19.1 & 4.19.2) A. Lavatories shall be mounted with the rim or counter surface no higher than 34" above the finished floor. 1. Lavatories shall extend 17" minimum from the wall. 2. Clearance of 27" minimum shall be provided from the finished floor to bottom of apron. 3. Knee clearance of 27" high minimum shall extend 8" minimum under the edge of the lavatory, 30" wide minimum, and 19" deep minimum. 4. Toe clearance of 9" minimum shall be provided for the full depth of the lavatory. ANSI 606 - DEPTH A. Each sink shall be a maximum of 6-1/2" deep. 0 rclear I floor I - space - - 19" 48" Min. 8" Min Max. Detail 4.19.1 17" Mi Detail 4.19.2 ANSI 606.6 - EXPOSED PIPES AND SURFACES A. Hot / cold water and drain pipes under lavatories shall be insulated or otherwise configured to protect against contact. B. There shall be no sharp or abrasive surfaces under lavatories. ANSI 606.4 - FAUCETS A. Controls shall be operable with one hand and shall not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist. B. The force required to activate controls shall be no greater than 5 lb. C. Lever -operated, push -type, and electronically controlled mechanisms are examples of acceptable designs. D. If self-closing valves are used the faucet shall remain open for 10 seconds minimum. ANSI 606.7 CONTROLS AND DISPENSERS A. If controls, dispensers, receptacles, or other equipment are provided, then at least one of each shall be on an accessible route and shall comply with detail 4.27 - (Controls & Operating Mechanisms). ANSI 606.7 - OPERABLE PARTS A. Operable parts on towel dispensers and hand dryers shall comply with Table 606.7 (below). Maximum MINIMUM SEGMENT LENGTH SEGMENT WIDTH less than or equal to: 24" 32" greater than: 24" 36" IBC with WA STATE AMENDMENTS 1101.2.2 - CLEAR WIDTH A. Clear width of an accessible route shall comply with ANSI Table 403.5 (above). For exterior routes of travel, the minimum clear width shall be 44". ANSI 403.5.2 - PASSING SPACE A. If an accessible route is less than 60" in width, then passing spaces of at least 60"x60" shall be provided at 200' max. spacing. B. The minimum clear width for two wheelchairs to pass is 60" ANSI 307.2 IBC 1009.2 and 1010.5.2 A. Accessible routes shall have 80" min. clear head room. ANSI 403.3 - SLOPE A. Running slope shall not exceed 1:20. B. Cross slope shall not exceed 1:48 904.3MS ANSI 404.2.1 - DOUBLE LEAF DOORWAYS A. Doorways with two independently operated leaves shall have at least one active leaf that meets the requirements in 404.2.2 and 404.2.3 ANSI 404.2.2 - CLEAR WIDTH A. Doorways shall provide a clear opening of 32" minimum, with the door open 90'. 1. Clear opening shall be measured between the face of the door and opposite stop. 2. Openings more than 24" in depth shall provide a clear opening of 36" minimum. ANSI 404.2.3 - MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT DOORS Provide level (1:48 max. slope) and clear maneuvering area at doors as follows: A. Front approach pull side - 60" min. width & 18" min. beside strike edge Front approach push side - 48" min width & 0" beside strike edge (12" ® strike if door has both a closer and a latch) B. Hinge side approach pull side - 60" min. width; 36" min. beside strike edge or 54" min. width; 42" min. beside strike edge Hinge side approach push side - 42" min. width & 22" min. beside hinge edge (48" mina width if door has both a closer and a latch) C. Latch side approach pull side - 48" min. width and 24" min. beside strike edge (54"min. width if door has a closer) Latch side approach push side - 42" min. width and 24" min. beside strike edge (48"min. width if door has a closer) ANSI 404.2.4 - THRESHOLDS AT DOORWAYS A. Maximum threshold height: 1/2". Raised thresholds and floor level changes shall be beveled with a slope no greater than 1:2 Curb Ramo Parallel to Curb 1:12 Max. slope Detail 4.7 r Location of Typical Parking Access Aisle 502/503 PARKING AND PASSENGER LOADING ZONES continued ANSI 502.7 - SIGNAGE (REFERENCE DETAIL 4.8) A. Each accessible parking space must have individual vertically mounted or suspended sign. Required van accessible spaces must be designated. B. Characters and symbols on such signs shall be located 60" minimum above the ground. ANSI ANSI 503.5 - VERTICAL CLEARANCE A. Provide minimum vertical clearance of 114" at accessible passenger loading zones and along at least one vehicle access route from site entrances and exits. 503 - PASSENGER LOADING ZONE A. Passenger loading zones shall provide an access aisle at least 60" wide and 20 ft long adjacent and parallel to the vehicle pull-up space. If there are curbs between the access aisle and the vehicle pull-up space, then a curb ramp complying with 4.7 shall be provided. Vehicle standing spaces and access aisles shall be level with surface slopes not exceeding 1:48 in all directions. 0 z_ Boz b m o DISABLEDTE SA PARKING PEEWIT - [REQUIREDyyUN ACCESSIBLE GALVANIZED MOUNTING BOLTS 602 DRINKING FOUNTAINS ANSI ANSI MIIIII =11111 Detail 4.8 PRE-MANUF. SIGN 4" DIA. STEEL POST WI CAP FINISH GRADE SET POST IN CONC. NOTE: INSTALL SIGN AT ALL ACCESSIBLE PARKING STALLS. SPACES DESIGNATED FOR VAN PARKING SHALL HAVE ADDITIONAL SIGN "VAN ACCESSIBLE" MOUNTED BELOW. MOUNT ON WALL OF BLDG WHEN POSSIBLE. 602.1 - GENERAL A. Accessible drinking fountains shall comply with Sections 602 and 307. 602.2 - CLEAR FLOOR SPACE A. A clear floor space complying w/ Section 305, positioned for a forward approach to the drinking fountain, shall be provided. Knee & toe space complying with Section 306 shall be provided. The clear floor space shall be centered on the drinking fountain. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Drinking fountains for standing persons. 2. Drinking fountains primarily for children's use. 3. In existing building, existing drinking fountains providing a parallel approach complying w/ Section 305, centered on the drinking fountain shall be permitted. 4. Where specifically permitted by the administrative authority, a parallel approach shall be permitted that replace existing parallel approach drinking fountains. ANSI 602.3 - OPERABLE PARTS A. Operable parts shall comply with Section 309. ANSI ANSI ANSI Ramps (1:12 Max. Slope) Shall Have Detectable Warnings 9 and contrasting color. Note : If Slope is 1:20 or less no contrasting color or texture is required ANSI 406.10 - DIAGONAL CURB RAMPS A. If diagonal curb ramps have returned curbs or other well-defined edges, such edges shall be parallel to the direction of pedestrian flow. The bottom of diagonal curb ramps shall have 48" minimum clear space outside active traffic lanes of the roadway. If diagonal curb ramps are provided at marked crossings, the 48" clear space shall be within the markings. If diagonal curb ramps have flared sides, they shall also have at least a 24" long segment of straight curb located on each side of the curb ramp and within the marked crossing. ANSI 406.11 - ISLANDS A. Any raised islands in crossings shall be cut through level with the street or curb ramps at both sides and a level area at least 48" long and 36" minimum wide between the curb ramps in the part of the island intersected by the crossings. 410 PLATFORM LIFTS ANSI 410.1 - GENERAL A. Platform lifts shall comply with Section 410 and ASME/ANSI A18.1 listed in Section 105.2.6. Platform lifts shall not be attendant operated and shall provide unassisted entry and exit from the lift. ANSI 410.2 - LIFT ENTRY A. Lifts with doors or gates shall comply with Section 410.2.1. Lifts with ramps shall comply with Section 410.2.2. ANSI 410.2.1 - DOORS AND GATES A. Doors and gates shall be low energy power operated doors or gates complying with Section 404.3. Doors shall remain open for 20 seconds minimum. End door clear opening width shall be 32 inches minimum. Side door clear opening width shall be 42 inches minimum. Exception: Lifts serving two landings maximum and having doors or gates on opposite sides shall be permitted to have self closing manual doors or gates. ANSI 410.2.2 - RAMPS A. End ramps shall be 32 inches minimum in width. Side ramps shall be 42 minimum in width. ANSI 410.3 - FLOOR SURFACES A. Floor surfaces of platform lifts shall comply with Section 302 inches ANSI 410.4 - PLATFORM TO RUNWAY CLEARANCE A. The clearance between the platform sill and the edge of any runway landing 1 1/4 inch maximum ANSI 410.5 - CLEAR FLOOR SPACE A. Clear floor space of platform lifts shall comply with Section 305. ANSI 410.6 - CLEAR FLOOR SPACE A. Controls for platform lifts shall comply with Section 309. shall be 502/503 PARKING AND PASSENGER LOADING ZONES ANSI 502 - PARKING SPACES A. Accessible car parking spaces shall be 96" minimum in width. Van parking spaces shall be 132" minimum in width. EXCEPTION: Van parking spaces shall be permitted to be 96" minimum in width where the adjacent access aisle is 96" minimum in width. B. Parking access aisles shall be 60" wide. Van accessible access aisles shall be 96" wide. C. Surface slope shall not exceed 1:48 in all directions (Note : no built up curb ramp may be located in an accessible parking access aisle.) 602.4 - SPOUT OUTLET HEIGHT A. Wheelchair accessible spout outlets shall be 36 inches max. aff. Standing person spout outlets shall be 38 inches min. & 43 inches max. aff. 602.5 - SPOUT LOCATION A. Spout shall be located 15 inches min. from the vertical support and 5 inches max. from the front edge of the drinking fountain, including bumpers. 602.6 - WATER FLOW A. Spout shall provide a flow of water 4 inches min. in height. The angle of the water stream from spouts within 3 inches of the front of the drinking fountain shall be 30 degrees max. and from spouts between 3 inches & 5 inches from the front of the drinking fountain shall be 15 degrees max., measured horizontally relative to the front face of the drinking fountain. r L 5"MAX 15"MIN ru Forward Approach 603 TOILET ROOMS ANSI 603.2.3 - DOORS A. Doors shall not swing into the clear floor space or clearance for any fixture. ANSI 603.2 - CLEAR FLOOR SPACE A. The accessible fixtures and controls required in 4.22.7 shall be on an accessible route. An unobstructed turning space complying with 304 shall be provided within an accessible toilet room. The clear floor space at fixtures and controls, the accessible route, and the turning space may overlap, however; the only turning space provided shall not be located within a stall. ANSI 603.3 & 606 - LAVATORIES AND MIRRORS A. If lavatories and mirrors are provided, then at least one of each shall comply with 603.3 & 606. Accessible lavatories and mirrors shall not be located within toilet stalls unless other accessible lavatories and mirrors are provided in the toilet room. ANSI 603.3 - MIRRORS (REFERENCE DETAIL 4.19.1) A. Mirrors shall be mounted with the bottom edge of the reflecting surface 40" maximum A.F.F. Mirrors not located above lavatoreis, sinks or counters shall be mounted with the bottom edge of the reflecting surface 35" maximum above the floor. 604 WATER CLOSETS & TOILET COMPARTMENTS ANSI 604.3 - CLEAR FLOOR SPACE A. Clear floor space for water closets not in stalls shall be provided as follows: Front approach 48" min. wide x 66" min. long Side approach - 56" min. to front of toilet x 48" min. wide Both approach - 60" min. wide x 56" min. long (Reference Detail 4.16) B. No door swings are allowed in clear floor area. L - Detail 4.16 Co ANSI 604.4 - HEIGHT (REFERENCE DETAIL 4.16.2) A. The height to the top of the toilet seat shall be 17" - 19" above floor. 1. Seats shall not be sprung to return to a lifted position. ANSI 604.5 - GRAB BARS (REFERENCE DETAILS 4.16, 4.16.2 & 4.16.3) A. For water closets not located in toilet stalls, the following grab bars shall be provided, 33" - 36" above the finish floor: 1. Side wall horizontal: 42" long minimum, hold 12" min. from back wall. 2. Side wall vertical: 18" high minimum, hold 39" min. from back wall. 3. Back wall: 36" long minimum, 12" minimum each side of water closet centerline. Refer to 4.26 Grab Bars for size and structural elements. ANSI 604.6 - FLUSH CONTROLS (REFERENCE DETAIL 4.16.3) A. Controls shall be 44" maximum above the finish floor. 1. Lever controls or flush valves shall be mounted on the wide and open side of toilet areas. Except in ambulatory accessible compartments- refer to IBC, WA State Amendments, section 1101.2.7. 2. Controls shall be hand operated or automatic. 3. Controls shall be operable with one hand and shall not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist. 4. The force required to activate controls shall be no greater than 5lbf. 604 WATER CLOSETS & TOILET COMPARTMENTS continued ANSI 604.10.7 - DISPENSERS (REFERENCE DETAIL 4.16.2) A. Toilet paper dispensers shall be installed on the side wall, and shall be 7"-9" maximum in front of the water closet measured to the centerline of the dispenser. The outlet of the dispenser shall be 15"-48" maximum A.F.F. 1. Dispensers that control delivery or do not permit continuous paper flow shall not be used. 2. Operable parts shall be operable with one hand and shall not require tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrisl. 3. The force required to activate operable parts shall be 5 pounds max. ANSI 604.8 - WATER CLOSETS A. If toilet stalls are provided, then at least one shall be a standard toilet stall complying with 604.8; where 6 or more stalls are provided in addition to the stall complying with 604.9, at least one stall 36" wide with an outward swinging, If -closing door and parallel grab bars shall be provided. Water closets in such stalls shall comply with detail 4.16. Detail 4.16.2 ANSI 605 - URINALS ANSI 605 - URINALS A. If urinals are provided, then at least one shall comply with TAS SECTION 4.18.2 - HEIGHT (REFERENCE DETAIL 12.3.1) A. Urinals shall be stall -type or wall hung with a tapered, elongated rim at 17" maximum above the finished floor. The rim shall extend a minimum of 14" from the wall. 36" MIN. Locate flush controls on wide side Detail 4.16.3 609 GRAB BARS ANSI 609.3.2 - SIZE AND SPACING A. Diameter or width of gripping surface shall be 1-1/4" to 1-1/2", or the shape shall provide an equivalent gripping surface. 1. The space between grab bars and adjacent walls shall be 1-1/2" ANSI 609.8 - STRUCTURAL STRENGTH A. Grab bars and mounting devices shall meet the following requirements: 609.8 Allowable stresses shall not be exceeded for materials used where a vertical or horizontal force of 250 lbs. is applied at any point on the grab bar, fastener mounting device, or supporting structure. 1. Shear stress induced by application of 250 lb. shall be less than allowable shear stress for material used. If connection between grab bar and mounting bracket is considered to be fully restrained, then direct and torsional shear stresses shall be totaled for the combined shear stress, which shall not exceed the allowable shear stress. 2. Shear force induced in a fastener or mounting device from application of 250 lb. shall be less than allowable lateral load of either the fastener or mounting device or the supporting structure, whichever is the smaller allowable load. 3. Tensile force induced in a fastener by a direct tension force of 250 lb. plus the maximum moment from the application of 250 lb. shall be less than the allowable withdrawal load between the fastener and the supporting structure. 609.6 Grab bars shall not rotate within their fittings. ANSI 609.5 - ELIMINATING HAZARDS A. Grab bars and adjacent wall surfaces shall be free of sharp or abrasive surfaces. Edges shall be rounded. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JAN 2 3 2014 NFP 702 ALARMS City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION' TAS SECTION 4.18.3 - CLEAR FLOOR SPACE (REFERENCE DETAIL 4.18.1) A. A clear floor space 30" wide by 48" deep minimum shall be provided in front of urinal to allow forward approach. 1. This space shall adjoin or overlap an accessible route. 2. Urinal shields that do not extend beyond the front edge of the urinal rim may be provided with 29" clearance between them. 3. Urinals installed in alcoves deeper than 24" require a maneuvering area of at least 36" minimum wide, centered on fixture. TAS SECTION 4.18.4 - FLUSH CONTROLS (REFERENCE DETAIL 4.18.2) A. Controls shall be 44" maximum above the finished floor. 1. Controls shall be hand operated or automatic. 2. Controls shall be operable with one hand and shall not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist. 3. The force required to activate controls shall be no greater than 5 lb. 48" MIN. Detail 4.18 1 i- L 14" MIN Detail 4.18.2 606 LAVATORY ANSI 606.3 & 606.2 HEIGHT & CLEARANCES (REFERENCE DETAIL 4.19.1 & 4.19.2) A. Lavatories shall be mounted with the rim or counter surface no higher than 34" above the finished floor. 1. Lavatories shall extend 17" minimum from the wall. 2. Clearance of 27" minimum shall be provided from the finished floor to bottom of apron. 3. Knee clearance of 27" high minimum shall extend 8" minimum under the edge of the lavatory, 30" wide minimum, and 19" deep minimum. 4. Toe clearance of 9" minimum shall be provided for the full depth of the lavatory. ANSI 606 - DEPTH A. Each sink shall be a maximum of 6-1/2" deep. 0 rclear I floor I - space - - 19" 48" Min. 8" Min Max. Detail 4.19.1 17" Mi Detail 4.19.2 ANSI 606.6 - EXPOSED PIPES AND SURFACES A. Hot / cold water and drain pipes under lavatories shall be insulated or otherwise configured to protect against contact. B. There shall be no sharp or abrasive surfaces under lavatories. ANSI 606.4 - FAUCETS A. Controls shall be operable with one hand and shall not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist. B. The force required to activate controls shall be no greater than 5 lb. C. Lever -operated, push -type, and electronically controlled mechanisms are examples of acceptable designs. D. If self-closing valves are used the faucet shall remain open for 10 seconds minimum. ANSI 606.7 CONTROLS AND DISPENSERS A. If controls, dispensers, receptacles, or other equipment are provided, then at least one of each shall be on an accessible route and shall comply with detail 4.27 - (Controls & Operating Mechanisms). ANSI 606.7 - OPERABLE PARTS A. Operable parts on towel dispensers and hand dryers shall comply with Table 606.7 (below). Maximum 0.5" 2" 5" 6" 9" 11" Reach Depth Maximum -4* +1*. #A 40" 36" 34" Reach Height 40 40' 40' IBC with WA STATE AMENDMENTS 1101.2.7 - OPERABLE PARTS A. Operable parts on drying equipment, towel or cleansing product dispensers and disposal fixtures shall comply with ANSI Table 606.7 (above), except the maximum reach height shall be 40" for reach depths less than 6 702.1 - GENERAL A. When required, visual alarms shall be provided in each of the following areas, as a minimum: rest rooms and any other general usage areas (e.g., meeting rooms), hallways, lobbies, and any other area for common use. 72 - AUDIBLE ALARMS A. If provided, audible alarms shall produce a sound that exceeds the prevailing equivalent sound level in the room or space by at least 15 dba or exceeds any maximum sound level with a duration of 60 seconds by 5 dba, whichever is louder. B. Sound levels for alarm signals shall not exceed 120 dba. 72 - VISUAL ALARMS A. Visual alarm signal appliances shall be integrated into the building or facility alarm system. If single station audible alarms are provided then single station visual alarm signals shall be provided. Visual Alarm appliances shall have the following features: 1. The lamp shall be a xenon strobe type or equivalent. 2. The color shall be clear or nominal white (i.e. unfiltered or clear filtered white light). 3. The maximum pulse duration shall be two-tenths of one second with a maximum duty cycle of 40%. (The pulse duration is defined as the time interval between initial and final points of 10% of max signal) 4. The intensity shall be a minimum of 75 candela. 5. The flash rate shall be a minimum of 1 Hz and a maximum of 3 Hz 6. The appliance shall be placed 80" above the highest floor level within the space or 6" below the ceiling, whichever is lower. a. In large rooms and spaces exceeding 100' across, without obstructions 6' above the finished floor, such as auditoriums, devices may be place around the perimeter, spaced a maximum 100' apart, in lieu of suspending appliances from the ceiling. 7. In general, no place in any room or space shall be more than 50' from the signal (measured in a horizontal plane). 8. No place in common corridors or hallways shall be more than 50' from the signal. 703 SIGNAGE WHERE APPLICABLE A. Signs which designate permanent rooms and spaces shall comply with requirements listed below for: 1. Raised and Braille Characters, and Pictograms 2. Finish and Contrast Exception: Employee name signs are not required to comply. the WHERE APPLICABLE A. Signs which provide direction to, or information about, functional spaces of the building shall comply with the requirements listed below for: 1. Character Proportion 2. Character Height 3. Finish and Contrast Exception: Building directories, menus, and all other signs which are temporary are not required to comply. WHERE APPLICABLE (REFERENCE DETAIL 4.30.1) A. Element and spaces of accessible facilities which shall be identified by the International Symbol of Accessibility are: 1. Parking spaces designated as reserved for persons with disabilities. 2. Accessible passenger loading zones. 3. Accessible entrances when not all are accessible (inaccessible entrances shall have directional signage to indicate route to nearest accessible entrance). 4. Accessible toilet and bathing facilities when not all are accessible. ANSI 703.2.4 - CHARACTER HEIGHT (REFERENCE DETAIL 4.30.2) Height: The uppecase letter "I" shall be used to determine the allowable height of all characters of a font and shall be a minimum of rand 2" maximum. EXCEPTION: Where separate tactile and visual characters with the same information are provided, the height of the tactile upper case letter "r shall be permitted to be 3" minimum. ANSI 703.2.5 - CHARACTER WIDTH A. Width: The uppercase letter "0" shall be used to determine the allowable width of all characters of a font, and shall be 55% min. and 110% max. of the height of the uppercase "I" of the font. OVERHEAD SIGNS A. Characters and numbers on overhead signs shall be sized according to the viewing distance from which they are to be read. 1. For signs higher than 70" A.F.F., character size shall be 2" minimum plus i" per foot of viewing distance above 15 feet. 2. The minimum height is measured using an upper case letter "I". 3. Lower case letters are permitted. ANSI 703.3-703.5 - TACTILE, BRAILLE, & PICTOGRAMS A. Tactile characters shall comply with sections 703.3 and shall be duplicated in braille complying with section 703.4. B. Letter and numerals shall be raised 1/32", upper case, sans serif and shall be accompanied by grade 2 Braille. 1. Raised character height: r minimum to 3" plus r per foot of viewing distance above 21 feet. 2. Braille shall be contracted (grade 2); shall be located below title corresponding text. 3. Pictograms shall be accompanied by the equivalent verbal description placed directly below the pictogram. 4. The border dimension of the pictogram shall be 6" min. in height. ANSI 703.3.12 - FINISH AND CONTRAST A. Characters and their background shall have a nonglare finish. Characters shall contrast with their background, with either light characters on a dark background, or dark characters on a light background. ANSI 703.3.10 & 703.3.11 - MOUNTING LOCATION AND HEIGHT (REFERENCE DETAIL 4.30.3) A. Characters and their background shall have a nonglare finish. Characters shall contrast with their background, with either light characters on a dark background, or dark characters on a light background. B. Where a tactile sign is mounted next to a door, it shall be placed to the latch side of the door wherever possible. Where a tactile sign is placed adjacent a double door, the sign shall be to the right hand door. If there is no wall space to the right, signs shall be placed on the nearest adjacent wall. Exception: Door mounted signs shall be permitted on the push side on the doors with closers and without hold open devices. C. Tactile characters shall be 48" minimum above the floor, measured to the baseline of the lowest tactile character and 60" maximum above the floor, measured to the baseline of the highest tactile character. D. Mounting location for such signage shall be so that a person may approach within 3" of signage without encountering protruding objects or standing within the swing of a door. IBC with WA STATE AMENDMENTS 1101.2.9 - INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY A. Where the International Symbol of Accessibility is required, it shall be proportioned complying with ANSI Figure 703.6.3.1. All interior and exterior signs depicting the International Symbol of Accessibility shall be white on a blue background. 703 SIGNAGE continued C.� International Symbol of Accessibility Detail 4.30.1 Light switch Thermostats, Etc. Letter & numbers on signs shall have a width to height ratio of between 3:5 & 1:1 and a stroke - width to height ratio between 1:5 & 1:10. Letters and numbers shall be raised 1/32", upper case, sans serif or simple serif type and shall be accompanied with grade 2 Braille, raised characters shall be at least 5/8" - 3" high plus 1/8" per foot of viewing distance above 21 feet. Detail 4.30.2 8" MAX Detail 4.30.3 Convenience Outlets Data, Tel., Etc. 804 KITCHENS AND KITCHENETTES ANSI 804.6.6 - REFRIGERATOR/FREEZER Combination refrigerators and freezers shall have at least 50% of the freezer compartment shelves, including the bottom of the freezer 54 inches (1370mm) maximum above the floor when the shelves are installed at the maximum heights possible in the compartment. A clear floor space, positioned for a parallel approach to the space dedicated to a refrigerator/freezer, shall be provided. The centerline of the clear floor space shall be offset 24 inches (610 mm) maximum from the centerline of the dedicated space. 902 DINING SURFACES & WORK SURFACES ANSI 902.2 - SEATING A. If seating spaces for people in wheelchairs are provided at fixed tables or counters, clear floor space of 30" x 48" shall be provided. Floor space shall not overlap required knee space by more than 19" ANSI 902.3 - KNEE SPACE A. If seating for people in wheelchairs is provided at fixed tables or counters, knee space at least 27" high, 30" wide and 19" deep shall be provided. ANSI 902.3- HEIGHT OF TABLES OR COUNTER A. The tops of accessible tables and counters shall be 28" minimum, and 34 maximum, above the finished floor. 905 STORAGE DEPTH (REFERENCE DETAIL 4.25.1) A. Storage areas may be 36" in depth or less. If more than 36" in depth then area must allow 60" diameter of clear floor space for turning. ANSI 905.2 - CLEAR FLOOR SPACE: (REFERENCE DETAIL 4.25.2) ANSI 905.3 - HEIGHT (REFERENCE DETAIL 4.25.3 & 4.25.4) 308.2.1 Where a forward reach is unobstructed, the high forward reach shall be 48" maximum and the low forward reach shall be 15" minimum above the floor. 308.2.2 Where a side reach is provided, accessible storage spaces shall be 48" maximum and 9" minimum A.F.F. Maximum height shall be 48" for an unobstructed side reach and 15" minimum AFF. For side reach over an obstruction, maximum height shall be 46" and maximum depth 24", or maximum height of 34" and depth of 24". A. Clothes rods or shelves shall be a maximum 54" above floor where a side reach is required. B. Where the distance from the wheelchair to the clothes rod or shelf exceeds 10" (as at closets with inaccessible doors) the following criteria shall be met: 1. Shelves: Reach: 21" maximum; height: 48" maximum, 9" minimum. 2. Clothes rods: Reach 21" maximum; height: 48" maximum. ANSI 309 - HARDWARE A. Hardware for accessible storage facilities shall be operable with one hand and shall not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist. B. The force required to activate the hardware shall be no greater than 5 lb. Detail 4.25.1 0 co Al Detail 4.25.2 Detail 4.25.3 Detail 4.25.4 b 13-038 LI RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA DEC 2 0 2013 PERMIT CENTER CRArr a r c h i t e c t s 2505 Third Avenue Suite 324 Seattle, WA 98121 206.720.7001 phone 206.720.2949 fax www. crafta rch itects. corn U H W H JCC W F - Z W 0 Z 0 0 Cl) ^ �, cr F- 0 0 O 1 F 0�^ CO O 0 Co CONSULTANT 7052 fl. 1 T� T� ORFYhSN MSPCRH !Sk• Submittals/Revisions: FOR LANDLORD REVIEW 12/10/2013 FOR PERMIT 12/20/2013 Sheet Title:ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES Date: Design: Drawn: Project No: Approved: 12/19/2013 JAKB SAD 13-113 KMC Building No: Sheet No: T1.2 COPYRIGHT CRAFT ARCHITECTS 2013 EXIT r 'o Iw U z t w I S(500) 283.6 SF >1 OCCUPANT I I EXIT M(30) 1,477.8 SF 49.26 OCCUPANTS y y TRAVEL DISTANCE: 68'-0" d y y //74 EXIT EGRESS PLAN '1/4" = 1'-0" 13-713_A1.1 (DEMO FLOOR PLAN),dwg' 01/08/14 - 8:29am ID n I a( / Ir I I I I II II I I I L_ DEMOLITION PLAN 1/4" = 1'-0" REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JAN 2 3 2014 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION GENERAL NOTES: 1. ALL EXISTING BUILDING COLUMNS, TENANT DEMISING WALLS AND STRUCTURAL MEMBERS TO REMAIN, U.O.N. 1.1. DOORS, DOOR FRAMES & DOOR CASING TO BE REPLACED 1.2. DOOR HARDWARE TO BE REPLACED 1.3. LIGHT FIXTURES TO BE REPLACED 1.4. SUSPENDED CEILING GRID AND PANELS TO BE REPLACED 1.5. GWB CEILING TO BE REPLACED 1.6. FLOOR FINISHES AND WALL BASE TO BE REPLACED 2. CONTRACTORS SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PATCHING AND/OR REPAIRING ANY DAMAGE CAUSED BY HIM OR HIS SUBCONTRACTORS TO ALL SURFACES AFFECTED BY DEMOLITION. REFINISH TO MATCH ADJACENT FINISH, OR AS NOTED HEREIN. 3. ALL FLOOR FINISHES (CARPET, VCT, CERAMIC TILE) AND FLOOR BASE TO BE REMOVED AND DISPOSED OF, TYPICAL THROUGHOUT. PREPARE FLOOR TO RECEIVE NEW FLOOR FINISHES. REMOVE ALL EXISTING MATERIALS WHICH WOULD CAUSE RISES OR DEPRESSIONS IN NEW FLOORING SURFACE, SUCH AS FASTENERS, OUTLET CORES, COVER PLATES, RESILIENT FLOOR COVERINGS, CARPET, CARPET PAD, FLASH PATCH, CONCRETE FILL, PLYWOOD, ETC. 4. REMOVE INTERIOR PARTITIONS, COLUMN FURRING, FIXTURES, CABINETRY, DOORS AND DOOR FRAMES, AS DESCRIBED. DISPOSE OF ALL DEBRIS AND PATCH FLOOR AND WALLS AS REQUIRED. PREPARE SURFACES FOR NEW FINISHES U.N.O. 5. GWB AND SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM TO BE REMOVED. DISPOSE OF ALL DEBRIS AND PATCH WALLS AS REQUIRED. TYPICAL THROUGHOUT ENTIRE SPACE. 6. OBTAIN DEMOLITION PERMITS AND INCLUDE ALL COSTS OF SAME IN CONTRACT PRICE. 7. FURNISH ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS/EQUIPMENT TO COMPLETE DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL OF ALL ITEMS AS INDICATED. 8. CONTRACTOR SHALL KEEP CONSTRUCTION AREA FREE OF DUST AND DEBRIS FOR THE DURATION OF CONSTRUCTION. 9. IF ANY QUESTIONS ARISE AS TO THE REMOVAL OF ANY MATERIAL, CLARIFY THE POINT IN QUESTION WITH DESIGNER BEFORE PROCEEDING. 10. IN PARTITIONS TO BE REMOVED, REMOVE AND CAP ALL OUTLETS, SWITCHES, WIRES, THERMOSTATS, ETC., TO THEIR SOURCE. 11. REMOVE ALL ABANDONED ELECTRICAL CONDUIT, CABLING BACKBOARD AND EQUIPMENT, TYPICAL THROUGHOUT ENTIRE SPACE. 12. AT COMPLETION OF DEMOLITION WORK, THE CONSTRUCTION AREA(S) SHALL BE LEFT IN "BROOM CLEAN" CONDITION. ALL DEBRIS AND MISCELLANEOUS MATERIAL SHALL BE REMOVED. 13. IN ADDITION TO SPECIFIC DEMOLITION SCOPE IDENTIFIED, PERFORM MISCELLANEOUS DEMOLITION AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT NEW CONSTRUCTION SCOPE. 14. NO EXISTING SMOKE DETECTOR, PUBLIC ADDRESS SPEAKER, FIRE ALARM BOX OR SIMILAR DEVICE, INCLUDING THE ASSOCIATED WIRING SHALL BE DAMAGED DURING DEMOLITION AND SUBSEQUENT CONSTRUCTION. RELOCATION OF SMOKE DETECTORS, PUBLIC ADDRESS SPEAKERS AND FIRE ALARM EQUIPMENT, NECESSITATED BY NEW CONSTRUCTION, SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED AS A FIRST PRIORITY, AND PER THE PLANS. NO ACTIVE SMOKE DETECTOR SHALL BE PERMANENTLY COVERED OR OTHERWISE REMOVED OR USED FOR OTHER THAN ITS INTENDED PURPOSE. REMOVE TEMPORARY COVERS DAILY. 15. REMOVAL OF ANY EQUIPMENT, CABLING SWITCHES, AND CONDUIT PERTAINING TO DATA/COMMUNICATIONS AND TELEPHONE SHALL BE VERIFIED WITH TENANT AND DESIGNER. ONLY REUSED CABLING MAY REMAIN IN THE PLENUM. ALL OTHER CABLING MUST BE REMOVED. EGRESS SUMMARY MAX. TRAVEL DISTANCE M OCCUPANCY: 250' (TABLE 1016.2) MAX. COMMON PATH OF EGRESS TRAVEL: 75' (TABLE 1014.3) MINIMUM CORRIDOR WIDTH: 44" (1018.2) REQUIRED EGRESS WIDTH: 0.2 PER OCCUPANT (1005.3) = 10" REQUIRED REQUIRED STAIR EGRESS WIDTH: 0.3 PER OCCUPANT (1005.3) = 15" REQUIRED MINIMUM CLEAR DOOR OPENING: 32 INCHES (1008.1.1) MAXIMUM DEAD END CORRIDOR: 50' (1018.4 EXCEPTION 2) OCCUPANCY LOAD: (SEC. 1004.1 TABLE 1004.1.2) STORAGE MERCANTILE (SEC. 1021 TABLE 1021.1 & 1021.2) NUMBER REQ'D NUMBER PROVIDED MERCANTILE LEG EXIT PARTITION WALL TO BE DEMOLISHED EXIST. WALLS / PARTITION TO REMAIN LIGHTED EXIT SIGNAGE W/ BATTERY BACKUP PER IBC SECTION 1011, CONFIRM OPERATION FOR EXISTING. ADD WHERE NOT EXISTING. KEY NOTES: 1. EXISTING ALARM AND ELECTRICAL PANELS TO REMAIN 2. REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF EXISTING CASEWORK, STOREFRONT AND FINISHES 3. REMOVE AND SALVAGE EXISTING FIRE RATED DOOR AND FRAME, TEMPORARILY STORE ON SITE AND INSTALL PER NEW CONFIGURATION 4. REMOVE PORTION OF EXISTING WALL, PATCH AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN EXISTING FIRE RATED ASSEMBLY 5. REMOVE EXISTING OVERHEAD GRILLE AND SUPPORTING STRUCTURE 6. GC TO SAW CUT PORTION OF EXISTING STRUCTURAL CONCRETE SLAB. FLOOR TRENCH FOR NEW POWER/VOICE DATA. POUR BACK WI/ MIN 3,000 PSI CONCRETE FLUSH WITH EXISTING. COORDINATE WITH MALL STRUCTURAL ENGINEER TO ENSURE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY OF SLAB IS MAINTAINED RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA CORRE TION JAN 1 6 2014 LTR# PERMIT CENTER C architects 2505 Third Avenue Suite 324 Seattle, WA 98121 206.720.7001 phone 206.720.2949 fax www. crafta rch itects. com U F - w Co J cc z /w V z_ 0 0 Co cc w z /w V 0 CO 0 0 Co CONSULTANT 7052 REGISTER` .10 ARCHITECT Submittals/Revisions: FOR LANDLORD REVIEW 12/10/2013 FOR PERMIT 12/20/2013 OWNER REVISIONS 1/8/2014 PERMIT RESUBMITTAL 1/10/2014 Sheet Title: DEMOLITION & EGRESS PLAN Date: Design: Drawn: Project No: Approved: 12/19/2013 JAKB SAD 13-713 KMC Building No: Sheet No: A1.1 COPYRIGHT CRAFT ARCHITECTS 2013 DOOR/RELITE SCHEDULE OPENINGS FRAMES REMARKS NO. TYPE W x H THK MATL GL FIRE RATING HDW FIN TYPE MATL FIN 101 P PAIR, 3'-0" X 10'-O" 3/4" GL TG - C - - - - FRAMELESS STOREFRONT SYSTEM 102A F 3'-0" X 7'-0" 1 3/4" WD - - A PAINT 1 WD PAINT 102B F (EXISTING) 3'-0" X 7'-0" (EXISTING) (EXISTING) - 1 HOUR D (EXISTING) (EXISTING) (EXISTING) (EXISTING) RELOCATED TO THIS LOCATION 103 F 3'-0" X 7'-0" 1 3/4" WD - - B PAINT 1 WD PAINT FRAME TYPES: PER SCHEDULE PER SCHEDULE f 1 DOOR SCHEDULE NOTES: DOOR/RECITE TYPES: PER DOOR SCHEDULE PER DOOR SCHEDULE f r PER DOOR SCHEDULE F (FLUSH) 1. ALL DOOR HARDWARE SHALL BE FULLY ACCESSIBLE PER THE PROVISIONS OF ANSI A117.1 SECTION 404/T1.2. 2. ALL DOORS TO BE READILY OPERABLE IN THE DIRECTION OF EGRESS TRAVEL WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY OR SPECIAL EFFORT. 3. AT THE MAIN EXTERIOR DOOR, LOCKS & LATCHES SHALL BE PERMITTED IF THE LOCKING DEVICE IS READILY DISTINGUISHABLE AND A READILY VISIBLE DURABLE SIGN IS POSTED ON THE EGRESS SIDE ON OR ADJACENT TO THE DOOR STATING: "THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED WHEN BUILDING IS OCCUPIED". THE SIGN SHALL BE IN LETTERS 1" HIGH ON A CONTRASTING BACKGROUND & MEET REQUIREMENTS OF IBC 1008.1.9.3 LOCKS & LATCHES. 4. NEW STOREFRONT: DOORS TO BE 'ALL -GLASS', DRY GLAZE SYSTEM, 3/4" TEMPERED GLASS, SQUARE BOTTOM RAIL, SIDELIGHTS TO BE DRY GLAZE SYSTEM, 3/4" TEMPERED GLASS, BUTT JOINTS WITH CLEAR SILICONE, 6" SQUARE BOTTOM RAIL AND TOP LOAD ROLL -IN GASKET. BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL FINISH, TYPICAL. 5. NEW DOORS TO BE: WOOD, HOLLOW CORE, PAINTED. 6. NEW DOOR FRAMES TO BE: WOOD, PAINTED. 4. TG INDICATES TEMPERED GLAZING, TYP. 5. GC TO COORDINATE WITH TENANT SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED SECURITY AND ALARM SYSTEM. SHELVING LEGEND P ('ALL' GLASS) DOOR HARDWARE NOTES: LEVER SPECIFICATION, TYPICAL: TBD, 626 SATIN CHROMIUM PLATED TYPE A: PASSAGE SET, OVERHEAD STOP, 18" H SS KICKPLATE BOTH SIDES TYPE B: TYPE C: RESTROOM LOCKSET, CLOSER, WALL STOP, 18" H SS KICKPLATE BOTH SIDES DOOR RAIL LOCK; CYLINDER/THUMBTURN COMBO, OVERHEAD CONCEALED CLOSER, RECESSED FLOOR PIVOT WITH DUST PROOF STRIKE, CONCEALED HOLD OPEN, 5' LADDER PULLS BOTH SIDES, BRUSHED STAINLESS FINISH TYPE D: REUSE EXISTING DOOR HARDWARE (LOCKSET, CLOSER, ETC.). GC ENSURE IN GOOD WORKING ORDER; REPLACE AS REQUIRED. CLEAN AND ADJUST EXISTING HINGES AND CLOSER, ADJUST CLOSER TO CURRENT ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS (ANSI 117.1 SECTION 404/T1.2). DIRECTION OF EXIT TRAVEL TO BE UNLOCKED AT ALL TIMES. LOCK TO BE RE -KEYED BY TENANT. 24'-0" STOREROOM 102 L _ _ _ _ J L___ T (REVIEWER OR IANC CODE COM O. APPROVED I JAN 2 3 Mk City of TuKWIIa I UILPING DIVISION SALES FLOOR 101 PROJECT SCOPE NOTES: LJ LJ GENERAL NOTES: GENERAL NOTES 1. 1. ONE SET OF LANDLORD APPROVED DRAWINGS TO BE KEPT ON SITE AND 2. AVAILABLE FOR VERIFICATION AT ALL TIMES DURING CONSTRUCTION. 2. CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE ALL SUB TRADES REVIEW AND COORDINATE WITH 3. BOTH ARCHITECTURAL AND ENGINEERING DRAWINGS AS REQUIRED. 4. 3. ALL MATERIALS TO MEET FLAME SPREAD RATING REQUIREMENTS OF 5. AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 4. DEMISING WALLS ARE NOT DESIGNED TO ACCOMMODATE LOADING. 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO OBTAIN ALL NECESSARY PERMITS. 6. 6. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE 2 FULLY CHARGED FIRE EXTINGUISHERS - ONE WALL MOUNTED IN THE BACK ROOM NEAR THE ELECTRICAL PANEL AND ONE UNDER THE CASH COUNTER. 7. AT COMPLETION OF THE JOB THE CONTRACTOR IS TO CHANGE THE HVAC 7. FILTER TO PROVIDE AN AIR BALANCE REPORT TO THE MALL. 8. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR REPAIRING DAMAGED FIRE SEPARATIONS IN CONTRACT AREA. MAINTAIN EXISTING FIRE SEPARATION 8. THROUGHOUT THE CONTRACT AREA. 9. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS, ALL VERTICAL REVEALS TO BE 9. FINISHED TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL FINISHES. 10. ALL FINISHES TO BE APPROVED BY OWNER AND ARCHITECT THROUGH THE SUBMISSION OF DRAW -DOWNS AND SAMPLES PRIOR TO ITS INSTALLATION. 11. CONTRACTOR TO RECEIVE AND UNLOAD ALL FIXTURES DELIVERIES AND MOVE FROM. LOADING DOCK TO TENANT SUITE. 12. CONTRACTOR TO BE PRESENT FOR ALL APPOINTMENTS FOR TELEPHONE, CABLE, ETC. 13. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE LABOR TO UNLOAD AND PREPARE THE STORE FOR THE PERIOD BETWEEN CONSTRUCTION COMPLETION AND STORE OPENING DAY AS REQUESTED BY THE DISTRICT MANAGER OR THE STORE DEVELOPMENT COORDINATOR. CONSTRUCTION 1. ALL CABINETS, DISPLAYS AND CASH DESK TO BE OWNER SUPPLIED AND CONTRACTOR INSTALLED. CONTRACTOR TO ASSEMBLE ALL FIXTURES. 2. PERIMETER SHELVING AND CROWN MOLDINGS WILL BE SUPPLIED BY OWNER, FLAT, TO BE ASSEMBLED AND INSTALLED ON SITE. FIXTURES ARE SUPPLIED FROM WIRE WELD, SEE WEBSITE FOR INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND VIDEOS. HTTP://WWW.WIREWELD.COM/SUPPORT.HTML. WIRE WELD REP IS MICHAEL BORINS, 1-814-440-0620. VIEWING THE VIDEO AND RESOURCE MATERIAL IS CRITICAL TO PROPER AND TIMELY INSTALLATION. 3. FLOOR SHELVING UNITS TO BE SUPPLIED BY OWNER, UNASSEMBLED, TO BE ASSEMBLED ON SITE AND READY FOR USE. CONTRACTOR TO SUPPLY SOME SCREWS ON SITE FOR THESE UNITS. 4. GC TO ALLOW FOR FLOOR PREP INCLUDING LEVELING AND SKIM COATING IN AREAS WITH VINYL TILE AND HARD SURFACE AS SPECIFIED. ALLOW FOR FEATHERING, REDUCER STRIPS AND TRANSITIONS AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE DIFFERENCE IN HEIGHT BETWEEN MALL TILE AND TENANT SLAB. ELECTRICAL/LOW VOLTAGE CABLING 1. 17W, PAR 38 LED LAMPS, 4100K, 40 DEGREE BEAM SPREAD ARE TO BE USED IN ALL RECESSED DOWNLIGHTS AND TRACK - TO BE SUPPLIED BY GC. 2. ALL OTHER LAMPS TO BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR - LAMPS TO BE 4100K. 3. TRACK FIXTURES AS PER PLANS WILL BE SUPPLIED BY THE CONTRACTOR, ALL LAMPS FOR TRACK FIXTURES AND RECESSED POT LIGHTS WILL BE PROVIDED BY THE OWNER. 4. ALL ELECTRICAL, TELEPHONE AND CAT 5 CABLE TO BE RUN BY THE ELECTRICIAN. 5. ELECTRICIAN TO BE AVAILABLE DURING THE INSTALLATION OF ALL POS AND TECHNICAL COMPONENTS. 6. GENERAL CONTRACTOR (GC) TO CARRY CABLING INSTALLATION AND TERMINATIONS C/W COVER PLATES UNDER GENERAL CONTRACT (CABLING TYPE: HIGH SPEED CAT 5). GC TO RUN ALL WIRES INCLUDING HIGH-SPEED, TELEPHONE AND POWER. REFER TO ENGINEERS DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION. 7. GC TO PROVIDE 'DECORA' WHITE OUTLETS AND COMMON COVERPLATES FOR ALL NEW SWITCHES, POWER, VOICE AND DATA OUTLETS. REPLACE ALL EXISTING WITH NEW TO MATCH. 8. GC TO INSTALL NEW GANGED BOXES AND COVER PLATES WHERE NEW POWER, VOICE AND DATA ARE INSTALLED. CASH DESK AND CREDENZA 1. CASH DESK TO BE PROVIDED BY OWNER, ASSEMBLED BY CONTRACTOR AND CONSTRUCTED IN COMPLIANCE WITH BARRIER FREE/ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS. THE REQUIRED DIMENSIONS OF AN ACCESSIBLE PART OF THE CASH DESK IS AT A MINIMUM 30" IN LENGTH AND BETWEEN 29" - 34" HEIGHT. THE AREA IN FRONT OF THIS SECTION OF THE DESK MUST BE CLEAR OF OBSTRUCTION OF 30" X 48". 2. MINIMUM SPACE OF 30" X 48" IN FRONT OF BARRIER FREE COUNTER TO BE CLEAR OF OBSTRUCTIONS. 3. CASH DESK TO REMAIN PRE -FINISHED WALNUT. TILE (IF REQUIRED) TO BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. 4. ALL OUTLETS TO BE INSTALLED BELOW CREDENZA SURFACE. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE 2 GROMMETS (2.5" DIAMETER) IN EACH CREDENZA AND CASH DESK AND IS TO CUT ACCESS TO CONDUIT IN BOTTOM SHELF OF CASH DESK. LOCATION OF GROMMETS TO SUIT EQUIPMENT PLACEMENT AND BE APPROVED BY OWNER. BACKROOMS 1. ALL SHELVING TO BE 2' DEEP PLY OR MDF WITH 2X4 CONSTRUCTION. 3 SHELVES HIGH, TOP SHELF AT 96" AFF, MIDDLE SHELF AT 64" AND BOTTOM AT 32" AFF. PROVIDE RADIUS TO ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS. 2. KEEP SHELVING CLEAR OF ELECTRICAL PANEL/TRANSFORMER AT A PROPER DISTANCE ACCORDING TO CODE. STORE FRONT 1. CONTRACTOR TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL SIGN AS PER MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS. ANY TRANSFORMERS, JOINERS OR OTHER ITEMS TO INSTALL THE WORKING SIGN SHALL BE PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR. 2. SIGN TO BE CONTROLLED BY A 24-HOUR TIMER AND OPERATED DURING THE HOURS SPECIFIED BY LANDLORD/MALL. 3. CONTRACTOR TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL ALL WOODWORK (FIRE RATED MDF) MOLDINGS, TILE, GLASS, ETC. FOR STORE FRONT AS REQUIRED. 4. PORCELAIN BULKHEAD TILE TO BE INSTALLED WITH MINIMAL GROUT JOINT (1/16" MAXIMUM). PROVIDE NECESSARY CONCEALED STRUCTURAL SUPPORT AS REQUIRED. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION. 5. SETTING MATERIAL FOR PORCELAIN BULKHEAD TILE TO BE: FLEXTILE - PREMIUM POLYMER -MODIFIED SAG -RESISTANT MORTAR 56SR (OR EQUIVALENT) 6. ALL EXPOSED EDGES OF TILE TO BE FINISHED WITH ANODIZED ALUM SCHLUTER JOLLY EDGING OR CORNER TRIM (OR EQUIVALENT). 7. CONTRACTOR TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL ALL TILE AND TEMPERED GLASS PANELS, COMPLETE WITH ALL HARDWARE AS SPECIFIED. 8. GC TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE SUBSTRATE/STRUCTURE FOR SUPPORT AND ADHERENCE OF STOREFRONT MATERIALS. INSTALLATION OF MATERIALS TO BE AS PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION. . GC TO PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY CONCEALED STRUCTURAL SUPPORT AND/OR BRACING FOR TILE BULKHEAD. COORDINATE WITH LOCATIONS OF BASE BUILDING AND TENANT CEILING ELEMENTS. 10. GC TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE BLOCKING FOR STOREFRONT GLAZING. GC TO ENSURE THAT ADHESIVE FOR BACKPAINTED GLASS DOES NOT HAVE GHOSTING EFFECT. PROVIDE SAMPLES OF BACKPAINTED GLASS FOR CLIENT REVIEW. FLOOR PLAN 1/4" = 1'-0" RECYCLING OF CONSTRUCTION WASTE 1. FOLLOW RULES AS LAID OUT BY SHOPPING CENTER AND LOCAL REQUIREMENTS. 2. DISPOSE OF ALL DEMOLISHED MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT IN AN ENVIRONMENTALLY FRIENDLY MANNER. 3. CONSTRUCTION WASTE DISPOSAL AND BIN LOCATIONS TO BE REVIEWED WITH MALL OPERATIONS. 4. CONTRACTOR TO ADVISE EACH TRADE OF A WASTE REDUCTION AND RECYCLING PROGRAM AND ENSURE FULL COOPERATION OF EACH TRADE. FIRE SPRINKLER AND FIRE ALARM 1. SUBCONTRACTOR/VENDORS PER MALL TENANT CRITERIA "MANUAL". 2. DESIGN -BUILD PERFORMANCE AND PERFORMANCE EXPECTATIONS PER MALL TENANT. 10. 12. ALL FINISHES PER ROOM FINISH PLAN AND SCHEDULE, SHEET A2.4 ALL NEW PARTITIONS TO BE WALL TYPE n, U.O.N. SEE SHEET A8.1 FOR WALL TYPES. FOR ACCESSIBILITY COMPLIANCE REFER TO SHEET T1.2. FOR SPECIFICATIONS, REFER TO A10.2 THERE SHALL BE NO EXPOSED PIPE, CONDUIT, DUCTS, VENTS, ETC. ALL SUCH LINES SHALL BE CONCEALED OR FURRED AND FINISHED, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED AS EXPOSED CONSTRUCTION ON THE DRAWING. OFFSET STUDS, WHERE REQUIRED, SO THAT FINISHED PARTITION SURFACE WILL BE FLUSH, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. PROVIDE FURRING AT EXISTING PARTITIONS AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL ELECTRICAL ITEMS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. DOOR AND CASED OPENINGS WITHOUT LOCATION DIMENSIONS OR DETAILS ARE TO BE (4) INCHES FROM ADJACENT WALL AT HINGE SIDE OF DOOR OR CENTERED BETWEEN WALLS. FINISHED FACES OF NEW PARTITIONS PARALLEL TO EXISTING FRAMING SHALL ALIGN. GC SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING ALL BLOCKING FOR ALL WALL AND CEILING MOUNTED ITEMS, INCLUDING HARDWARE, LIGHT FIXTURES, GRAB BARS, CASEWORK, AND ALL OWNER PROVIDED ITEMS. PROVIDE SHEET METAL REINFORCING (8" HORIZONTALLY MOUNTED STRIP OF 20 GA. GALVANIZED SHEET METAL) CONCEALED IN PARTITIONS WHERE WALL OR CEILING MOUNTED ITEM IS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS FOR DESIGNER PRIOR TO MANUFACTURE OF ANY CASEWORK, MILLWORK AND ANY OTHER SPECIAL ITEMS REQUIRING CUSTOM SHOP FABRICATED WORK. FOR SUPPLY OF ALL DISPLAY SHELVING, CROWN MOULDING, AND CASH DESK/ CREDENZA, CONTACT CLIENT (DENNIS WONG, 604-802-2900, dennis@quiltsgroups.com) GC TO PROVIDE SITE DIMENSIONS AFTER CONSTRUCTION TO CLIENT TO ENSURE PROPER COORDINATION OF SHELVING UNITS. LEGEND: I EXIST. WALL / PARTITION TO REMAIN NEW PARTITION WALL NEW FIRE RATED PARTITION WALL NEW WALL MOUNTED PANEL WALL MOUNTED DUPLEX OUTLET (DED = DEDICATED) WALL MOUNTED FOURPLEX RECEPTACLE OUTLET WALL MOUNTED VOICE/DATA PORT - (2) VOICE/(2) DATA IN SINGLE GANG BOX, UNO FLOOR MOUNTED OUTLET: FLUSH DUPLEX RECEPTACLE OUTLET AND DATA OUTLET - (1) VOICE/(1) DATA IN SINGLE GANG BOX, UNO THERMOSTAT KEY NOTES: EXISTING 1 HOUR RATED PARTITION TO REMAIN. CONTRACTOR TO PATCH, REPAIR AND FIRESTOP ALL OPENINGS IN TENANT DEMISING WALLS TO MAINTAIN REQUIRED FIRE RATING. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO ASSEMBLE AND INSTALL CASH DESK AND CREDENZA, COMPLETE WITH GROMMET HOLES. 3. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ADDITIONAL CONDUIT(S) UNDER CASH DESK, BELOW FINISHED FLOOR, TO TERMINATE AT BACK WALL BEHIND CREDENZA (FOR POWER AT CASH DESK, HIGHSPEED CAT 5 AT COMPUTER LOCATION IN CASH DESK AND PHONE LINE AT PRINTER LOCATION IN CASH DESK). GC TO COORDINATE WITH MALL STRUCTURAL ENGINEER TO CONFIRM DETAILS AND LOCATION OF SAWCUT TO MAINTAIN EXISTING INTEGRITY OF STRUCTURAL SLAB; 9 1/2" THICK WITH REBAR @ 12" O.C., EACH DIRECTION. 4. STOREFRONT: CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE BLOCKING FOR WALL MOUNTED HANGBARS AND TV MONITOR IN STOREFRONT WALLS. 5. STORAGE ROOM: CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE BLOCKING AS REQUIRED TO SECURE SHELVING UNITS IN PLACE. ALL FASTENING HARDWARE IS TO BE CONCEALED (TYPICAL). 6. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE CAT -5 LINE FROM COMPUTER LOCATION IN CASH DESK TO CENTER OF ENTRY BULKHEAD CEILING TO ACCOMMODATE CCTV CAMERA (BY OWNER) - NO POWER REQ'D 7. AT WALL PANEL LOCATIONS, CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE EXIISTING AND NEW PARTITIONS HAVE ADEQUATE BLOCKING (AS REQUIRED) AND ARE AS PLUMBLINE AND FLAT/EVEN AS POSSIBLE. REFER TO MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION. 8. SHELVING TO BE PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR, SEE 'BACKROOMS' SECTION OF PROJECT SCOPE NOTES ON SHEET A2.1 9. LINE OF SOFFIT ABOVE 10. LINE OF GLAZING ABOVE 11. L3O38/ RECESSED WALL STANDARDS TO ACCEPT (3) ROWS OF 54" SATIN NICKEL HANG BARS- PROVIDE BLOCKING AS REQUIRED AT 50" AFF, 70" AFF AND 90" AFF 12. FILL IN CASEWORK GABLE AS REQUIRED AT CORNERS OF SHELVING UNITS, TYPICAL 13. FUR OUT DEMISING WALL TO ACCOMMODATE PLUMBING SERVICES AS REQUIRED 14. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE NECESSARY BLOCKING FOR INSTALLATION OF ALL TOILETROOM FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES ALONG EXISTING WALL 15. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE 1" DIAMETER EMPTY CONDUIT FROM NEAREST BASE BUILDING TELECOMM ROOM C/W PULLSTRING 16. TENANT SERVICE DISCONNECT SWITCH, SEE ELECTRICAL 17. THERMOSTAT (T) TO BE PLACED ON THE SLAT GABLE AS CLOSE TO THE DEMISING WALL AS POSSIBLE (NOT ON SLAT WALL) 18. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE 3"x3"x48" STAINLESS STEEL CORNER GUARD 19. TELEPHONE AND CAT 5 HIGH SPEED CABLE TO TERMINATE INSIDE THE CASH DESK 20. OUTLET TO BE ABOVE CABINETS TO ACCOMMODATE WIRELESS SPEAKERS 21. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE (1) CAT 5 CABLE FOR A 'PEOPLE COUNTER' (NO POWER REQUIRED) FROM THE COMPUTER LOCATION IN THE CASH DESK TO THE MID -POINT OF THE ENTRY; TERMINATED AT EACH END (RJ45 MALE, STANDARD B) 22. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ELECTRIC, 'INSTA-HOT'/POINT OF USE WATER HEATER, LOCATED UNDER SINK. SPECIFICATION PER MECHANICAL. 23. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE TENANT NAME AND ADDRESS ON BACK DOOR: 1" HIGH WHITE LETTERS ON RED VINYL TAPE, PER MALL STANDARD 24. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE TEMPERED GLAZING, STOREFRONT SYSTEM, SEE DOOR SCHEDULE NOTES FOR SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 25. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE MASONITE WAINSCOT TO MATCH MALL CORRIDOR 26. POS TO BE RECESSED OR SHROUDED TO CONCEAL WIRING AT CASH DESK C a r chi t e c t s 2505 Third Avenue Suite 324 Seattle, WA 98121 206.720.7001 phone 206.720.2949 fax www.craftarchitects.com I CONSULTANT RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JAN 1.6 2014 PERMIT CENTER 7052 REGISTER`.D ARCHITECT Submittals/Revisions: FOR LANDLORD REVIEW 12/10/2013 FOR PERMIT 12/20/2013 OWNER REVISIONS 1/8/2014 PERMIT RESUBMITTAL 1/10/2014 Sheet Title: FLOOR PLAN Date: Design: Drawn: Project No: Approved: 12/19/2013 JAKB SAD 13-713 KMC Building No: Sheet No: A2.1 COPYRIGHT CRAFT ARCHITECTS 2013 DESCRIPTION AB QTY: 12 CARLINGDALE AND SHEET UNIT 30" D X 48" W X 128" H -1 KICK 3" X 48" -1 WOOD BASE 30 X 48 -1 FLAT TOP 30 X 48 -8 LIP SHELVES 26 X 48- FROM TOP 27', REMAINDER 12' APART -8 SUPPORT/HANG BARS (+2 SPARE) BA QTY: 3 COMBO COVERLET UNIT 30"DX48"WX 128"H -1 KICK 3" X 48" -1 WOOD BASE 30 X 48 -1 FLAT TOP 30 X 48 -6 LIP SHELVES 22 X 48- FROM TOP 22', REMAINDER 16' APART -6 SUPPORT/HANG BARS (+2 SPARE) B QTY: 9 DOWN AND PILLOW UNIT 30"DX48"WX 128"H -1 KICK 3" X 48" -1 WOOD BASE 30 X 48 -1 FLAT TOP 30 X 48 -5 LIP SHELVES 26 X 48- FROM TOP 22', REMAINDER 20' APART -5 SUPPORT/HANG BARS B1 QTY: 1 DOWN DISPLAY UNIT 30"0X48"WX 128"H -1 KICK 3" X 48" -1 WOOD BASE 30 X 48 -1 FLAT TOP 30 X 48 -2 LIP SHELVES 26 X 48- FROM TOP 27', REMAINDER 20' APART -2 SUPPORT/HANG BARS (+3 SPARE) BB QTY: 1 DRAPERY UNIT 30"DX48"WX 128"H -1 KICK 3" X 48" -1 WOOD BASE 30 X 48 -1 FLAT TOP 30 X 48 -6 LIP SHELVES 16 X 48- FROM TOP 22', REMAINDER 16' APART -6 SUPPORT/HANG BARS (+2 SPARE) D QTY: 2 DOWN AND PILLOW UNIT 30"DX24"WX 128"H -1 KICK 3" X 24" -1 WOOD BASE 30 X 24 -1 FLAT TOP 30 X 24 -5 LIP SHELVES 26 X 24- FROM TOP 22', REMAINDER 20' APART -5 SUPPORT/HANG BARS © WALNUT AND BEECH FLOOR UNIT 30"Dx50"W - WALNUT NATURAL GLOSS COATED ENDS AND SHELF EDGE - BEECH SHELVES- 4 EACH SIDE CHROME HANG BARS P ('ALL' GLASS) DOOR HARDWARE NOTES: LEVER SPECIFICATION, TYPICAL: TBD, 626 SATIN CHROMIUM PLATED TYPE A: PASSAGE SET, OVERHEAD STOP, 18" H SS KICKPLATE BOTH SIDES TYPE B: TYPE C: RESTROOM LOCKSET, CLOSER, WALL STOP, 18" H SS KICKPLATE BOTH SIDES DOOR RAIL LOCK; CYLINDER/THUMBTURN COMBO, OVERHEAD CONCEALED CLOSER, RECESSED FLOOR PIVOT WITH DUST PROOF STRIKE, CONCEALED HOLD OPEN, 5' LADDER PULLS BOTH SIDES, BRUSHED STAINLESS FINISH TYPE D: REUSE EXISTING DOOR HARDWARE (LOCKSET, CLOSER, ETC.). GC ENSURE IN GOOD WORKING ORDER; REPLACE AS REQUIRED. CLEAN AND ADJUST EXISTING HINGES AND CLOSER, ADJUST CLOSER TO CURRENT ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS (ANSI 117.1 SECTION 404/T1.2). DIRECTION OF EXIT TRAVEL TO BE UNLOCKED AT ALL TIMES. LOCK TO BE RE -KEYED BY TENANT. 24'-0" STOREROOM 102 L _ _ _ _ J L___ T (REVIEWER OR IANC CODE COM O. APPROVED I JAN 2 3 Mk City of TuKWIIa I UILPING DIVISION SALES FLOOR 101 PROJECT SCOPE NOTES: LJ LJ GENERAL NOTES: GENERAL NOTES 1. 1. ONE SET OF LANDLORD APPROVED DRAWINGS TO BE KEPT ON SITE AND 2. AVAILABLE FOR VERIFICATION AT ALL TIMES DURING CONSTRUCTION. 2. CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE ALL SUB TRADES REVIEW AND COORDINATE WITH 3. BOTH ARCHITECTURAL AND ENGINEERING DRAWINGS AS REQUIRED. 4. 3. ALL MATERIALS TO MEET FLAME SPREAD RATING REQUIREMENTS OF 5. AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 4. DEMISING WALLS ARE NOT DESIGNED TO ACCOMMODATE LOADING. 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO OBTAIN ALL NECESSARY PERMITS. 6. 6. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE 2 FULLY CHARGED FIRE EXTINGUISHERS - ONE WALL MOUNTED IN THE BACK ROOM NEAR THE ELECTRICAL PANEL AND ONE UNDER THE CASH COUNTER. 7. AT COMPLETION OF THE JOB THE CONTRACTOR IS TO CHANGE THE HVAC 7. FILTER TO PROVIDE AN AIR BALANCE REPORT TO THE MALL. 8. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR REPAIRING DAMAGED FIRE SEPARATIONS IN CONTRACT AREA. MAINTAIN EXISTING FIRE SEPARATION 8. THROUGHOUT THE CONTRACT AREA. 9. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS, ALL VERTICAL REVEALS TO BE 9. FINISHED TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL FINISHES. 10. ALL FINISHES TO BE APPROVED BY OWNER AND ARCHITECT THROUGH THE SUBMISSION OF DRAW -DOWNS AND SAMPLES PRIOR TO ITS INSTALLATION. 11. CONTRACTOR TO RECEIVE AND UNLOAD ALL FIXTURES DELIVERIES AND MOVE FROM. LOADING DOCK TO TENANT SUITE. 12. CONTRACTOR TO BE PRESENT FOR ALL APPOINTMENTS FOR TELEPHONE, CABLE, ETC. 13. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE LABOR TO UNLOAD AND PREPARE THE STORE FOR THE PERIOD BETWEEN CONSTRUCTION COMPLETION AND STORE OPENING DAY AS REQUESTED BY THE DISTRICT MANAGER OR THE STORE DEVELOPMENT COORDINATOR. CONSTRUCTION 1. ALL CABINETS, DISPLAYS AND CASH DESK TO BE OWNER SUPPLIED AND CONTRACTOR INSTALLED. CONTRACTOR TO ASSEMBLE ALL FIXTURES. 2. PERIMETER SHELVING AND CROWN MOLDINGS WILL BE SUPPLIED BY OWNER, FLAT, TO BE ASSEMBLED AND INSTALLED ON SITE. FIXTURES ARE SUPPLIED FROM WIRE WELD, SEE WEBSITE FOR INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND VIDEOS. HTTP://WWW.WIREWELD.COM/SUPPORT.HTML. WIRE WELD REP IS MICHAEL BORINS, 1-814-440-0620. VIEWING THE VIDEO AND RESOURCE MATERIAL IS CRITICAL TO PROPER AND TIMELY INSTALLATION. 3. FLOOR SHELVING UNITS TO BE SUPPLIED BY OWNER, UNASSEMBLED, TO BE ASSEMBLED ON SITE AND READY FOR USE. CONTRACTOR TO SUPPLY SOME SCREWS ON SITE FOR THESE UNITS. 4. GC TO ALLOW FOR FLOOR PREP INCLUDING LEVELING AND SKIM COATING IN AREAS WITH VINYL TILE AND HARD SURFACE AS SPECIFIED. ALLOW FOR FEATHERING, REDUCER STRIPS AND TRANSITIONS AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE DIFFERENCE IN HEIGHT BETWEEN MALL TILE AND TENANT SLAB. ELECTRICAL/LOW VOLTAGE CABLING 1. 17W, PAR 38 LED LAMPS, 4100K, 40 DEGREE BEAM SPREAD ARE TO BE USED IN ALL RECESSED DOWNLIGHTS AND TRACK - TO BE SUPPLIED BY GC. 2. ALL OTHER LAMPS TO BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR - LAMPS TO BE 4100K. 3. TRACK FIXTURES AS PER PLANS WILL BE SUPPLIED BY THE CONTRACTOR, ALL LAMPS FOR TRACK FIXTURES AND RECESSED POT LIGHTS WILL BE PROVIDED BY THE OWNER. 4. ALL ELECTRICAL, TELEPHONE AND CAT 5 CABLE TO BE RUN BY THE ELECTRICIAN. 5. ELECTRICIAN TO BE AVAILABLE DURING THE INSTALLATION OF ALL POS AND TECHNICAL COMPONENTS. 6. GENERAL CONTRACTOR (GC) TO CARRY CABLING INSTALLATION AND TERMINATIONS C/W COVER PLATES UNDER GENERAL CONTRACT (CABLING TYPE: HIGH SPEED CAT 5). GC TO RUN ALL WIRES INCLUDING HIGH-SPEED, TELEPHONE AND POWER. REFER TO ENGINEERS DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION. 7. GC TO PROVIDE 'DECORA' WHITE OUTLETS AND COMMON COVERPLATES FOR ALL NEW SWITCHES, POWER, VOICE AND DATA OUTLETS. REPLACE ALL EXISTING WITH NEW TO MATCH. 8. GC TO INSTALL NEW GANGED BOXES AND COVER PLATES WHERE NEW POWER, VOICE AND DATA ARE INSTALLED. CASH DESK AND CREDENZA 1. CASH DESK TO BE PROVIDED BY OWNER, ASSEMBLED BY CONTRACTOR AND CONSTRUCTED IN COMPLIANCE WITH BARRIER FREE/ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS. THE REQUIRED DIMENSIONS OF AN ACCESSIBLE PART OF THE CASH DESK IS AT A MINIMUM 30" IN LENGTH AND BETWEEN 29" - 34" HEIGHT. THE AREA IN FRONT OF THIS SECTION OF THE DESK MUST BE CLEAR OF OBSTRUCTION OF 30" X 48". 2. MINIMUM SPACE OF 30" X 48" IN FRONT OF BARRIER FREE COUNTER TO BE CLEAR OF OBSTRUCTIONS. 3. CASH DESK TO REMAIN PRE -FINISHED WALNUT. TILE (IF REQUIRED) TO BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. 4. ALL OUTLETS TO BE INSTALLED BELOW CREDENZA SURFACE. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE 2 GROMMETS (2.5" DIAMETER) IN EACH CREDENZA AND CASH DESK AND IS TO CUT ACCESS TO CONDUIT IN BOTTOM SHELF OF CASH DESK. LOCATION OF GROMMETS TO SUIT EQUIPMENT PLACEMENT AND BE APPROVED BY OWNER. BACKROOMS 1. ALL SHELVING TO BE 2' DEEP PLY OR MDF WITH 2X4 CONSTRUCTION. 3 SHELVES HIGH, TOP SHELF AT 96" AFF, MIDDLE SHELF AT 64" AND BOTTOM AT 32" AFF. PROVIDE RADIUS TO ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS. 2. KEEP SHELVING CLEAR OF ELECTRICAL PANEL/TRANSFORMER AT A PROPER DISTANCE ACCORDING TO CODE. STORE FRONT 1. CONTRACTOR TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL SIGN AS PER MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS. ANY TRANSFORMERS, JOINERS OR OTHER ITEMS TO INSTALL THE WORKING SIGN SHALL BE PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR. 2. SIGN TO BE CONTROLLED BY A 24-HOUR TIMER AND OPERATED DURING THE HOURS SPECIFIED BY LANDLORD/MALL. 3. CONTRACTOR TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL ALL WOODWORK (FIRE RATED MDF) MOLDINGS, TILE, GLASS, ETC. FOR STORE FRONT AS REQUIRED. 4. PORCELAIN BULKHEAD TILE TO BE INSTALLED WITH MINIMAL GROUT JOINT (1/16" MAXIMUM). PROVIDE NECESSARY CONCEALED STRUCTURAL SUPPORT AS REQUIRED. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION. 5. SETTING MATERIAL FOR PORCELAIN BULKHEAD TILE TO BE: FLEXTILE - PREMIUM POLYMER -MODIFIED SAG -RESISTANT MORTAR 56SR (OR EQUIVALENT) 6. ALL EXPOSED EDGES OF TILE TO BE FINISHED WITH ANODIZED ALUM SCHLUTER JOLLY EDGING OR CORNER TRIM (OR EQUIVALENT). 7. CONTRACTOR TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL ALL TILE AND TEMPERED GLASS PANELS, COMPLETE WITH ALL HARDWARE AS SPECIFIED. 8. GC TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE SUBSTRATE/STRUCTURE FOR SUPPORT AND ADHERENCE OF STOREFRONT MATERIALS. INSTALLATION OF MATERIALS TO BE AS PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION. . GC TO PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY CONCEALED STRUCTURAL SUPPORT AND/OR BRACING FOR TILE BULKHEAD. COORDINATE WITH LOCATIONS OF BASE BUILDING AND TENANT CEILING ELEMENTS. 10. GC TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE BLOCKING FOR STOREFRONT GLAZING. GC TO ENSURE THAT ADHESIVE FOR BACKPAINTED GLASS DOES NOT HAVE GHOSTING EFFECT. PROVIDE SAMPLES OF BACKPAINTED GLASS FOR CLIENT REVIEW. FLOOR PLAN 1/4" = 1'-0" RECYCLING OF CONSTRUCTION WASTE 1. FOLLOW RULES AS LAID OUT BY SHOPPING CENTER AND LOCAL REQUIREMENTS. 2. DISPOSE OF ALL DEMOLISHED MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT IN AN ENVIRONMENTALLY FRIENDLY MANNER. 3. CONSTRUCTION WASTE DISPOSAL AND BIN LOCATIONS TO BE REVIEWED WITH MALL OPERATIONS. 4. CONTRACTOR TO ADVISE EACH TRADE OF A WASTE REDUCTION AND RECYCLING PROGRAM AND ENSURE FULL COOPERATION OF EACH TRADE. FIRE SPRINKLER AND FIRE ALARM 1. SUBCONTRACTOR/VENDORS PER MALL TENANT CRITERIA "MANUAL". 2. DESIGN -BUILD PERFORMANCE AND PERFORMANCE EXPECTATIONS PER MALL TENANT. 10. 12. ALL FINISHES PER ROOM FINISH PLAN AND SCHEDULE, SHEET A2.4 ALL NEW PARTITIONS TO BE WALL TYPE n, U.O.N. SEE SHEET A8.1 FOR WALL TYPES. FOR ACCESSIBILITY COMPLIANCE REFER TO SHEET T1.2. FOR SPECIFICATIONS, REFER TO A10.2 THERE SHALL BE NO EXPOSED PIPE, CONDUIT, DUCTS, VENTS, ETC. ALL SUCH LINES SHALL BE CONCEALED OR FURRED AND FINISHED, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED AS EXPOSED CONSTRUCTION ON THE DRAWING. OFFSET STUDS, WHERE REQUIRED, SO THAT FINISHED PARTITION SURFACE WILL BE FLUSH, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. PROVIDE FURRING AT EXISTING PARTITIONS AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL ELECTRICAL ITEMS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. DOOR AND CASED OPENINGS WITHOUT LOCATION DIMENSIONS OR DETAILS ARE TO BE (4) INCHES FROM ADJACENT WALL AT HINGE SIDE OF DOOR OR CENTERED BETWEEN WALLS. FINISHED FACES OF NEW PARTITIONS PARALLEL TO EXISTING FRAMING SHALL ALIGN. GC SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING ALL BLOCKING FOR ALL WALL AND CEILING MOUNTED ITEMS, INCLUDING HARDWARE, LIGHT FIXTURES, GRAB BARS, CASEWORK, AND ALL OWNER PROVIDED ITEMS. PROVIDE SHEET METAL REINFORCING (8" HORIZONTALLY MOUNTED STRIP OF 20 GA. GALVANIZED SHEET METAL) CONCEALED IN PARTITIONS WHERE WALL OR CEILING MOUNTED ITEM IS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS FOR DESIGNER PRIOR TO MANUFACTURE OF ANY CASEWORK, MILLWORK AND ANY OTHER SPECIAL ITEMS REQUIRING CUSTOM SHOP FABRICATED WORK. FOR SUPPLY OF ALL DISPLAY SHELVING, CROWN MOULDING, AND CASH DESK/ CREDENZA, CONTACT CLIENT (DENNIS WONG, 604-802-2900, dennis@quiltsgroups.com) GC TO PROVIDE SITE DIMENSIONS AFTER CONSTRUCTION TO CLIENT TO ENSURE PROPER COORDINATION OF SHELVING UNITS. LEGEND: I EXIST. WALL / PARTITION TO REMAIN NEW PARTITION WALL NEW FIRE RATED PARTITION WALL NEW WALL MOUNTED PANEL WALL MOUNTED DUPLEX OUTLET (DED = DEDICATED) WALL MOUNTED FOURPLEX RECEPTACLE OUTLET WALL MOUNTED VOICE/DATA PORT - (2) VOICE/(2) DATA IN SINGLE GANG BOX, UNO FLOOR MOUNTED OUTLET: FLUSH DUPLEX RECEPTACLE OUTLET AND DATA OUTLET - (1) VOICE/(1) DATA IN SINGLE GANG BOX, UNO THERMOSTAT KEY NOTES: EXISTING 1 HOUR RATED PARTITION TO REMAIN. CONTRACTOR TO PATCH, REPAIR AND FIRESTOP ALL OPENINGS IN TENANT DEMISING WALLS TO MAINTAIN REQUIRED FIRE RATING. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO ASSEMBLE AND INSTALL CASH DESK AND CREDENZA, COMPLETE WITH GROMMET HOLES. 3. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ADDITIONAL CONDUIT(S) UNDER CASH DESK, BELOW FINISHED FLOOR, TO TERMINATE AT BACK WALL BEHIND CREDENZA (FOR POWER AT CASH DESK, HIGHSPEED CAT 5 AT COMPUTER LOCATION IN CASH DESK AND PHONE LINE AT PRINTER LOCATION IN CASH DESK). GC TO COORDINATE WITH MALL STRUCTURAL ENGINEER TO CONFIRM DETAILS AND LOCATION OF SAWCUT TO MAINTAIN EXISTING INTEGRITY OF STRUCTURAL SLAB; 9 1/2" THICK WITH REBAR @ 12" O.C., EACH DIRECTION. 4. STOREFRONT: CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE BLOCKING FOR WALL MOUNTED HANGBARS AND TV MONITOR IN STOREFRONT WALLS. 5. STORAGE ROOM: CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE BLOCKING AS REQUIRED TO SECURE SHELVING UNITS IN PLACE. ALL FASTENING HARDWARE IS TO BE CONCEALED (TYPICAL). 6. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE CAT -5 LINE FROM COMPUTER LOCATION IN CASH DESK TO CENTER OF ENTRY BULKHEAD CEILING TO ACCOMMODATE CCTV CAMERA (BY OWNER) - NO POWER REQ'D 7. AT WALL PANEL LOCATIONS, CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE EXIISTING AND NEW PARTITIONS HAVE ADEQUATE BLOCKING (AS REQUIRED) AND ARE AS PLUMBLINE AND FLAT/EVEN AS POSSIBLE. REFER TO MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION. 8. SHELVING TO BE PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR, SEE 'BACKROOMS' SECTION OF PROJECT SCOPE NOTES ON SHEET A2.1 9. LINE OF SOFFIT ABOVE 10. LINE OF GLAZING ABOVE 11. L3O38/ RECESSED WALL STANDARDS TO ACCEPT (3) ROWS OF 54" SATIN NICKEL HANG BARS- PROVIDE BLOCKING AS REQUIRED AT 50" AFF, 70" AFF AND 90" AFF 12. FILL IN CASEWORK GABLE AS REQUIRED AT CORNERS OF SHELVING UNITS, TYPICAL 13. FUR OUT DEMISING WALL TO ACCOMMODATE PLUMBING SERVICES AS REQUIRED 14. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE NECESSARY BLOCKING FOR INSTALLATION OF ALL TOILETROOM FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES ALONG EXISTING WALL 15. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE 1" DIAMETER EMPTY CONDUIT FROM NEAREST BASE BUILDING TELECOMM ROOM C/W PULLSTRING 16. TENANT SERVICE DISCONNECT SWITCH, SEE ELECTRICAL 17. THERMOSTAT (T) TO BE PLACED ON THE SLAT GABLE AS CLOSE TO THE DEMISING WALL AS POSSIBLE (NOT ON SLAT WALL) 18. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE 3"x3"x48" STAINLESS STEEL CORNER GUARD 19. TELEPHONE AND CAT 5 HIGH SPEED CABLE TO TERMINATE INSIDE THE CASH DESK 20. OUTLET TO BE ABOVE CABINETS TO ACCOMMODATE WIRELESS SPEAKERS 21. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE (1) CAT 5 CABLE FOR A 'PEOPLE COUNTER' (NO POWER REQUIRED) FROM THE COMPUTER LOCATION IN THE CASH DESK TO THE MID -POINT OF THE ENTRY; TERMINATED AT EACH END (RJ45 MALE, STANDARD B) 22. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ELECTRIC, 'INSTA-HOT'/POINT OF USE WATER HEATER, LOCATED UNDER SINK. SPECIFICATION PER MECHANICAL. 23. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE TENANT NAME AND ADDRESS ON BACK DOOR: 1" HIGH WHITE LETTERS ON RED VINYL TAPE, PER MALL STANDARD 24. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE TEMPERED GLAZING, STOREFRONT SYSTEM, SEE DOOR SCHEDULE NOTES FOR SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 25. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE MASONITE WAINSCOT TO MATCH MALL CORRIDOR 26. POS TO BE RECESSED OR SHROUDED TO CONCEAL WIRING AT CASH DESK C a r chi t e c t s 2505 Third Avenue Suite 324 Seattle, WA 98121 206.720.7001 phone 206.720.2949 fax www.craftarchitects.com I CONSULTANT RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JAN 1.6 2014 PERMIT CENTER 7052 REGISTER`.D ARCHITECT Submittals/Revisions: FOR LANDLORD REVIEW 12/10/2013 FOR PERMIT 12/20/2013 OWNER REVISIONS 1/8/2014 PERMIT RESUBMITTAL 1/10/2014 Sheet Title: FLOOR PLAN Date: Design: Drawn: Project No: Approved: 12/19/2013 JAKB SAD 13-713 KMC Building No: Sheet No: A2.1 COPYRIGHT CRAFT ARCHITECTS 2013 LEGEND: O 8' 0"AFF GENERAL NOTES INTERNALLY LIGHTED EXIT SIGNAGE W/ BATTERY BACKUP PER 1. IBC SECTION 1011, CONFIRM OPERATION FOR EXISTING. ADD WHERE NOT EXISTING. 2. 2X2 RECESSED FLUORESCENT FIXTURE, (4) LAMP. PEERLESS ELECTRIC CO. LTD., LACH-22G-417-12-120-ES. LAMP: 4-17W/T8 SURFACE MOUNTED FLUORESCENT FIXTURE, LITHONIA- 14" ADIA ROUND, 32W p RECESSED COMPACT FLUORESCENT DOWNLIGHT FIXTURE, LITELINE RF601-ICAT W/ BAFFLE TRIM RTM606-CH-WHITE A STOREROOM SALES. FLOOR :101 N EQ/1'-8"DEQ 1'-9" 2'-6" 2'-6" 2'-6" 1'-9" • +X -XX" EXIT REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 1/4" = 1'-0" 3. SURFACE MOUNTED PENDANT LIGHT, KENDAL LIGHTING INC. MDL# IPF730-SN, FINISH: SATIN NICKEL. GLASS SHADE MDL# 4. RG730-6 5. TRACK LIGHTING, CEILING MOUNTED. BANVIL TRACK, MOUNTED TO CEILING, WHITE 4' LENGTHS. R120.55 -B9, 20148WH TRACK LIGHTING FIXTURE, BANVIL UNIVERSAL HEAD 'RIO' PAR 38 WHITE LED, MTR 138, 17W LED STRIP LIGHT, LITHONIA, MNSL-MV-M6, 24W, 4100K EXHAUST FAN SUSPENDED ACOUSTIC CEILING TILE AND GRID: CGC INC, PEBBLED CLIMA PLUS WITH SLT EDGE SUSPENSION SYSTEM: DONN CENTRICITIEE 9/16TH GRID 2'x2' GWB GYPSUM BOARD CEILING SEE A10.2 FOR FINISH SPECIFICATIONS OPEN TO STRUCTURE CEILING HEIGHT ACCESS PANEL LIGHTED EXIT SIGNAGE W/ BATTERY BACKUP PER IBC SECTION 1011, CONFIRM OPERATION FOR EXISTING. ADD WHERE NOT EXISTING. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JAN 2 3 2014 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 6. 7. 8. 9. 10, 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. SEE ENGINEERING PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOLLOW SPECS AND LOCATIONS PER ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. WHEN THERE ARE DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN ARCHITECTURAL, ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL OR PLUMBING DRAWINGS OBTAIN CLARIFICATION FROM ARCHITECT IN WRITING BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH ANY WORK IN QUESTION OR RELATED WORK. IF WORK IS PERFORMED PRIOR TO OBTAINING CLARIFICATION, CONTRACTOR SHALL CORRECT CONFLICTING WORK AT HIS EXPENSE AND AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER OR THE ARCHITECT. BEFORE STARTING ANY WORK, CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS. IF THERE ARE EXISTING BUILDING OBSTRUCTIONS AND CEILING FIXTURES, LEVEL CHANGES, SOFFITS, ETC., CANNOT BE INSTALLED WHERE INDICATED, OR IF THERE ARE ANY CONFLICTS OR DISCREPANCIES, CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY AND OBTAIN CLARIFICATION FROM THE ARCHITECT IN WRITING BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH ANY PART OF THE CEILING WORK OR RELATED WORK. FOR SUSPENDED CEILING SEISMIC DETAILS, SEE SHEET A8.1. REWORK EXISTING SPRINKLERS AS REQUIRED PER NEW WALL LAYOUT AND CURRENT CODE. INSTALL HEADS IN CENTER OF TILE. PROVIDE FLUSH SPRINKLER HEADS WITH WHITE CAPS IN ALL CEILINGS. ENGINEERING TO BE DESIGN -BUILD BY CONTRACTOR. REWORK EXISTING FIRE, LIFE, SAFETY SYSTEM AS REQUIRED PER NEW WALL LAYOUT AND CURRENT CODE. ENGINEERING AND INSTALLATION BY BUILDING RECOMMENDED SUB -CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE SMOKE DETECTORS THROUGHOUT TENANT AREAS IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL CODES AND MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. NIGHT LIGHTS TO BE ON 24 HOUR CIRCUIT; CIRCUIT TO BUILDING EMERGENCY BACK-UP SYSTEM. LOCATE ALL LIGHT FIXTURES, SPEAKERS, LIFE -SAFETY DEVICES, ETC., IN STRAIGHT LINES AND IN CENTER OF CEILING TILES, U.O.N. ALL CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES SHALL BE WHITE. LOCATE ANY CONTROLS THAT NEED ACCESSING OVER ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE AREAS. DO NOT PLACE ANY ABOVE GYPSUM BOARD CEILINGS, UNLESS APPROVED BY ARCHITECT. ALL ACCESS PANELS IN GYPSUM BOARD CEILINGS SHALL BE FRAMELESS; LOCATIONS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH ARCHITECT. GROUP DEVICES TO MINIMIZE THE NUMBER AND SIZE OF ACCESS PANELS. ALL CONDUITS, BOXES, DUCTS, HVAC UNITS, PIPES, ETC., SHALL BE INSTALLED AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE, NOT LOWER THAN 8" ABOVE LINE OF HIGHEST FINISHED CEILING. THERE SHALL BE NO COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS IN THE PLENUM SPACE. WHEN MULTIPLE SWITCHES OCCUR IN CLOSE PROXIMITY GANG UNDER SINGLE SWITCH PLATE. ALL LIGHTS TO BE CONTROLLED BY MOTION SENSOR. PROVIDE OVERRIDE SWITCH PROVIDE ALTERNATIVE SWITCHING ON OF FLUORESCENT FIXTURES AS REQUIRED BY CODE CONTRACTOR TO ALLOW FOR MODIFYING, PATCHING, REPAIRING AND MAKING GOOD ALL EXISTING BASE BUILDING ELEMENTS, INCLUDING LANDLORD CEILING, DUE TO INSTALLATION OF NEW STRUCTURAL FRAMING. REFER TO LANDLORD FOR ALL BASE BUILDING CONTRACTORS AND FINISHES SPECIFICATIONS AS REQUIRED. KEY NOTES: O 1. REFER TO ENGINEERS DRAWINGS FOR QUANTITY AND FINAL LOCATION OF ALL LIFE SAFETY CEILING FIXTURES AND FIRE SUPPRESSION LAYOUT. 2. ENSURE ALL SUPPLY/RETURN AIR GRILLES ARE LOCATED IN FRONT OF DISPLAY SHELVING (AND NOT ABOVE). REFER TO ENGINEERS DRAWINGS FOR FINAL LOCATIONS. 3. ALLOW FOR ACCESS PANELS IN DRYWALL CEILING AS REQUIRED. REFER TO ENGINEERS DRAWINGS FOR FINAL QUANTITY AND LOCATIONS. 4. PROVIDE NIGHT LIGHT FOR (1) ROW OF TRACK LIGHTING THAT LEADS FROM BACK ROOM TO ENTRY DOORS FOR AFTER HOURS SAFETY (AS REQUIRED). REFER TO ENGINEERS DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION 5. TRACK LIGHT FIXTURE TROUGH TO BE FINISHED DRYWALL, SEE DETAIL 11/A8.1 LINE OF CASEWORK AND DISPLAY FIXTURES BELOW LINE OF CLEAR GLAZING ABOVE 6. 7. 8. LED STRIP LIGHTING MOUNTED ON TOP OF TILE BULKHEAD. FIXTURE TO BE USED FOR UP -LIGHTING, LIGHTING TO BE SURFACE MOUNTED. SEE SECTION 19/A5.1 9. IMPACT OF CEILING AREA AT ALCOVE RELOCATION UNKNOWN, SCOPE OF WORK TO CONFORM WITH MALL STANDARDS, MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT. EXISTING FIRE RATING MUST BE MAINTAINED � 13-03$y RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JAN 1.6 2014 PERMIT CENTER 2505 Third Avenue Suite 324 Seattle, WA 98121 206.720.7001 phone 206.720.2949 fax www. craftarch itects. corn U H Cf)w H J Ix w F - z w U 0 0 Z �-- a �z O Z 0) cn Q c 4:4 w z V � 0 cn0 0 00 CONSULTANT 7052 REGISTERED ARCHITECT Submittals/Revisions: FOR LANDLORD REVIEW 12/10/2013 FOR PERMIT 12/20/2013 OWNER REVISIONS 1/8/2014 A PERMIT RESUBMITTAL 1/10/2014 Sheet Title: REFLECTED CEILING PLAN Date: Design: Drawn: Project No: Approved: 12/19/2013 JAKB SAD 13-713 KMC Building No: Sheet No: A2.2 COPYRIGHT CRAFT ARCHITECTS 2013 FINISH PLAN 1/4" = 1'-0" FINISH SPECIFICATIONS: FLOOR FINISHES: FLOOR FINISH TO BE CPT -1, U.N.O. T 1 R 1 PORCELAIN TILE, 6"x24" (8" STAGGER JOINTS) OLYMPIA TILE SIGNUM, PALISANDRO, BRASIL BROWN GROUT TO MATCH TILE VINYL TILE ARMSTRONG MIGRATIONS BIO BASED, NATURAL BEIGE WALL BASE: WALL BASE TO BE B-1, U.N.O. B 1 B 2 WOOD BASE SAUDER BASEBOARD 8234 PAINTED, BENJAMIN MOORE MASCARPONE, AF -20 4" COVED INTEGRATED BASE ARMSTRONG COLOR: MATCH VINYL TILE WALL FINISHES: WALL FINISH TO BE PT -1, U.N.O. PT 1 PT 2 PT 3 W 1 W 2 GL 1 T 2 PAINT (GENERAL) BENJAMIN MOORE AURA SATIN, CONSTELLATION AF -540 PAINT (MILLWORK, CEILINGS, DOORS/FRAMES) BENJAMIN MOORE AURA SATIN, MASCARPONE AF -20 PAINT (STOREFRONT BULKHEAD CEILING) BENJAMIN MOORE HIGH LACQUER COMMERCIAL, MASCARPONE AF -20 WALL PANEL TEXTURES '3D' PATTERN: MDF MJ -010 FINISH: TBD WALL PANEL SLATWALL GLASS BACKPAINTED, 'OPACI-COAT' PANTONE 552C PORCELAIN TILE, 12"x24" NEMO TILE TWILL, GRAPHITE GROUT TO MATCH TILE REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JAN 2 3 2014 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION GENERAL NOTES: 1. ALL SURFACES TO BE PREPARED TO RECEIVE NEW FINISH, TYPICAL THROUGHOUT. CONCRETE SLAB TO RECEIVE NEW SEAL WHERE SAW -CUT AND PATCHED. 2. REFER TO THIS SHEET FOR FINISH LEGEND & SCHEDULE. 3. SEE REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR CEILING FINISHES, CEILING TILE AND GRID SPECIFICATIONS. 4. ALL GWB SURFACES TO BE SMOOTH FINISH AND PLUMBLINE TRUE. APPLY SKIM COAT TO EXISTING WALLS IF NECESSARY TO ASSURE PLUMBLINE TRUE. ALL SURFACES TO RECEIVE TWO COATS OF LATEX PAINT WITH FINISH PER SPECIFICATIONS. 5. GWB SURFACES TO RECEIVE LEVEL 4 FINISH PRIOR TO PAINTING, UNO. REFER TO FINISH LEGEND FOR EXCEPTIONS. PRIME WALLS AND CEILING WITH APPROPRIATE PRIMER FOR PAINT AS SCHEDULED. 6. REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE SHEET A2.1 FOR DOOR AND DOOR FRAME FINISHES. 7. ALL FLOORING MATERIALS TRANSITION IN MIDDLE OF DOORWAY UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 8. ACCESS PANELS, VISIBLE COVES OR ENCASEMENTS, ETC. TO SHALL BE PAINTED TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES. 9. GC TO ALLOW FOR OVERAGE OF 12 FLOOR TILES FOR FUTURE REPAIRS. LEGEND: EXIST. WALLS / PARTITION TO REMAIN NEW PARTITION WALL KEY NOTES: 1. WALL PANELS IN 8'-0" DESIGN CONTROL ZONE TO HAVE ALL (4) SIDES OF PATTERN ALIGN. SEAMS TO ALIGN BOTH VERTICALLY AND HORIZONTALLY, REFER TO MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION GUIDELINES 2. MALL FLOOR FINISH TO EXTEND TO DOORS, COORDINATE ALUMINUM TRANSITION STRIP AND INSTALLATION WITH MALL CONTRACTOR. WORK TO BE PERFORMED BY MALL CONTRACTOR AT TENANT'S COST 3. NEW FLOOR FINISH, AS SPECIFIED TO RUN UNDER ALL FURNITURE, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT 4. SLATWALL AND SLATWALL OPENINGS TO BE PAINTED TO MATCH WALL. ALL SLATWALL TO HAVE ALUMINUM SLAT REINFORCEMENT INSTALLED & ANY EXPOSED CORNERS ARE TO BE FILED SMOOTH RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JAN 1 6 2014 PERMIT CENTER X13 -03 8 y 2505 Third Avenue Suite 324 Seattle, WA 98121 206.720.7001 phone 206.720.2949 fax www. craftarch itects . co m U H w H J W F- z w U z 0 O Z �— O Z Vl < cc z J w se F- 0 O CO O O CONSULTANT 7052 REGISTERED ARCH ITECT Ir44917 "OP YN STATE OF WA CR Submittals/Revisions: STON 4 FOR LANDLORD REVIEW 12/10/2013 FOR PERMIT 12/20/2013 OWNER REVISIONS 1/8/2014 APERMIT RESUBMITTAL 1/10/2014 Sheet Title: FINISH PLAN Date: Design: Drawn: Project No: Approved: 12/19/2013 JAKB SAD 13-713 KMC Building No: Sheet No: A2.4 COPYRIGHT CRAFT ARCHITECTS 2013 IMPORTANT NOTE: CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALL CONCEALED STRUCTURAL SUPPORT AND/OR CROSS BRACING FOR TILE BULKHEAD. INSTALL GLASS SUPPORT CLIPS TIED BACK TO BASE BUILDING STRUCTURE AS REQUIRED. COORDINATE WITH LOCATIONS OF BASE BUILDING AND TENANT CEILING ELEMENTS. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION. CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT GLAZING SHOP DRAWINGS FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL. ALL EXPOSED TILE EDGES TO BE FINISHED WITH SCHLUTER JOLLY ANODIZED ALUMINUM OR SIMILAR (TYPICAL). OPEN 2'-0" 1'-0" STOREFRONT SECTION RECESSED SHELF STANDARDS WALL PANEL (W-1) 1,-0" B 1,-0" STORE ELEVATION 1/4"= 1'-0" 11 EXISTING SOFFIT NEW SOFFIT TO MATCH EXISTING BOX BEAM FRAMING PER STRUCTURAL, SEE SSK-01 TILE BULKHEAD, CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY BLOCKING AND STRUCTURAL SUPPORT LEASE LINE 1/2" CLEAR, TEMPERED GLASS, FRAMELESS, WITH 1/8" SEAMS (NO SILICONE). INSTALL RECESSED 2" BRUSHED ALUM. TOP RAIL AND 1/2"x 1/2" BRUSHED ALUM. U -CHANNEL BOTTOM RAIL LED STRIP LIGHTING, SURFACE MOUNTED ON THE TILE BULKHEAD. BOX BEAM FRAMING PER STRUCTURAL, SEE SSK-01 BRAKEFORM METAL PANELING ON ALL VERTICAL FACES OF SIGN BAND (FRONT & BACK), PAINTED FINISH ON HORIZONTAL SOFFIT SURFACE TILE PIER, CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY BLOCKING AND STRUCTURAL SUPPORT, SEE SSK-02 WALL PANEL (W-1) SIDE AND TOP EDGES OF PANELING TO BE TRIMMED WITH 1"X3" FLAT STOCK MDF MOLDING, TO MATCH PANEL PAINT FINISH, ORIENT GRAIN IN VERTICAL DIRECTION STOREFRONT SIDELIGHT SYSTEM CLEAR SILICONE SEALANT WOOD BASE (B-1) 3'-0" MAX. SIGNAGE DETAIL 1 "= 1'-0" TYPICAL SIGNAGE ASSEMBLY - ALUMININUM SIGN CABINET - BACK LIT ACRYLIC GRAPHIC (QE SQUARE), 1" RELIEF - PUSH THROUGH ACRYLIC COPY/LETTERS (PLASTIC USED IN SIGNS SHALL HAVE A SELF IGNITION TEMPERATURE AND FLAME SPREAD INDEX COMPLYING WITH IBC SECTION 402.6.4.4) 3" CABINET/4" OVERALL, ILLUMINATED SIGN BOX WITH 18" HIGH LETTERS, MAX., INSET INTO BULKHEAD, LED BACKLIGHT. CLIENT TO APPROVE ALL COLORS. CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE PROPER SUPPORT AS REQUIRED. ALL ELECTRICAL TRANSFORMERS AND EQUIPMENT TO BE CONCEALED IN TILE BULKHEAD. NOTE: FULL SIGNAGE PROPOSAL FROM SIGNAGE MANUFACTURER TO BE SUBMITTED TO THE LANDLORD FOR APPROVAL. DRAWINGS TO INCLUDE ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS, MATERIALS, SPECIFICATIONS, INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS AND SIZE INFORMATION. SIGNAGE TO BE INSTALLED AS PER MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. WALL PANEL (W-1) ALL EDGES TO BE TRIMMED WITH 1"X1" FLAT STOCK MDF MOLDING, TO MATCH PANEL PAINT FINISH, ORIENT GRAIN IN HORIZONTAL DIRECTION 6" CROWN MOLDING, RETURN TO WALL BEHIND 6" LADDER RAIL, SUPPORT CONCEALED IN CASEWORK PROVIDE FILLER TO MATCH SHELVING UNITS WHERE REQUIRED. SHELVING UNIT, TYPICAL ALIGN 12 SIGNAGE CONCEPT SKETCH NTS EXISTING SOFFIT NEW SOFFIT SIGNAGE 1/2" ALUMINUM REVEAL AT TILE TO EXISTING GWB TRANSITION TILE (T-2) RETURNS CORNER, TERMINATE MATERIAL WITH 1/2" ALUM REVEAL, SIMILAR TO DETAIL 13/A8.1 STOREFRONT ELEVATION 1/4"= REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JAN 2 3 2014 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION EXISTING SOFFIT 1/2" ALUMINUM REVEAL AT TILE TO GWB TRANSITION LEASE LINE, CENTER OF NEUTRAL PIER TILE BULKHEAD (T-2) CLEAR, TEMPERED GLASS WITH DECORATIVE WALL PANEL BEYOND ALIGN GLASS SEAM TO TOP OF BULKHEAD BRAKEFORM METAL PANEL, BRUSHED ALUMINUM SIGN BAND CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS SIDELIGHTS PER DOOR SCHEDULE, SHEET A2.1. PROVIDE CLEAR SEALANT AT BOTTOM STOREFRONT ASSEMBLY, TYPICAL 1/2" ALUM. REVEAL AT NEUTRAL PIER, SEE DETAIL 13/A8.1 TILE (T-2) AT ALL EXPOSED VERTICAL SURFACES DOORS PER DOOR SCHEDULE, SHEET A2.1 STORE ADDRESS: 4"X1/2" WIDE WHITE VINYL NUMBERS, PER MALL STANDARD. LOCATION PER TENANT COORDINATOR. STORE ELEVATION 1/4"= 1'-O" TILE (T-2) AT ALL EXPOSED VERTICAL SURFACES WALL PANEL (W-1) \ PER SHELVING LEGEND, A2.1, TYP 5'-g" I - 0 0 Co WALL PANEL (W-1) RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JAN 1.6 2014 PERMIT CENTER N 0 lo 0 U 5,-4" STORE ELEVATION 1/4"= 1'-O" ti f D l3 038 V i,. architects 2505 Third Avenue Suite 324 Seattle, WA 98121 206.720.7001 phone 206.720.2949 fax www. craftarch itects. co rn U H w F- -J W F - z V V 0 Z CL Z O Z co CO C 4:4W /W T' Y n 0 cnO O OD CONSULTANT REG ISTERD.D ARCHITECT Submittals/Revisions: FOR LANDLORD REVIEW 12/10/2013 FOR PERMIT 12/20/2013 OWNER REVISIONS 1/8/2014 PERMIT RESUBMITTAL 1/10/2014 Sheet Title: INTERIOR ELEVATIONS & DETAILS Date: Design: 12/19/2013 JAKB Drawn: SAD Project No: 13-713 Approved: KMC Building No: Sheet No: A5.1 COPYRIGHT CRAFT ARCHITECTS 2013 - 36" A.F.F. MAX ALLOWABLE STRESSES: VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL FORCE OF 250 POUNDS APPLIED AT ANY POINT ON THE GRAB BAR, FASTENER MOUNTING DEVICE OR SUPPORTING STRUCTURE. PARTITION AS SCHEDULED 1/4" DIA. SHEET METAL SCREWS TO METAL BLOCKING/BACKING 1 1/2" DIA. GRAB BAR (1 1/4" MIN TO 2" MAX OUTSIDE DIA.) PROTRUDING ELEMENT 16 GA. METAL STUD BLOCKING W/ (1) A35 CLIP TOP AND BOTTOM OR 3/4" PLYWOOD BACKING P.LAM. OR CERAMIC TILE OVER WATER-RESISTANT GWB OR PREFABRICATED SHOWER MODULE GRAB BAR DETAIL SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" RUBBER BASE $o AT CONCRETE FLOOR OR VCT BRUSHED ALUMINUM TRIM CAP WAINSCOT W/ METAL TRIM AT SHEET EDGES PER FINISH PLANS COVE FLOORING RETURN UP WALL AT RESILIENT SHEET FLOOR SECTION A WAINSCOT SCALE: 1" = 1'-0" A to • z b cV B UNISEX RESTROOM ELEVATIONS SCALE: 1/4"=1 ' -0" UNISEX RESTROOM PLAN SCALE: 1/4"=1 ' -0" GENERAL NOTES: 1. ALL EXISTING BUILDING COLUMNS, EXTERIOR WALLS, EXTERIOR WINDOWS, AND STRUCTURAL MEMBERS TO REMAIN, U.O.N. 2. NEW RESTROOM(S) TO BE FULLY ACCESSIBLE PER THE PROVISIONS OF ANSI A117.1-2009 SECTION 603 AS SUMMARIZED ON SHEET T1.2. KEY NOTES: MANUFACTURER: BOBRICK, CLASSIC SERIES, UNO. STAINLESS STEEL WITH SATIN FINISH 1. WATER CLOSET; FLOOR MOUNTED. REFER TO 604/T1.2. FLUSH CONTROLS SHALL BE ON OPEN SIDE OF THE WATER CLOSET. 3. WALL HUNG SINK. REFER TO 606/T1.2. 4. SURFACE MOUNTED MIRROR. 24X36 REFER TO 603/T1.2. 5. SURFACE MOUNTED TOILET PAPER DISPENSER MOUNTED BELOW GRAB BAR MOUNTING ZONE. REFER TO 604.7/T1.2. 6. SURFACE MOUNTED SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL. REFER TO 606/T1.2. 7. SURFACE MOUNTED TOILET SEAT COVER DISPENSER. REFER TO 606/T1.2. 8. TOILET PARTITION, OVERI ICAO DRACED. REFER TO 604/T1.2. 9. RECESSED PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER/WASTE RECEPTACLE, TYP. REFER TO 606/T1.2. 10. SURFACE MOUNTED GRAB BARS PER ICC/ANSI A117.1-2009 SECTIONS 604 AND 609, SEE ALSO DETAIL 20/A5.1. PROVIDE BLOCKING AS REQUIRED. " SQUARE SECTION OF FLOOR TO SLOPE 13. MANEUVERING CLEARANCES / CLEAR FLOOR SPACE REQUIRED AT FIXTURE. REFER TO 305, 404, 604/T1.2., TYP. 14. WAINSCOT, TYPICAL ALL (4) WALLS 15. INSULATE. REFER TO 606.6/T1.2 16. SIGNAGE WITH BRAILLE, REFER TO 703/T1.2. SINGLE OCCUPANCY: TRIMCO, 529, BLUE, MENS: TRIMCO, 527, BLUE, WOMENS: TRIMCO, 528, BLUE C I PARTITION PER SCHEDULE EXISTING NEUTRAL PIER BLOCKING LEASE LINE 1/2" CLEAR ANODIZED ALUM. REVEAL PER MALL STANDARDS. NO EXPOSED FASTENERS TILE RETURN TILE FACE NEUTRAL PIER, PLAN DETAIL SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" 1'-0" 9„ -.1.-__ 1 5 6" LED LIGHT FIXTURE, SURFACE MOUNTED GLAZING PER SECTION 19/A5.1 3/4" PLYWOOD METAL STUD BOX BEAM PER STRUCTURAL BRAKEFORM METAL PANEL, TYPICAL ALL VERTICAL FACES REVEAL MDF SOFFIT, PAINT FINISH RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURE PER PLAN GLAZING PER SECTION 19/A5.1 TILE PIER BEYOND TILE BULKHEAD DETAIL SCALE: 1" = 1'-0" 9" / 5/8" 'TYPE X' GWB LIGHT FIXTURE PER PLAN TRACK LIGHTING DETAIL SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1 '-0" fl #12 GA. VERTICAL WIRE HORIZONTAL STRUT TYPICAL CONTINUOUS IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII19IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII 1/8" POP RIVET ® ALL MEMBERS ONE WALL WALL ANGLE 4 - #12 GA. SEISMIC SPLAY BRACE WIRES 2 - #12 14 GA SCREWS 0 STUDS TO T -BAR MAIN RUNNER 8" 3"X3"X1/4" STEEL ANGLES 48" 0. C. MAX. N$N-COM WOOD BLOCKING MDF TOP CAP, PAINTED MDF, PAINTED 9/64" DIAMETER RAMSET LOW VELOCITY FASTENER (1" PENETRATION INTO FLOOR SLAB OR EQUAL ( TYP.) 3-1/2" METAL STUDS @ 24" 0. C. W/ 5/8" GWB EACH SIDE 5/8" GWB 3 1/2" MTL STUD )1\1VK INTERIOR PARTITION TYPE A: 48" HIGH OFF FINISH FLOOR TYPE B: 42" HIGH OFF FINISH FLOOR • R.R.. STORAGE BRACE: 8" METAL STUD OR 3/4" DIA. RIGID METAL CONDUIT AS DETERMINED BY HEIGHT OF STRUCTURE. ALTERNATE DIRECTION EVERY OTHER BRACE. FLATTEN END AND BEND, SCREW TO TOP TRACK OF PARTITION W/ SELF TAPPING SHEET METAL SCREW, SCREW OTHER END TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE ABOVE CEILING PER PLAN 20 GA. 6" CEILING JOISTS ® 24" O.C. -MAX. 1/2" DEFLECTION (L/240) 5/8" 'TYPE X' GWB OVER 3-5/8" X 1-5/8" 25 GA. METAL STUDS ® 24" O.C. W/ SOUND BATTS. CEILING PER PLAN METAL STUD RUNNER ATTACHED TO EXISTING CONC. SLAB W/ 5/32" DIA. LOW-VELOCITY POWER -DRIVEN FASTENER W/ 1 1/4" PENETRATION MIN., 18" O.C. RR/OFFICE PARTITION LIGHT FIXTURE, LABELED AS HAVING AN AIR LEAKAGE RATE OF NOT MORE THAN 2.0 CFM WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 283 AT A 1.57 PSF PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL. 0 111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111 ACOUSTICAL TILE PROVIDE 3/4" SPACE OPPOSING WALL MAIN RUNNER OR CROSS TEE MTL STUD COMPRESSION STRUT. FOR SIZE & NO. SEE SCHED. BELOW. ATTACH 0 PURLIN ABOVE W/ 2#8 SHT MTL SCREWS. DO NOT ATTACH TO STIFFENERS. 45° TYPICAL SCHEDULE STUD SIZE & GA 1-5/8" x 20 GA SS 2-1/2" x 20 GA SS 3-1/2" x 20 GA SS 1-5/8" x 20 GA WC 10'-0" 11'-6" NOTE: ATTACH DOUBLE STUD WEB TO FLANGE W/ #6 SCREW 0 18" 0.C. CROSS TEE MAX. HT OF COMPRESSION STRUT SINGLE STUD DOUBLE STUD 7'-8" 11'-8" 7'-7' 16'-6" 7'-4" 22'-9" SUSPENDED CEILING DETAIL SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" GASKET OR CAULK, TYPICAL ALL (4) SIDES SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING FLUOR. LIGHT SECTION SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0" REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JAN 2 3 2014 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION b(3,o38L, RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JAN 1.6 2014 PERMIT CENTER . �. , z INV I� HALL TENANT SPACE FILL FLUTES W/ FIRE SAFING AS REQ'D FIRE SEALANT BOTH SIDES ONE LAYER 5/8" TYPE X GWB, APPLIED PARALLEL OR AT RIGHT ANGLES TO EACH SIDE OF 3 5/8" METAL STUDS, 18 GA. 24" O.C. WITH 1" TYPE S DRYWALL SCREWS 8" O.C. AT VERTICAL JOINTS AND 12" O.C. AT FLOOR AND CEILING RUNNERS AND INTERMEDIATE STUDS. MAX DEFLECTION (1/240) BRACED 0 11'-7" PER SSMA. SOUND ATTENUATION BATT INSULATION WHEN SEPARATING TENANT SPACES EXISTING SUSPENDED CEILING, REPAIR AS REQUIRED OR NEW CEILING AS SCHEDULED JOINTS STAGGERED 24" ON EACH SIDE AND ON OPPOSITE SIDES. METAL STUD RUNNER ATTACHED TO EXISTING FLOOR W/ 5/32" DIA. LOW- VELOCITY POWER -DRIVEN FASTENER W/ 1 1/4" PENETRATION MIN. PER STUD MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS FIRE SAFING AS NECESSARY TO ACHIEVE (1) HOUR RATING 1 HR RATED PARTITION GA FILE NO. WP 1072 SALES AREA STORAGE 2 BRACE: 8" METAL STUD OR 3/4" DIA. RIGID METAL CONDUIT AS DETERMINED BY HEIGHT OF STRUCTURE. ALTERNATE (180') DIRECTION EVERY OTHER BRACE. FLATTEN END AND BEND, SCREW TO TOP TRACK OF PARTITION W/ SELF TAPPING SHEET METAL SCREW, SCREW OTHER END TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE ABOVE CEILING PER PLAN GWB OVER 3-5/8" x 1-5/8", 25 GA MTL. STUD 24" O.C. MTL STUD RUNNER ATTACHED TO EXST. CONC. SLAB W/ 5/32" DIA. LOW-VELOCITY POWER -DRIVEN FASTENER W/ 1 1/4" PENETRATION MIN. PER STUD MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS INTERIOR PARTITION 1A: SOUND BATTS IN WALL ONLY 1B: SOUND BATTS IN WALL AND ABOVE CEILING CEILING NOTES: 1. PER: 2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE (IBC) SECTIONS 803.9 AND 1613.1. AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM) C635 AND ASTM C636 (REFERENCED IN IBC 803.9). AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS (ASCE) 7-05 SECTION 13.5.6.2.2 (REFERENCED IN IBC 1613.1). CEILINGS & INTERIOR SYSTEMS CONSTRUCTION ASSOCIATION (CISCA) RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SEISMIC ZONES 3-4 (REFERENCED IN ASCE 7-05). IBC 102.1 STATES, "WHERE, IN ANY SPECIFIC CASE, DIFFERENT SECTIONS OF THIS CODE SPECIFY DIFFERENT MATERIALS, METHODS OF CONSTRUCTION OR OTHER REQUIREMENTS, THE MOST RESTRICTIVE SHALL GOVERN. WHERE THERE IS A CONFLICT BETWEEN A GENERAL REQUIREMENT AND A SPECIFIC REQUIREMENT, THE SPECIFIC SHALL BE APPLICABLE." A. ONLY A HEAVY DUTY T -BAR GRID SYSTEM SHALL BE USED. ASCE-7-05 SECTION 13.5.6.2.2, ITEM a. B. THE WIDTH OF THE PERIMETER SUPPORTING CLOSURE ANGLE SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN 2.0 INCHES. IN EACH ORTHOGONAL HORIZONTAL DIRECTION, ONE END OF THE CEILING GRID SHALL BE ATTACHED TO THE CLOSURE ANGLE. THE OTHER END IN EACH DIRECTION SHALL HAVE A 0.75 INCH CLEARANCE FROM THE WALL AND SHALL REST UPON AND BE FREE TO SLIDE ON AN CLOSURE ANGLE. ASCE-7-05 SECTION 13.5.6.2.2, ITEM b. C. FOR CEILING AREAS EXCEEDING 1000 SQUARE FEET, HORIZONTAL RESTRAIN OF THE CEILING TO THE STRUCTURAL SYSTEM SHALL BE PROVIDED. THE TRIBUTARY AREAS OF THE HORIZONTAL RESTRAINTS SHALL BE APPROXIMATELY EQUAL. RIGID BRACES ARE PERMITTED TO BE USED INSTEAD OF DIAGONAL SPLAY WIRES. BRACES AND ATTACHMENTS TO THE STRUCTURAL SYSTEM ABOVE SHALL BE ADEQUATE TO LIMIT RELATIVE LATERAL DEFLECTIONS AT POINT OF ATTACHMENT OF CEILING GRID TO LESS THAN 1/4" FOR THE LOADS PRESCRIBED IN ASCE 7-05 9.6.1.3. D. FOR CEILING AREAS EXCEEDING 2500 SQUARE FEET, A SEISMIC SEPARATION JOINT OR FULL HEIGHT PARTITION THAT BREAKS THE CEILING UP INTO AREAS NOT EXCEEDING 2500 SQUARE FEET SHALL BE PROVIDED UNLESS STRUCTURAL ANALYSES ARE PERFORMED OF THE CEILING BRACING SYSTEM FOR THE PRESCRIBED SEISMIC FORCES WHICH DEMONSTRATE CEILING SYSTEM PENETRATION AND CLOSURE ANGLES PROVIDE SUFFICIENT CLEARANCE TO ACCOMMODATE THE ADDITIONAL MOVEMENT. ASCE-7-05 SECTION 13.5.6.2.2, ITEM d. E. EXCEPT WHERE RIGID BRACES ARE USED TO LIMIT LATERAL DEFLECTIONS, SPRINKLER HEADS AND OTHER PENETRATIONS SHALL HAVE A 2 INCH OVERSIZE RING, SLEEVE, OR ADAPTER THROUGH THE CEILING TILE TO ALLOW FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF AT LEAST 1 INCH IN ALL HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONS. ALTERNATIVELY, A SWING JOINT THAT CAN ACCOMMODATE 1 INCH OF CEILING MOVEMENT IN ALL HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONS ARE PERMITTED TO BE PROVIDE AT THE TOP OF THE SPRINKLER HEAD EXTENSION. ASCE-7-05 SECTION 13.5.6.2.2, ITEM e. F. CHANGES IN CEILING PLAN ELEVATION SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH POSITIVE BRACING. ASCE-7-05 SECTION 13.5.6.2.2, ITEM f. G. CABLE TRAYS AND ELECTRICAL CONDUITS SHALL BE SUPPORTED INDEPENDENTLY OF THE CEILING. ASCE-7-05 SECTION 13.5.6.2.2 ITEM g. H. SUSPENDED CEILINGS SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE SPECIAL INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS OF ASCE 7-02 SECTION 11A.1.3.9. I. ON TWO ADJACENT SIDES, THE GRID SHALL BE ATTACHED TO THE WALL ANGLE. POP RIVETS ARE ACCEPTABLE. ON THE OTHER TWO SIDES, THERE SHALL BE A 3/4" CLEARANCE BETWEEN THE ENDS OF THE GRID AND THE WALL. ASCE-7-05 SECTION 13.5.6.2.2, ITEM b. J. ON THE OTHER TWO SIDES, THERE SHALL BE A 3/4" CLEARANCE BETWEEN THE ENDS OF THE GRID AND THE WALL. ASCE-7-05 SECTION 13.5.6.2.2, ITEM b. K. STABALIZER BARS ARE REQUIRED TO PREVENT THE SPREAD OF MAIN BEAMS AND/OR CROSS TEES. CISCA GUIDELINES FOR SEISMIC RESTRAINT FOR DIRECT HUNG SUSPENDED CEILING ASSEMBLIES, SEISMIC ZONES 3 & 4, MAY 2004, INSTALLATION SECTION, ITEM 4. L. PERIMETER SUPPORT (TAIL) WIRES ARE REQUIRED WITHIN EIGHT INCHES OF THE WALL FOR ALL EDGES. CISCA GUIDELINES FOR SEISMIC RESTRAINT FOR DIRECT HUNG SUSPENDED CEILING ASSEMBLIES, SEISMIC ZONES 3 & 4, MAY 2004, INSTALLATION SECTION ITEM 2. M. VERTICAL HANGERS SHALL BE NO. 12 GAGE WIRE SPACED AT 4' 0.C. OR NO. 10 GAGE SPACED AT 5' O.C. ALONG EACH MAIN RUNNER. THREE WIRE TURNS REQUIRED. WITHIN 1:6 OUT -OF -PLUMB UNLESS COUNTER -SLOPING WIRES ARE PROVIDED. N. LATERAL BRACING IS REQUIRED: SPLAY WIRE PODS AT 12' MAX O.C. AND 6' MAX FROM WALLS. A STRUT FASTENED TO THE MAIN RUNNER SHALL BE EXTENDED TO AND FASTENED TO THE STRUCTURAL MEMBERS SUPPORTING THE ROOF OR FLOOR ABOVE. CISCA GUIDELINES FOR SEISMIC RESTRAINTS FOR DIRECT HUNG SUSPENDED CEILING ASSEMBLIES, SEISMIC ZONES 3 & 4, MAY 2004, ISTALLATION SECTION, ITEM 3. archi tects 2505 Third Avenue Suite 324 Seattle, WA 98121 206.720.7001 phone 206.720.2949 fax www.craftarchitects.com U F- Ui cn J cc W z W 0 z_ o_ 0 0 I cc F z W 0 0 co O O co CONSULTANT 7052 REGISTERED ARCHITECT Submittals/Revisions: FOR LANDLORD REVIEW 12/10/2013 FOR PERMIT 12/20/2013 OWNER REVISIONS 1/8/2014 PERMIT RESUBMITTAL 1/10/2014 Sheet Title: RESTROOM ELEVATIONS, PARTITION TYPES & DETAILS Date: Design: Drawn: Project No: Approved: 12/19/2013 JAKB SAD 13-713 KMC Building No: Sheet No: A8.1 COPYRIGHT CRAFT ARCHITECTS 2013 SECTION 00 7200 - GENERAL CONDITIONS 1. PERFORM CONTRACT IN ACCORDANCE OF THE REQUIREMENTS AND PROCEDURES STIPULATED IN THE GENERAL CONDITIONS THAT ARE REFERENCED IN THE OWNER -CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT. 2. PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE LOCAL CODES, ORDINANCES, AND REGULATIONS. SECTION 01 1110 - SUMMARY OF WORK 1. SEE COVER SHEET/T1.1 FOR PROJECT LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION. 2. WORK WILL BE CONSTRUCTED UNDER A SINGLE PRIME CONTRACT. 3. COOPERATE WITH SEPARATE CONTRACTORS SO THAT WORK UNDER THOSE CONTRACTS MAY BE CARRIED OUT SMOOTHLY, WITHOUT INTERFERING WITH OR DELAYING WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT. 4. CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES: DURING CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT HAVE FULL USE OF PREMISES. CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES IS LIMITED ALSO BY OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM WORK OR EMPLOY OTHER CONTRACTORS ON PORTIONS OF PROJECT. 5. USE OF SITE: LIMIT USE OF PREMISES TO AREAS INDICATED. DO NOT DISTURB PORTIONS OF SITE BEYOND AREAS INDICATED. USE OF SITE & PREMISES MUST FULLY COMPLY WITH MALL RULES AND REGULATIONS. 6. PARTIAL OWNER OCCUPANCY: OWNER RESERVES RIGHT TO OCCUPY AND TO PLACE AND INSTALL EQUIPMENT IN COMPLETED AREAS OF BUILDING PRIOR TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. PLACING EQUIPMENT AND PARTIAL OCCUPANCY DO NOT CONSTITUTE ACCEPTANCE OF WORK. • OBTAIN A CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION FOR EACH PORTION OF WORK PRIOR TO OWNER OCCUPANCY. • OBTAIN A CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY FROM BUILDING OFFICIALS PRIOR TO OWNER OCCUPANCY. • MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SHALL BE OPERATIONAL AND REQUIRED INSPECTIONS AND TESTS COMPLETED PRIOR TO PARTIAL OWNER OCCUPANCY. UPON OCCUPANCY, OWNER WILL OPERATE AND MAINTAIN SYSTEMS SERVING OCCUPIED PORTIONS OF BUILDING. SECTION 01 1400 - WORK RESTRICTIONS 1. OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES DURING CONSTRUCTION PERIOD MUST COMPLY WITH MALL RULES AND REGULATIONS. 2. DO NOT BLOCK REQUIRED FIRE EXITS. KEEP ENTRANCES OPEN, CLEAN AND NEAT. 3. DO NOT DISCONNECT EXISTING UTILITIES UNTIL NEW ONES HAVE BEEN INSTALLED. GIVE WRITTEN NOTICE TO OWNER PRIOR TO INTERRUPTION OF EXISTING FUNCTIONING UTILITY. 4. PROVIDE PROTECTION AS REQUIRED FOR PUBLIC, AND OWNER'S PERSONNEL. CONDUCT OPERATIONS TO INSURE LEAST INCONVENIENCE TO EMPLOYEES AND GENERAL PUBLIC. 5. MAINTAIN PRESENT ROOFS AND WALLS IN WATERPROOF CONDITION. SEAL OPENINGS AND EXPOSED PORTIONS OF CONSTRUCTION, WATERTIGHT UNTIL NEW WORK IS IN PLACE. 6. INSTALL TEMPORARY DUST TIGHT NON_COMBUSTIBLE PARTITIONS. ERECT AT ALL PLACES WHERE NECESSARY TO PROTECT PRESENT BUILDINGS FROM WEATHER AND DUST. PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS AS REQUIRED. 7. MAINTAIN EXISTING FIRE PROTECTION PROVISIONS. SECTION 01 2500 - SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 1. BIDS SHALL BE BASED UPON PROVIDING SPECIFIED MATERIALS, PRODUCTS, ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS, ORGANIZATIONS, AND APPLICATIONS; IDENTIFIED IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS OR INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 2. REQUESTS FOR CHANGES IN PRODUCTS, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, AND METHODS OF CONSTRUCTION REQUIRED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS PROPOSED BY CONTRACTOR AFTER AWARD OF CONTRACT ARE CONSIDERED REQUESTS FOR "SUBSTITUTIONS". 3. SUBMIT SEPARATE REQUEST FOR EACH PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION, SUPPORTED WITH COMPLETE DATA, TECHNICAL LITERATURE, DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES AS APPROPRIATE. BURDEN OF PROOF OF EQUALITY RESTS WITH CONTRACTOR. 4. BY MAKING REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION, CONTRACTOR REPRESENTS THAT HE HAS PERSONALLY INVESTIGATED PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION PRODUCT AND DETERMINED THAT IT IS EQUAL TO OR SUPERIOR IN ALL RESPECTS TO THAT SPECIFIED. 5. REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE REVIEWED WITH REASONABLE PROMPTNESS, AND CONTRACTOR, WILL BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING, OF DECISION TO ACCEPT OR REJECT REQUESTED SUBSTITUTION. 6. OWNER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO ACCEPT OR REJECT PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS. EACH REQUEST SHALL STATE AMOUNT OF SAVINGS TO OWNER, IF SUBSTITUTION IS ACCEPTED. ACCEPTANCE OF PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION DOES NOT CONSTITUTE APPROVAL OR INCLUSION IN ARCHITECT'S AND CONSULTANT'S DOCUMENTS. 7. COST OF TESTING REQUIRED FOR ANALYSIS OF PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION SHALL BE PAID FOR BY CONTRACTOR AT TESTING AGENCY SELECTED AND APPROVED BY OWNER. 8. SHOULD SUBSTITUTION BE ACCEPTED, CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE, AT NO ADDITIONAL COST, FOR MAKING NECESSARY ADJUSTMENTS IN WORK WHICH MAY BE AFFECTED AS RESULT OF SUBSTITUTION. 9. CONTRACTOR WARRANTS THAT SUBSTITUTED MATERIAL OR SYSTEM WILL PERFORM SAME AS ORIGINAL SPECIFIED MATERIAL OR SYSTEM WOULD HAVE PERFORMED. SHOULD ACCEPTED SUBSTITUTION FAIL TO PERFORM AS REQUIRED, CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL OR SYSTEM WITH THAT SPECIFIED AND BEAR COSTS INCURRED THEREBY. 10. WHERE SPECIFICATIONS DESCRIBE A PRODUCT OR ASSEMBLY, LISTING EXACT CHARACTERISTICS REQUIRED, WITHOUT USE OF A BRAND OR TRADE NAME, PROVIDE A PRODUCT OR ASSEMBLY THAT PROVIDES CHARACTERISTICS AND OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS. 11. WHERE SPECIFICATIONS REQUIRE COMPLIANCE WITH PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE PRODUCTS THAT COMPLY WITH THESE REQUIREMENTS, AND ARE RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR APPLICATION INDICATED. 12. WHERE SPECIFICATIONS REQUIRE COMPLIANCE WITH IMPOSED CODE, STANDARD OR REGULATION, SELECT PRODUCT THAT COMPLIES WITH STANDARDS, CODES OR REGULATIONS SPECIFIED. 13. FOR PRODUCTS PROPRIETARILY SPECIFIED BY A "NAMED MANUFACTURER" AND MODEL NAME OR NUMBER, THIS IS TO ESTABLISH STANDARD OF QUALITY. 14. FOR PRODUCTS SPECIFIED BY NAMING SEVERAL "ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS", SELECT ONE OF PRODUCTS OR MANUFACTURERS NAMED, WHICH COMPLIES WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. REQUESTS FOR MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCTS NOT LISTED MUST BE SUBMITTED AS SUBSTITUTIONS. 15. FOR PRODUCTS SPECIFIED BY NAMING ONLY ONE PRODUCT OR MANUFACTURER, CONTRACTOR MUST SUBMIT REQUEST AS FOR SUBSTITUTIONS FOR PRODUCT OR MANUFACTURER NOT SPECIFICALLY NAMED. 16. FOR PRODUCTS SPECIFIED BY NAMING ONLY ONE PRODUCT AND MANUFACTURER AND INDICATED AS "NO SUBSTITUTE", THERE IS NO OPTION. SECTION 01 2600 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 1. MINOR CHANGES IN WORK: ARCHITECT WILL ISSUE INSTRUCTIONS AUTHORIZING MINOR CHANGES IN WORK ON ARCHITECTS STANDARD FORM. 2. PROPOSAL CHANGE REQUESTS: ARCHITECT WILL ISSUE A DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED CHANGES IN WORK THAT REQUIRE ADJUSTMENT TO CONTRACT SUM OR TIME. DESCRIPTION MAY INCLUDE SUPPLEMENTAL OR REVISED DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 3. CONTRACTOR -INITIATED PROPOSALS: WHEN UNFORESEEN CONDITIONS REQUIRE MODIFICATIONS, CONTRACTOR MAY SUBMIT A REQUEST FOR A CHANGE TO ARCHITECT. • DESCRIBE PROPOSED CHANGE. • INDICATE REASONS FOR CHANGE AND EFFECT OF CHANGE ON CONTRACT SUM AND TIME. • INCLUDE AN ITEMIZED LIST OF PRODUCTS REQUIRED AND UNIT COSTS, WITH TOTAL AMOUNT OF PURCHASES. • INDICATE TAXES, DELIVERY CHARGES, EQUIPMENT RENTAL, AND AMOUNTS OF TRADE DISCOUNTS. 4. PROPOSED CHANGE FORM: USE ARCHITECTS STANDARD FORM. 5. CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE: WHEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR DISAGREE ON TERMS OF A PROPOSED CHANGE, ARCHITECT MAY ISSUE A CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE ON ARCHITECT'S STANDARD FORM INSTRUCTING CONTRACTOR TO PROCEED WITH A CHANGE. CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE CONTAINS A DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE AND DESIGNATES METHOD TO BE FOLLOWED TO DETERMINE CHANGE IN CONTRACT SUM OR TIME. 6. DOCUMENTATION: MAINTAIN DETAILED RECORDS ON A TIME AND MATERIAL BASIS OF WORK REQUIRED BY CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE. AFTER COMPLETING CHANGE, SUBMIT AN ITEMIZED ACCOUNT AND SUPPORTING DATA TO SUBSTANTIATE CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS. 7. CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES: UPON OWNER'S APPROVAL OF A PROPOSED CHANGE, ARCHITECT WILL ISSUE A CHANGE ORDER ON ARCHITECTS STANDARD FORM. SECTION 01 2900 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES 1. COORDINATE SCHEDULE OF VALUES AND APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT WITH CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE, AND LIST OF SUBCONTRACTS. 2. SCHEDULE OF VALUES: COORDINATE PREPARATION OF SCHEDULE OF VALUES WITH PREPARATION OF CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. • CORRELATE LINE ITEMS IN SCHEDULE OF VALUES WITH OTHER REQUIRED ADMINISTRATIVE SCHEDULES AND FORMS • SUBMIT SCHEDULE OF VALUES AT EARLIEST POSSIBLE DATE BUT NO LATER THAN 7 DAYS BEFORE DATE SCHEDULED FOR SUBMITTAL OF INITIAL APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT. 3. FORMAT AND CONTENT: USE SPECIFICATION SECTION NAME AND NUMBERING AS A GUIDE TO ESTABLISH FORMAT FOR SCHEDULE OF VALUES. PROVIDE AT LEAST ONE LINE ITEM FOR EACH SPECIFICATION SECTION. 4. APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT SHALL BE CONSISTENT WITH PREVIOUS APPLICATIONS AND PAYMENTS AS CERTIFIED BY ARCHITECT AND PAID FOR BY OWNER. 5. PAYMENT -APPLICATION TIMES: PAYMENT DATES ARE INDICATED IN AGREEMENT. PERIOD COVERED BY EACH APPLICATION IS PERIOD INDICATED IN AGREEMENT. 6. PAYMENT -APPLICATION FORMS: USE AIA DOCUMENT G702 AND CONTINUATION SHEETS G703 AS FORM FOR APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT. 7. APPLICATION PREPARATION: COMPLETE EVERY ENTRY, INCLUDING NOTARIZATION AND EXECUTION BY A PERSON AUTHORIZED TO SIGN ON BEHALF OF CONTRACTOR. • ENTRIES SHALL MATCH DATA ON SCHEDULE OF VALUES AND CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. USE UPDATED SCHEDULES IF REVISIONS WERE MADE. • INCLUDE AMOUNTS OF CHANGE ORDERS AND CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES ISSUED PRIOR TO LAST DAY OF CONSTRUCTION PERIOD COVERED BY APPLICATION. SECTION 01 3100 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 1. COORDINATION: COORDINATE CONSTRUCTION TO ASSURE EFFICIENT AND ORDERLY INSTALLATION OF EACH PART OF WORK. COORDINATE OPERATIONS THAT DEPEND ON EACH OTHER FOR PROPER INSTALLATION, CONNECTION AND OPERATION. • SCHEDULE OPERATIONS IN SEQUENCE REQUIRED TO OBTAIN BEST RESULTS WHERE INSTALLATION OF ONE PART DEPENDS ON INSTALLATION OF OTHER COMPONENTS BEFORE OR AFTER ITS OWN INSTALLATION. • COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF DIFFERENT COMPONENTS TO ASSURE MAXIMUM ACCESSIBILITY FOR MAINTENANCE, SERVICE AND REPAIR. • MAKE PROVISIONS TO ACCOMMODATE ITEMS SCHEDULED FOR LATER INSTALLATION. 2. ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES: COORDINATE SCHEDULING AND TIMING OF REQUIRED PROCEDURES WITH OTHER ACTIVITIES TO AVOID CONFLICTS AND ASSURE ORDERLY PROGRESS. 3. STAFF NAMES: SUBMIT A LIST OF CONTRACTOR'S STAFF ASSIGNMENTS, INCLUDING SUPERINTENDENT AND OTHER PERSONNEL AT PROJECT SITE; IDENTIFY INDIVIDUALS, THEIR DUTIES, RESPONSIBILITIES, ADDRESSES AND TELEPHONE NUMBERS. 4. REQUIRE INSTALLERS OF MAJOR COMPONENTS TO INSPECT SUBSTRATE AND CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH WORK IS TO BE PERFORMED. DO NOT PROCEED UNTIL UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN CORRECTED. 5. COORDINATE TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES WITH INSPECTIONS AND TESTS, TO MINIMIZE NEED TO UNCOVER COMPLETED CONSTRUCTION. 6. CLEAN AND PROTECT CONSTRUCTION IN PROGRESS AND ADJOINING MATERIALS IN PLACE DURING HANDLING AND INSTALLATION. APPLY PROTECTIVE COVERING TO ASSURE PROTECTION FROM DAMAGE. 7. CLEAN AND MAINTAIN COMPLETED CONSTRUCTION AS NECESSARY THROUGH CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. ADJUST AND LUBRICATE OPERABLE COMPONENTS TO ASSURE OPERABILITY WITHOUT DAMAGING EFFECTS. 8. SUPERVISE CONSTRUCTION TO ASSURE THAT NO PART IS SUBJECT TO HARMFUL, DANGEROUS, OR DAMAGING EXPOSURE. 9. PRE -CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE: ARCHITECT WILL SCHEDULE AND CONDUCT A PRE -CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE AFTER "NOTICE TO PROCEED" AND PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. REVIEW RESPONSIBILITIES AND PERSONNEL ASSIGNMENTS. 10. PRE -INSTALLATION CONFERENCE: CONDUCT A PRE -INSTALLATION CONFERENCE BEFORE EACH ACTIVITY THAT REQUIRES COORDINATION WITH OTHER CONSTRUCTION. INSTALLER AND REPRESENTATIVES OF MANUFACTURERS AND FABRICATORS INVOLVED IN INSTALLATION, AND COORDINATION OR INTEGRATION WITH OTHER MATERIALS AND INSTALLATIONS THAT HAVE PRECEDED OR WILL FOLLOW, SHALL ATTEND. ADVISE ARCHITECT OF SCHEDULED MEETING DATES. 11. PROGRESS MEETINGS: CONDUCT PROGRESS MEETINGS AT PROJECT SITE AT REGULAR INTERVALS. NOTIFY OWNER AND ARCHITECT OF SCHEDULED DATES. COORDINATE MEETING DATES WITH PREPARATION OF PAYMENT REQUEST. 12. REPORTING: NO LATER THAN 3 DAYS AFTER EACH MEETING, DISTRIBUTE COPIES OF MINUTES OF MEETING TO EACH PARTY PRESENT AND TO PARTIES WHO SHOULD HAVE BEEN PRESENT. INCLUDE A SUMMARY, IN NARRATIVE FORM, OF PROGRESS SINCE PREVIOUS MEETING. 13. SCHEDULE UPDATING: REVISE CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AFTER EACH MEETING WHERE REVISIONS HAVE BEEN MADE. ISSUE REVISED SCHEDULE CONCURRENTLY WITH REPORT OF EACH MEETING. SECIIUN U1 .5.500 - SUUMIIIAL PKUCEDUKES 1. COORDINATE SUBMITTAL PREPARATION WITH PERFORMANCE OF CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES, AND WITH PURCHASING OR FABRICATION, DELIVERY, OTHER SUBMITTALS AND RELATED ACTIVITIES. 2. SUBMIT A FULLY DEVELOPED, BAR -CHART TYPE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, WITHIN 30 DAYS OF DATE ESTABLISHED FOR COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 3. PREPARE A DAILY CONSTRUCTION REPORT, RECORDING INFORMATION CONCERNING EVENTS AT SITE. 4. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS, DRAWN TO ACCURATE SCALE. INDICATE DEVIATIONS FROM CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. DO NOT REPRODUCE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS OR COPY STANDARD INFORMATION AS BASIS OF SHOP DRAWINGS. 5. SUBMIT MINIMUM OF ONE REPRODUCIBLE AND TWO PRINTS OF SHOP DRAWINGS UNTIL FINAL ACCEPTANCE. SUBMIT ONE ADDITIONAL PRINT OF STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL ITEMS. REPRODUCIBLE AND ONE PRINT WILL BE RETURNED TO GENERAL CONTRACTOR AFTER REVIEW. 6. COLLECT PRODUCT DATA INTO A SINGLE SUBMITTAL FOR EACH ELEMENT OR SYSTEM. MARK EACH COPY TO SHOW APPLICABLE CHOICES AND OPTIONS. WHERE PRODUCT DATA INCLUDES INFORMATION ON SEVERAL PRODUCTS, MARK COPIES TO INDICATE APPLICABLE INFORMATION. 7. SUBMIT MINIMUM OF FOUR COPIES OF PRODUCT DATA UNTIL FINAL ACCEPTANCE. SUBMIT ONE ADDITIONAL COPY OF STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL ITEMS. THREE COPIES OF PRODUCT DATA WILL BE RETURNED TO GENERAL CONTRACTOR AFTER REVIEW. 8. SUBMIT FULL-SIZE SAMPLES CURED AND FINISHED AS SPECIFIED AND IDENTICAL TO PRODUCT PROPOSED. MOUNT, DISPLAY, OR PACKAGE SAMPLES TO FACILITATE REVIEW. 9. CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW AND STAMP SUBMITTALS WITH HIS APPROVAL. SUBMITTALS WHICH DO NOT BEAR CONTRACTOR'S APPROVAL STAMP WILL BE RETURNED WITHOUT REVIEW. STAMP SHALL INCLUDE STATEMENT, "THIS SUBMITTAL HAS BEEN REVIEWED FOR COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF WORK AND OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS". 10. ACCEPTANCE OF SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES OR PRODUCT DATA WHICH DEVIATES FROM CONTRACT DOCUMENTS DOES NOT AUTHORIZE CHANGES TO CONTRACT SUM. SUBMIT IN WRITING AT TIME OF SUBMISSION ANY CHANGES TO CONTRACT SUM AFFECTED BY SUCH SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES OR PRODUCT DATA, OTHERWISE, CLAIM FOR EXTRAS WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED. SECTION 01 4200 - REFERENCES 1. INDICATED REFERS TO GRAPHIC REPRESENTATIONS, NOTES, OR SCHEDULES ON DRAWINGS, PARAGRAPHS OR SCHEDULES IN SPECIFICATIONS, AND SIMILAR REQUIREMENTS IN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 2. DIRECTED, REQUESTED, AUTHORIZED, SELECTED, APPROVED, REQUIRED, AND PERMITTED MEAN DIRECTED BY ARCHITECT, REQUESTED BY ARCHITECT, AND SIMILAR PHRASES. 3. APPROVED, WHEN USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH ARCHITECT'S ACTION ON SUBMITTALS, APPLICATIONS, AND REQUESTS, IS LIMITED TO ARCHITECT'S DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES AS STATED IN CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT. 4. REGULATIONS INCLUDE LAWS, ORDINANCES, STATUTES, AND LAWFUL ORDERS ISSUED BY AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, AS WELL AS RULES, CONVENTIONS, AND AGREEMENTS WITHIN CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY THAT CONTROL PERFORMANCE OF WORK. 5. FURNISH MEANS SUPPLY AND DELIVER TO PROJECT SITE, READY FOR UNLOADING, UNPACKING, ASSEMBLY, INSTALLATION, AND SIMILAR OPERATIONS. 6. INSTALL DESCRIBES OPERATIONS AT PROJECT SITE INCLUDING UNLOADING, UNPACKING, ASSEMBLY, ERECTING, PLACING, ANCHORING, APPLYING, WORKING TO DIMENSION, FINISHING, CURING, PROTECTING, CLEANING, AND SIMILAR OPERATIONS. 7. PROVIDE MEANS TO FURNISH AND INSTALL, COMPLETE AND READY FOR INTENDED USE. 8. WHERE ACRONYMS OR ABBREVIATIONS ARE USED IN SPECIFICATIONS OR OTHER CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, THEY MEAN RECOGNIZED NAME OF TRADE ASSOCIATION, STANDARDS -GENERATING ORGANIZATION, AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, OR OTHER ENTITY APPLICABLE TO CONTEXT OF TEXT PROVISION. 9. EXCEPT WHERE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS INCLUDE MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS, APPLICABLE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY STANDARDS HAVE SAME FORCE AND EFFECT AS IF BOUND OR COPIED DIRECTLY INTO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TO EXTENT REFERENCED. SUCH STANDARDS ARE MADE A PART OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE. a COMPLY WITH STANDARDS IN EFFECT AS OF DATE OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. • WHERE COMPLIANCE WITH TWO OR MORE STANDARDS IS SPECIFIED REFER REQUIREMENTS TO ARCHITECT FOR DECISION BEFORE PROCEEDING. • QUANTITY OR QUALITY LEVEL SHOWN OR SPECIFIED SHALL BE MINIMUM PROVIDED OR PERFORMED. SECTION 01 4500 - QUALITY CONTROL 1. MAINTAIN QUALITY CONTROL OVER SUPPLIERS, MANUFACTURERS, PRODUCTS, SERVICES, SITE CONDITIONS, AND WORKMANSHIP, TO PRODUCE WORK OF SPECIFIED QUALITY. MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP NOT MEETING REQUIRED STANDARDS OR PERFORMANCE OBLIGATIONS SHALL BE REMOVED AND REPLACED AT CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE, INCLUDING SUBSEQUENT TESTING. 2. PROVIDE INSPECTIONS AND TESTS SPECIFIED OR REQUIRED BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES, EXCEPT WHERE SPECIFIED TO BE OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITY. COSTS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN CONTRACT. 3. OWNER MAY PROVIDE INSPECTIONS, TESTS AND SIMILAR QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES PERFORMED BY INDEPENDENT AGENCIES WHERE NOT SPECIFIEID TO BE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY. COSTS FOR THESE SERVICES ARE NOT INCLUDED IN CONTRACT SUM. 4. CONTRACTOR AND EACH AGENCY ENGAGED TO PERFORM INSPECTIONS AND TESTS SHALL COORDINATE SEQUENCE OF ACTIVITIES TO ACCOMMODATE SERVICES WITH A MINIMUM OF DELAY. CONTRACTOR AND EACH AGENCY SHALL COORDINATE ACTIVITIES TO AVOID REMOVING AND REPLACING CONSTRUCTION TO ACCOMMODATE INSPECTIONS AND TESTS. 5. ENGAGE INSPECTION AND TESTING AGENCIES WHICH ARE PREQUALIFIED AS COMPLYING WITH "RECOMMENDED REQUIREMENTS FOR INDEPENDENT LABORATORY QUALIFICATION" BY AMERICAN COUNCIL OF INDEPENDENT LABORATORIES, AND SPECIALIZE IN TYPES OF INSPECTIONS AND TESTS TO BE PERFORMED. 6. UPON COMPLETION OF INSPECTION AND TESTING REPAIR DAMAGED CONSTRUCTION AND RESTORE SUBSTRATES AND FINISHES TO ELIMINATE DEFICIENCIES. SECTION 01 5000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1. COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE LAWS AND REGULATIONS. 2. KEEP FACILITIES CLEAN AND NEAT. OPERATE IN A SAFE AND EFFICIENT MANNER. TAKE NECESSARY FIRE PREVENTION MEASURES. DO NOT OVERLOAD, OR PERMIT FACILITIES TO INTERFERE WITH PROGRESS. DO NOT ALLOW HAZARDOUS, DANGEROUS OR UNSANITARY CONDITIONS, OR PUBLIC NUISANCES TO DEVELOP OR PERSIST ON SITE. 3. PROVIDE NEW MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT; OR UNDAMAGED PREVIOUSLY USED MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT IN SERVICEABLE CONDITION. PROVIDE MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SUITABLE FOR USE INTENDED. 4. TEMPORARY HEAT: PROVIDE TEMPORARY HEAT FOR CURING OR DRYING OF COMPLETED INSTALLATIONS OR PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION FROM ADVERSE EFFECTS OF LOW TEMPERATURES OR HIGH HUMIDITY. 5. FIELD OFFICES: PROVIDE INSULATED, WEATHERTIGHT FIELD OFFICES OF SIZE TO ACCOMMODATE PERSONNEL. PROVIDE HEATED AND AIR_CONDITIONED, PREFABRICATED UNITS OR SIMILAR CONSTRUCTION, ON ADEQUATE FOUNDATIONS, WITH LOCKABLE ENTRANCES, OPERABLE WINDOWS AND SERVICEABLE FINISHES. 6. STORAGE AND FABRICATION SHEDS: INSTALL SHEDS, EQUIPPED TO ACCOMMODATE MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT INVOLVED. SHEDS MAY BE OPEN SHELTERS OR ENCLOSED SPACES WITHIN BUILDING. 7. TEMPORARY TOILETS: INSTALL SELF_CONTAINED SINGLE_OCCUPANT TEMPORARY TOILET UNITS OF CHEMICAL, AERATED RECIRCULATION, OR COMBUSTION TYPE, PROPERLY VENTED AND FULLY ENCLOSED WITH A GLASS FIBER REINFORCED POLYESTER SHELL OR SIMILAR NONABSORBENT MATERIAL. 8. DRINKING WATER FACILITIES: PROVIDE CONTAINERIZED TAP -DISPENSER BOTTLED -WATER TYPE DRINKING WATER UNITS. 5. TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES: PROVIDE TEMPORARY ENCLOSURE FOR PROTECTION OF CONSTRUCTION FROM EXPOSURE, FOUL WEATHER, OTHER CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS AND SIMILAR ACTIVITIES. SECIIUN U1 b1 UU - I EMPUKAKY U I RLI I IES 1. PROVIDE CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING UTILITIES, SIZE TO PROVIDE SERVICE REQUIRED; OWNER WILL PAY COSTS OF SERVICE USED. 2. OPERATE IN A SAFE AND EFFICIENT MANNER. TAKE NECESSARY FIRE PREVENTION MEASURES. DO NOT ALLOW HAZARDOUS, DANGEROUS OR PUBLIC NUISANCES TO DEVELOP OR PERSIST ON SITE. 3. PROVIDE NEW MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT; OR UNDAMAGED PREVIOUSLY USED MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT IN SERVICEABLE CONDITION. PROVIDE MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SUITABLE FOR USE INTENDED. 4. ENGAGE LOCAL UTILITY COMPANY TO INSTALL TEMPORARY SERVICE OR CONNECT TO EXISTING SERVICE. ARRANGE FOR A TIME WHEN SERVICE CAN BE INTERRUPTED TO MAKE CONNECTIONS. PROVIDE ADEQUATE CAPACITY AT EACH STAGE OF CONSTRUCTION. 5. WATER SERVICE: INSTALL WATER SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION PIPING OF SIZES AND PRESSURES ADEQUATE FOR CONSTRUCTION. STERILIZE WATER PIPING PRIOR TO USE. 6. ELECTRIC POWER SERVICE: PROVIDE WEATHERPROOF, GROUNDED ELECTRIC POWER SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM OF SUFFICIENT SIZE, CAPACITY, AND POWER CHARACTERISTICS. 7. LIGHTING: PROVIDE TEMPORARY LIGHTING WITH LOCAL SWITCHING TO FULFILL SECURITY REQUIREMENTS AND PROVIDE ILLUMINATION FOR CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS AND TRAFFIC CONDITIONS. 8. SEWERS AND DRAINAGE: IF SEWERS ARE AVAILABLE, PROVIDE TEMPORARY CONNECTIONS TO REMOVE EFFLUENT. IF SEWERS ARE NOT AVAILABLE OR CANNOT BE USED, REMOVE FROM PREMISE IN SEALED CONTAINERS. SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 1. DELIVER, STORE AND HANDLE PRODUCTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS, USING METHODS THAT WILL PREVENT DAMAGE, DETERIORATION AND LOSS. • SCHEDULE DELIVERY TO MINIMIZE LONG-TERM STORAGE AND PREVENT OVERCROWDING CONSTRUCTION SPACES. COORDINATE WITH INSTALLATION TO ENSURE MINIMUM HOLDING TIME. • DELIVER PRODUCTS IN MANUFACTURER'S ORIGINAL SEALED CONTAINER OR PACKAGING SYSTEM, COMPLETE WITH LABELS AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR HANDLING, STORING, PROTECTING AND INSTALLING. • STORE PRODUCTS SUBJECT TO DAMAGE BY ELEMENTS ABOVE GROUND, UNDER COVER IN A WEATHERTIGHT ENCLOSURE, WITH VENTILATION ADEQUATE TO PREVENT CONDENSATION. MAINTAIN TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY WITHIN RANGE REQUIRED BY MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 2. PROVIDE PRODUCTS COMPLETE WITH ACCESSORIES, TRIM, FINISH, SAFETY GUARDS AND OTHER DEVICES AND DETAILS NEEDED FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION AND FOR INTENDED USE AND EFFECT. 3. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS, TO EXTENT THAT THEY ARE MORE STRINGENT THAN REQUIREMENTS IN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 4. INSPECT MATERIAL IMMEDIATELY UPON DELIVERY AND AGAIN PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. REJECT DAMAGED AND DEFECTIVE ITEMS. 5. PROVIDE ATTACHMENT AND CONNECTION DEVICES AND METHODS NECESSARY FOR SECURING EACH CONSTRUCTION ELEMENT. SECURE EACH CONSTRUCTION ELEMENT TRUE TO LINE AND LEVEL. ALLOW FOR EXPANSION AND BUILDING MOVEMENT. 6. INSTALL EACH COMPONENT DURING WEATHER CONDITIONS AND PROJECT STATUS THAT WILL ENSURE BEST RESULTS. ISOLATE EACH PART FROM INCOMPATIBLE MATERIAL AS NECESSARY TO PREVENT DETERIORATION. 7. HANDLE, INSTALL, CONNECT, CLEAN, CONDITION AND ADJUST PRODUCTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH INSTRUCTIONS AND IN CONFORMITY WITH SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS. 8. PERFORM WORK IN ACCORD WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. DO NOT OMIT ANY PREPARATORY STEP OR INSTALLATION PROCEDURE UNLESS SPECIFICALLY MODIFIED OR EXEMPTED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. SECTION 01 7329 - CUTTING AND PATCHING 1. DO NOT CUT AND PATCH STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS IN MANNER THAT WOULD REDUCE LOAD -CARRYING CAPACITY OR LOAD DEFLECTION RATIO. 2. DO NOT CUT AND PATCH EXPOSED SURFACES, IN MANNER THAT WOULD REDUCE THE BUILDING'S AESTHETIC QUALITIES, OR RESULT IN VISUAL EVIDENCE OF CUTTING AND PATCHING. 3. REPLACE, PATCH, AND REPAIR MATERIAL AND SURFACES CUT OR DAMAGED IN SUCH MANNER AS NOT TO VOID EXISTING WARRANTIES. 4. USE MATERIALS IDENTICAL TO EXISTING MATERIALS. IF NOT AVAILABLE OR CANNOT BE USED, USE MATERIALS THAT MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT SURFACES TO FULLEST EXTENT POSSIBLE. USE MATERIALS WHOSE PERFORMANCE WILL EQUAL OR SURPASS THOSE OF EXISTING MATERIALS. 5. PROTECT EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO PREVENT DAMAGE. PROVIDE PROTECTION FROM ADVERSE WEATHER CONDITIONS FOR PORTIONS THAT MIGHT BE EXPOSED DURING CUTTING AND PATCHING OPERATIONS. 6. AVOID CUTTING EXISTING PIPE, CONDUIT OR DUCTWORK SERVING THE BUILDING, BUT SCHEDULED TO BE REMOVED OR RELOCATED UNTIL PROVISIONS HAVE BEEN MADE TO BYPASS THEM. 7. CUT EXISTING CONSTRUCTION USING METHODS THAT WILL NOT DAMAGE ELEMENTS RETAINED OR ADJOINING CONSTRUCTION. 8. RESTORE EXPOSED FINISHES OF PATCHED AREAS AND EXTEND FINISH INTO ADJOINING CONSTRUCTION IN MANNER THAT WILL ELIMINATE EVIDENCE OF PATCHING AND REFINISHING. 9. WHERE REMOVAL OF WALLS OR PARTITIONS EXTENDS FROM ONE FINISHED AREA INTO ANOTHER, PATCH AND REPAIR FLOOR AND WALL SURFACES IN NEW SPACE TO PROVIDE EVEN SURFACE OF UNIFORM COLOR AND APPEARANCE. 10. WHERE PATCHING OCCURS IN SMOOTH PAINTED SURFACE, EXTEND FINAL PAINT COAT. OVER ENTIRE UNBROKEN SURFACE CONTAINING PATCH, AFTER PATCHED AREA HAS RECEIVED PRIMER AND SECOND COAT. 11. PATCH, REPAIR OR REHANG EXISTING CEILINGS AS NECESSARY TO PROVIDE AN EVEN PLANE SURFACE OF UNIFORM APPEARANCE. SECTION 01 7700 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 1. ON RECEIPT OF A REQUEST FOR SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION INSPECTION, ARCHITECT WILL PROCEED OR ADVISE CONTRACTOR OF UNFILLED REQUIREMENTS. ARCHITECT WILL PREPARE CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION FOLLOWING INSPECTION, OR ADVISE CONTRACTOR OF CONSTRUCTION THAT MUST BE COMPLETED OR CORRECTED BEFORE CERTIFICATE WILL BE ISSUED. 2. MAINTAIN A CLEAN, UNDAMAGED SET OF REPRODUCIBLE PRINTS OF CONTRACT DRAWINGS. MARKUP THESE DRAWINGS TO SHOW ACTUAL INSTALLATION. MARK DRAWING SHOWING CONDITIONS ACCURATELY. GIVE PARTICULAR ATTENTION TO CONCEALED ELEMENTS THAT WOULD BE DIFFICULT TO MEASURE AND RECORD AT A LATER DATE. 3. MAINTAIN ONE COPY OF PROJECT MANUAL, INCLUDING ADDENDA. MARK TO SHOW VARIATIONS IN ACTUAL WORK PERFORMED IN COMPARISON WITH SPECIFICATIONS AND MODIFICATIONS. GIVE PARTICULAR ATTENTION TO SUBSTITUTIONS, SELECTION OF OPTIONS AND SIMILAR INFORMATION ON ELEMENTS THAT ARE CONCEALED OR CANNOT BE READILY DISCERNED LATER BY DIRECT OBSERVATION. 4. MAINTENANCE MANUALS: ORGANIZE MAINTENANCE DATA INTO SETS OF MANAGEABLE SIZE. BIND IN INDIVIDUAL HEAVY-DUTY 2 -INCH, 3 -RING VINYL -COVERED BINDERS, WITH POCKET FOLDERS FOR FOLDED SHEET INFORMATION. MARK IDENTIFICATION ON FRONT AND SPINE OF EACH BINDER. 5. OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS: ARRANGE FOR INSTALLER OF EQUIPMENT THAT REQUIRES REGULAR MAINTENANCE TO MEET WITH OWNER'S PERSONNEL TO PROVIDE INSTRUCTION IN PROPER OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE. 6. FINAL CLEANING: EMPLOY EXPERIENCED WORKERS FOR FINAL CLEANING. CLEAN EACH SURFACE TO CONDITION EXPECTED IN A COMMERCIAL BUILDING CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE PROGRAM. REMOVE TEMPORARY PROTECTION AND FACILITIES. 7. COMPLY WITH REGULATIONS OF AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION AND SAFETY STANDARDS FOR CLEANING. REMOVE WASTE MATERIALS FROM SITE AND DISPOSE Oi IN A LAWFUL MANNER. SECIIUN Ub 41UU - CUSIUM CAbINEIS 1. QUALITY STANDARD: COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF AWI "QUALITY STANDARDS". SECTION 400, PREMIUM GRADE. 2. SUBMITTALS: CABINET SHOP DRAWINGS; FINISHES SAMPLES; HARDWARE LITERATURE. 3. PANEL PRODUCTS: • HARDBOARD: AHAA135.4, TEMPERED, SMOOTH TWO SIDES (VERTICAL DIVIDERS ONLY). • MEDIUM -DENSITY FIBERBOARD: ANSI A208.2, GRADE MD, MADE WITH BINDER CONTAINING NO ADDED UREA FORMALDEHYDE. • SOFTWOOD PLYWOOD: PS 1, MEDIUM DENSITY OVERLAY. 4. HIGH-PRESSURE DECORATIVE LAMINATE: NEMA LD3. • DOORS AND VERTICAL SURFACES: GENERAL PURPOSE VGS, 0.028 INCH THICK. • CABINET SHELVES AND HORIZONTAL SURFACES: GENERAL PURPOSE HGL, 0.039 INCH THICK. • COUNTERTOPS: GENERAL PURPOSE HGS, 0.048 INCH THICK. • CABINET LINER: CABINET LINER CLS, 0.020 INCH THICK. • BACKING SHEET: BKL, 0.020 INCH THICK. • COLORS: AS SELECTED FROM MANUFACTURERS STANDARD COLORS. • METAL LAMINATES: REFER TO DESIGN SELECTIONS ON DRAWINGS. 5. CABINET HARDWARE: SHELF SUPPORTS, DRAWER SLIDES, DOOR AND DRAWER LOCKS, CONCEALED DOOR HINGES, DOOR AND DRAWER WIRE PULLS, CABLE COVER GROMMETS. 6. PLASTIC LAMINATE FACED CABINETS: • EXPOSED SURFACES: FACE SHEET. • SEMI -EXPOSED SURFACES: CABINET LINER. • CONCEALED SURFACES: BACKING SHEET. • EDGES: 3MM PVC. • INTERIOR DRAWER BOX: CLEAR POLYURETHANE WOOD SEALER. 7. CABINET COMPONENTS: • BODY MEMBERS: 3/4 INCH THICK VENEER CORE PLYWOOD OR MDF. • RAILS: 3/4 INCH THICK LUMBER OR VENEER CORE PLYWOOD. • SHELVES: 3/4 INCH THICK VENEER CORE PLYWOOD FOR SPANS UP TO 32 INCHES; 1 INCH FOR SPANS UP TO 42 INCHES. • DRAWER SIDES, BACKS AND SEMI -EXPOSED FRONTS (SUB -FRONTS): 1/2 INCH THICK HARDWOOD LUMBER OR 7 -PLY HARDWOOD VENEER CORE PLYWOOD WITH NO VOIDS. • DRAWER BOTTOMS: 1/4 INCH THICK HARDWOOD FACED PLYWOOD (VENEER CORE). • DRAWER FRONTS: 3/4 INCH THICK MDF. • DOORS: HINGED FLUSH TYPE, 3/4 INCH THICK PARTICLEBOARD. 8. COUNTERTOPS: • TOPS AND BACK SPLASHES: EXTERIOR GRADE VENEER CORE PLYWOOD. • MINIMUM THICKNESS: 3/4 INCH TOPS AND 1/2 INCH BACK SPLASHES. • FINISHES: FACE SHEET ON EXPOSED SURFACES. BACKING SHEET ON CONCEALED SURFACES. 9. INSTALLATION: AWI SECTION 1700. SECTION 07 8400 - FIRESTOPPING 1. PROVIDE FIRESTOP SYSTEMS WITH F RATINGS NOT LESS THAN THE FIRE -RESISTANCE RATING OF THE CONSTRUCTIONS PENETRATED. 2. PROVIDE FIRESTOP SYSTEMS WITH T AND F RATINGS, AS DETERMINED PER ASTM E 814. 3. PROVIDE JOINT SEALANTS WITH FIRE -RESISTANCE RATINGS AS DETERMINED PER ASTM E 119 4. PROVIDE PRODUCTS WITH FLAME -SPREAD VALUES OF LESS THAN 25 AND SMOKE -DEVELOPED VALUES OF LESS THAN 450, AS DETERMINED PER ASTM E 84. 5. SUBMITTALS: PRODUCT DATA FOR EACH PRODUCT PROPOSED. 6. FIRESTOPPING TESTS: PERFORMED BYUALIFIED TESTING AND INSPECTING Q NSPE TING AGENCY, ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 7. THROUGH_PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS: CLASSIFIED IN WARNOCK HERSEY OR UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL) FIRE RESISTANCE DIRETORY, "SECTION XHEZ - THROUGH PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS", AND/OR "SECTION XHHW -FILL VOID OR CAVITY MATERIALS" FOR SPECIFIC PROJECT CONDITIONS: • SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS (PER ASTM E84): 25 OR LESS.TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL 1479 OR ASTM E 814. • FREE OF ASBESTOS AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH LOCAL VOC REGULATIONS. • PAINTABLE MATERIALS IN THOSE AREAS WHICH ARE EXPOSED TO VIEW AND SCHEDULED TO RECEIVE PAINT FINISHES. 8. FIRE -RESISTIVE ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS: CHEMICALLY CURING, ELASTOMERIC SEALANTS COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 920. • SEALANT COLORS: AS SELECTED FROM MANUFACTURER'S FULL RANGE OF STANDARD COLORS. • SINGLE -COMPONENT, NEUTRAL -CURING SILICONE SEALANT: TYPE S; GRADE NS; CLASS 25; WITH ADDITIONAL CAPABILITY, WHEN TESTED PER ASTM C 719, TO WITHSTAND 50 PERCENT MOVEMENT IN BOTH EXTENSION AND COMPRESSION. 9. INSTALLATION: COMPLY WITH FIRESTOP MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND DRAWINGS PERTAINING TO PRODUCTS AND APPLICATIONS INDICATED. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JAN 2 3 2014 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION bt?oa8y RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA DEC 2 0 2013 PERMIT CI: :NI i architects 2505 Third Avenue Suite 324 Seattle, WA 98121 206.720.7001 phone 206.720.2949 fax www. craftarch itects. corn F - 0 Vp Z �- 0 Z O= V, < c w< Z LLI s2 0 O O o CONSULTANT tOS2 REG�STJ~. � '�:. ARC KAKI, YN M. STATE OF WASH1T C 0 N 'Si fit, Submittals/Revisions: FOR LANDLORD REVIEW 12/10/2013 FOR PERMIT 12/20/2013 Sheet Title: SPECIFICATIONS Date: Design: 12/19/2013 JAKB Drawn: SAD Project No: 13-713 Approved: KMC Building No: Sheet No: A10.2 COPYRIGHT CRAFT ARCHITECTS 2013 qe-M.01_M.02.dwg 12/20/13 - 9:56am ABBFEVIATIONS 0 DIAMETER, PHASE A AIR, AMPS MV AUTOMATIC AIR VENT ABV ABOVE AC AIR CONDITIONER AD ACCESS DOOR ADA AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AFUE ANNUAL FUEL UTILIZATION EFFICIENCY AG ABOVE GROUND AHJ AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AHU AIR HANDLING UNIT AMB AMBIENT AP ACCESS PANEL APD AIR PRESSURE DROP ARCH ARCHITECT AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING, ASHRAE REFRIGERATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING ENGINEERS, INC. ASSY ASSEMBLY ATM ATMOSPHERE BDD BACK DRAFT DAMPER BF BELOW FLOOR BFG BELOW FINISHED GRADE BHP BRAKE HORSE POWER BLW BELOW BOD BOTTOM OF DUCT BOP BOTTOM OF PIPE BOT BOTTOM BTUH BRITISH THERMAL UNIT PER HOUR BV BALL VALVE C CONDENSATE PIPING CAP CAPACITY CD CEILING DIFFUSER, CONDENSATE DRAIN CFM CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE CG CEILING GRILLE CHR CHILLED WATER RETURN, CHILLER CHS CHILLED WATER SUPPLY CKV CHECK VALVE CLG CEILING, COOLING CO CLEANOUT, CO SENSOR CO2 CO2 SENSOR COMB COMBUSTION, COMBINATION COND CONDENSER, CONDENSATE CONN CONNECTOR CONT CONTINUE, CONTROL COP COEFFICIENT OF PERFORMANCE COTG CLEANOUT TO GRADE CR CONDENSATE RECEIVER, CONDENSER WATER RETURN CSA CANADIAN STANDARDS ASSOCIATION CU CONDENSING UNIT, CUBIC Cv FLOW COEFFICIENT CV CONSTANT VOLUME CW COLD WATER PIPING C/W COMPLETE WITH CWR CONDENSING WATER RETURN CWS CONDENSING WATER SUPPLY D DRAIN DB DRY BULB (TEMPERATURE) dB DECIBEL DCVA DOUBLE CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY DEG DEGREE DFU DRAINAGE FIXTURE UNIT DI DUCTILE IRON DIA DIAMETER DIM DIMENSION DISCH DISCHARGE DN DOWN DWGS DRAWINGS DV DRAIN VALVE (E) EXISTING EA EXHAUST AIR EAT ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE EER ENERGY EFFICIENCY RATIO EF EXHAUST FAN EFF EFFICIENCY EJ EXPANSION JOINT EL ELEVATION ELEC ELECTRIC EMCS ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL SYSTEM EQUIV EQUIVALENT ESP EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE Er EXPANSION TANK EWT ENTERING WATER TEMP EXH EXHAUST EXT EXTERIOR, EXTERNAL F FCO FCU FD FLA FLEX FLR FLTR FPM FPSS F/S FT GAL GALV GPF GPH GPM GRD GV GWB H HB HD FAHRENHEIT, FIRE MAIN PIPING FLOOR CLEANOUT FAN COIL UNIT FIRE DAMPER, FLOOR DRAIN, DRY SPRINKLER ROUTING FULL LOAD AMPS FLEXIBLE FLOOR FILTER FEET PER MINUTE FEET PER SECOND FLOOR SINK FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER FEET, FIN TUBE GAS OR GAUGE GALLONS GALVANIZED GALLONS PER FLUSH GALLONS PER HOUR GALLONS PER MINUTE GRILLES, REGISTERS, AND DIFFUSERS GATE VALVE, GLOBE VALVE GYPSUM WALLBOARD HUMIDISTAT, HEIGHT HOSE BIBB HEAD, HUB DRAIN HORIZ HORIZONTAL HP HTG HVAC HW HWC HWR HWS HZ IAQ IE IN. IN. WG HORSEPOWER, HEAT PUMP HEATING HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING HOT WATER PIPING HOT WATER CIRCULATING PIPING HOT WATER RETURN HOT WATER SUPPLY HERTZ INDOOR AIR QUALITY INVERT ELEVATION INCH INCHES WATER COLUMN kW KILOWATT LAT LBS LD LL LRA LVR LWT MAT MAV MAX MBH MC MCA MD MECH MERV MIN MOCP MPG LENGTH LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURE POUND LINEAR DIFFUSER REFRIGERANT LIQUID LINE LOCKED ROTOR AMPS LOUVER LEAVING WATER TEMPERATURE MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE MANUAL AIR VENT MAXIMUM THOUSAND BTU PER HOUR MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY MOTORIZED DAMPER MECHANICAL MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REPORTING VALUE MINIMUM MAXIMUM OVERCURRENT PROTECTION MEDIUM PRESSURE GAS GENERAL NA NC NO NO. NTS OA OBD OC OD OSA OV P PD PH POC PSIG QTY RA REF RG RLA RPM S SA SAT SCH SENS SF SIM SMACNA SO SOV SP SPKR SS TEMP TG TOD TOP TSP T'STAT T&TP TYP UG V VA VAV VD VEL VENT VFD VOLT VTR W/ WB WC WCO WG WH WHA WSFU WT NOT APPLICABLE NORMALLY CLOSED, NOISE CRITERIA NORMALLY OPEN, NITROUS OXIDE NUMBER NOT TO SCALE OUTDOOR AIR OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER ON CENTER OUTSIDE DIMENSION OR DIAMETER OUTDOOR SUPPLY AIR OUTLET VELOCITY PUMP, PRESSURE, PLUMBING FIXTURE PRESSURE DROP, PUMPED DRAIN PHASE POINT OF CONNECTION POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH GAGE QUANTITY RETURN AIR, RELIEF AIR REFERENCE, RETURN/EXHAUST FAN RETURN GRILLE RATED LOAD AMPS REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTE SENSOR SUPPLY AIR SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE SCHEDULE SENSIBLE SUPPLY FAN, SQUARE FOOT SIMILAR SHEET METAL AND AIR CONDITIONING CONTRACTORS' NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, INC. SCREENED OPENING SHUTOFF VALVE STATIC PRESSURE SPRINKLER STAINLESS STEEL, SANITARY SEWER TEMPERATURE TRANSFER GRILLE TOP OF DUCT TOP OF PIPE TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE THERMOSTAT TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE VALVE TYPICAL UNDERGROUND VENT PIPING, VOLT VALVE VARIABLE AIR VOLUME VOLUME DAMPER VELOCITY VENTILATION, VENTILATOR VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE VOLTAGE VENT THRU ROOF WASTE, WATT, WIDE, WATER WITH WET BULB (TEMPERATURE) WATER CLOSET, WATER COLUMN WALL CLEANOUT WATER GAUGE WATER HEATER, WALL HYDRANT WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR WATER SUPPLY FIXTURE UNIT WEIGHT NOT ALL SYMBOLS MAY APPEAR ON THE DRAWINGS AHU-01 • EXISTING MECHANICAL TO BE REMOVED EXISTING MECHANICAL TO REMAIN NEW MECHANICAL WORK MATCHLINE OR PROPERTY LINE ENLARGED PLAN BOUNDARY DETAIL/PLAN IDENTIFIER SECTION IDENTIFIER REVISION DEFINITION AREA REVISION CALLOUT FLAG NOTE CALLOUT MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT TAG INVERT ELEVATION OR POC CEILING DIFFUSER RETURN/RELIEF AIR GRILLE EXHAUST AIR GRILLE PIPING PIPE ELBOW UP OR PIPE TEE UP AND DOWN PIPE ELBOW DOWN -o-- PIPE TEE UP PIPE TEE DOWN PIPE BREAK PIPE CONNECTION LOW PRESSURE NATURAL G GAS PIPING OEM= 41111.0111, IMMO GAS COCK RAIN LEADER SANITARY SEWER/WASTE UNDERGROUND SANITARY SEWER/WASTE ABOVE GROUND VENT PIPING -o FCOCLEANOUT - FLUSH WITH FLOOR DUCTWORK DOMESTIC COLD WATER DOMESTIC HOT WATER DOMESTIC HOT WATER CIRCULATION TRAP PRIMER WATER VALVE: GATE, BALL, BUTTERFLY (REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS) BDD +I+ 16x84' N 4=d'' 14 S T+ O 24x24 500 TU -XX BACKDRAFT DAMPER VOLUME DAMPER FLEXIBLE CONNECTION TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT TRANSITION - FROM RECTANGULAR TO ROUND TRANSITION - FROM ROUND TO RECTANGULAR RISE IN DUCT (D=DROP IN DUCT) DUCT SIZE (CLEAR INSIDE DIMENSION) SOUNDLINED DUCTWORK RECTANGULAR DUCT UP RECTANGULAR DUCT DN ROUND DUCT UP ROUND DUCT DN FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK TRANSITION OR REDUCER (FOT=FLAT ON TOP, FOB=FLAT ON BOTTOM) TRANSITION - ECCENTRIC 45' ELBOW, R/D OR R/W=1.5 90' ELBOW, R/D OR R/W=1.5 SQUARE CORNER ELBOW W/TURNING VANES 90' TAKE -OFF WITH 45' TAPER FIRE DAMPER FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER SMOKE DAMPER CEILING FIRE DAMPER GRILLE REGISTER OR DIFFUSER TYPE RUNOUT SIZE (INCHES) AIR QUANTITY (CFM) THERMOSTAT OR TEMPERATURE SENSOR ENERGY CODE NOTES 1. MOTORS: COMPLY WITH MINIMUM FULL LOAD EFFICIENCIES LISTED IN ENERGY CODE ENFORCED BY AHJ. 2. PIPING AND DUCT INSULATION: COMPLY WITH THICKNESSES AND TYPES LISTED IN ENERGY CODE ENFORCED BY AHJ UNLESS MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS ARE SPECIFIED. PROVIDE SCHEDULES ON DRAWINGS IF REQUIRED BY AHJ. 3. DUCT SEALING: SEAL DUCT TRANSVERSE JOINTS AND LONGITUDINAL SEAMS PER ENERGY CODE ENFORCED BY AHJ UNLESS MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS ARE SPECIFIED. 4. RECORD DRAWINGS: SUBMIT TO THE BUILDING OWNER PER ENERGY CODE ENFORCED BY THE LOCAL AHJ. 5. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS: SUBMIT TO THE BUILDING OWNER PER ENERGY CODE ENFORCED BY THE LOCAL AHJ. 6. SYSTEM BALANCING: BALANCE HVAC SYSTEMS PER ENERGY CODE ENFORCED BY THE LOCAL AHJ AND SUBMIT A WRITTEN REPORT TO THE BUILDING OWNER. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING (TAB) REQUIREMENTS. 7. MECHANICAL SYSTEMS COMMISSIONING AND COMPLETION REQUIREMENTS: TEST SYSTEMS TO ENSURE THAT BUILDING SYSTEMS HAVE BEEN DESIGNED, INSTALLED, AND FUNCTION PROPERLY, EFFICIENTLY, AND CAN BE MAINTAINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS IN ORDER TO SATISFY THE BUILDING OWNER'S DESIGN INTENT AND OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS PER ENERGY CODE ENFORCED BY THE LOCAL AHJ. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS. 8. THIS BUILDING AND ITS ENERGY SYSTEMS HAVE BEEN DESIGNED TO COMPLY WITH ENERGY CODE ENFORCED BY THE LOCAL AHJ. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CORRECT INSTALLATION OF ENERGY CONSERVATION MEASURES. RAE SPRINKLER NOTES 1. FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHALL BE A DEFERRED SUBMITTAL DESIGNED AND INSTALLED BY A LANDLORD APPROVED CONTRACTOR. 2. BUILDING SHALL BE FIRE SPRINKLERED PER NFPA 13, NFPA 20, PER THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. 3. PROVIDE WET PIPE TYPE SYSTEM SERVING ALL AREAS NOT SUBJECT TO FREEZING, AND DRY PIPE SYSTEM SERVING OTHER AREAS. DRY TYPE HEADS MAY BE USED OFF WET SYSTEM FOR LIMITED COVERAGE AREAS AND WHERE FREEZING OF WET PIPE IS NOT POSSIBLE. 4. REVIEW ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, AND ALL OTHER DRAWINGS FOR BUILDING DETAILS AND LAYOUT. PLANS SHOWN ON THIS SHEET ARE APPROXIMATE. 5. COORDINATE WITH ALL TRADES IN ROUTING OF SPRINKLER PIPING TO AVOID CONFLICTS. REUSE OF EXISTING SYSTEM MAINS IS ALLOWED ONLY IF SYSTEM CAN ACCOMMODATE NEW WORK REQUIREMENTS OR CAN BE MODIFIED TO WORK AROUND OTHER TRADE REQUIREMENTS. FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM HAS THE LOWEST PRIORITY OF ITEMS RAN IN THE CEILING. 6. EXPOSED SPRINKLER MAINS SHALL BE RUN PARALLEL WITH STRUCTURE AND MAJOR DUCT RUNS IN A NEAT AND WORKMAN LIKE APPEARANCE. 7. SEE DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION OF CONNECTION TO PRIMARY WATER SUPPLY. 8. NOTIFY STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF ALL INTENDED DRILLING/CUTTING OF STRUCTURE. OBTAIN ENGINEER'S APPROVAL PRIOR TO DRILLING OR CUTTING. 9. SYSTEM SHALL BE HYDRAULICALLY DESIGNED BY CONTRACTOR. CONTACT WATER DISTRICT (OR FIRE MARSHALL) AND OBTAIN UPDATED DATA PRIOR TO BIDDING & TO DESIGNING. 10. SEE SECTION 15500, AUTOMATIC FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS, FOR FIRE SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS. 11. HAZARD CLASS SHALL BE AS DETERMINED BY AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. 12. SEE ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. 13. ALL FIRE SPRINKLER HEADS SERVING OCCUPIED AREAS OF THE BLDG SHALL BE QUICK RESPONSE TYPE. 14. FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM IN ANY AREA SHALL NOT BEGIN TO BE INSTALLED UNTIL THE SHEET METAL WORK IN THAT AREA IS AT LEAST 50% COMPLETE. 15. FIRE PROTECTION MAIN PIPING SHALL RUN TIGHT TO THE UNDERSIDE OF BEAMS AND MAIN PIPING. BRANCH LINES TO RUN WITHIN ROOF FRAMING ABOVE THE BOTTOM CHORD OF BAR JOISTS AS TIGHT TO ROOF/CEILING DECK AS POSSIBLE. 16. ALL EXPOSED PIPING SHALL BE PAINTED. PIPING MAY ONLY BE RUN EXPOSED WHERE NOTED ON PLAN AND APPROVED BY A/E. GENERAL NOTES - MECHANICAL 1. NOTES APPLY TO ALL MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. 2. THE DIVISION 20 CONTRACTOR SHALL INSPECT THE SHELL SPACE AND AVAILABLE DOCUMENTS PRIOR TO BID TO FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH STRUCTURAL, ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL ELEMENTS. FIELD VERIFY LOCATIONS OF ALL EQUIPMENT, PIPING, DUCTWORK, ETC. VERIFY LOCATIONS OF EXISTING SERVICES INCLUDING WATER, WASTE, NATURAL GAS, OUTSIDE AIR, EXHAUST, HYDRONIC PIPING & ANY OTHER LANDLORD -PROVIDED ITEMS REQUIRING CONNECTIONS. FAILURE TO VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE GROUNDS FOR ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES TO THE ARCHITECT/LANDLORD FOR RESOLUTION PRIOR TO BID. IF NOT NOTIFIED PRIOR TO BID, CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSUME ALL FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITY FOR RESOLVING SAID DISCREPANCIES. 3. COORDINATE MECHANICAL WORK WITH THAT OF OTHER TRADES (ELECTRICAL, ARCHITECTURAL, AND STRUCTURAL). REFER TO ELECTRICAL, ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, CIVIL, AND LANDSCAPE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. COORDINATION SHALL OCCUR PRIOR TO FABRICATION, PURCHASE, AND/OR INSTALLATION OF ALL WORK. 4. COORDINATE SYSTEMS ROUTING PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. DURING LAYOUT COORDINATION, DUCTWORK TAKES PRECEDENCE OVER PLUMBING, INCLUDING FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS. 5. COORDINATE SHUT -DOWN OF SYSTEMS WITH THE LANDLORD AS REQUIRED TO CONNECT TO EXISTING SYSTEMS. 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE SAFE KEEPING OF HIS OWN PROPERTY ON THE JOB SITE. 7. DO NOT RUN ANY PIPES OR DUCTS OVER ANY ELECTRICAL PANEL OR SWITCHGEAR. COORDINATE PIPE AND DUCT LOCATIONS TO AVOID ELECTRICAL PANELS. 8. PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED AND CODE -REQUIRED CLEARANCES AROUND PIECES OF EQUIPMENT. PIPING AND CONDUIT SHALL NOT INTERFERE WITH REQUIRED ACCESS. 9. EQUIPMENT LAYOUT IS BASED ON EQUIPMENT LISTED IN EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES. ANY OTHER EQUIPMENT USED IS SUBJECT TO MEETING PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS OF LISTED EQUIPMENT. 10. NOTE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND WIRING REQUIREMENTS. 11. ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK AND PIPING SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH SEISMIC RESTRAINTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH IBC SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY D. DIVISION 20 SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL HIRE (AT DIVISION 20 EXPENSE) A LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER IN THIS STATE TO DESIGN ANY NECESSARY ANCHORAGE, BRACING, ETC. FOR MECHANICAL COMPONENTS TO COMPLY WITH IBC SECTION 1621 AND ASCE 7-02 SECTION 9.6.3. 12. IN GENERAL, LOCATE CEILING DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES IN ACCORDANCE WITH ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. ADJUST LOCATIONS SHOWN ON MECHANICAL DRAWINGS TO FIT WITHIN CEILING GRID AS REQUIRED AND FOR GOOD AIR DISTRIBUTION. 13. IN GENERAL, LOCATE DUCTWORK IN CEILING SPACE IN ACCORDANCE WITH TRUSS AND BEAM LOCATIONS. DUCTS MAY HAVE TO BE OFFSET FROM PLANS DUE TO TRUSS LOCATIONS. ADJUST DUCT SIZE TO FIT WITHIN TRUSS SPACE. 14. PLUMBING VTRs SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 5 FEET FROM FIRE RATED WALLS AND 15 FEET AWAY FROM OUTSIDE AIR INTAKES. 15. COORDINATE ROOF PENETRATIONS WITH STRUCTURAL BEAMS. 16. PROVIDE FILTERS AT RETURN AIR INLETS DURING CONSTRUCTION. REPLACE FILTERS AS REQUIRED. 17. DUCTWORK IN AREAS WITHOUT CEILINGS SHALL BE SPIRAL DUCTWORK. NO EXTERIOR INSULATION IS REQUIRED. 18. PROVIDE COPPER CONDENSATE DRAINAGE PIPING FROM MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT WITH INSULATED PIPING AND WITH RUNNING TRAP. ROUTE CONDENSATE PIPING TO CODE ALLOWED RECEPTOR. 19. PENETRATIONS SHALL BE PROPERLY SEALED WITH EXPANDING FOAM AND FILLED WITH CONCRETE FILL, OR AS APPLICABLE PER BUILDING CODE(S). 20. DIVISION 20 SHALL HIRE LANDLORD'S ROOFING CONTRACTOR FOR ALL ROOFING WORK AT DIVISION 20 EXPENSE. 21. COORDINATE UTILITIES WITH FINAL FIELD CONDITIONS. 22. CLEANOUTS SHALL BE FLUSH WITH FINISHED FLOOR AND LOCATED WHERE SHOWN ON THE PLANS. ALTERNATE FLOOR CLEANOUT LOCATIONS PROPOSED SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO REVISING. 23. STARTUP, TESTING AND COMMISSIONIN OF HVAC EQUIPMENT SHALL BE DONE BY bIVI1ON 15. 24. PROVIDE COMPLETE DUCTWORK SHOP DRAWINGS FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATING ANY WORK. CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT SITE AND VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS. HIGHLIGHT ON SHOP DRAWINGS AND NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT/OWNER/ ENGINEER OF ANY LOCATIONS WHERE THE MINIMUM DUCT/DIFFUSERS HEIGHTS CANNOT BE MET. SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL INCLUDE A TYPICAL SECTION SHOWING COMPLIANCE WITH OWNER REQUIREMENT. MAKE ALL NECESSARY ADJUSTMENTS/OFFSETS NEEDED AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. SHEET METAL NOTES 1. VOLUME DAMPERS: PROVIDE A MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER FOR EACH SUPPLY, RETURN, AND EXHAUST OPENING, LOCATED AS FAR UPSTREAM AS POSSIBLE FROM THE OPENING. PROVIDE A MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER FOR BRANCH MAINS SERVING MORE THAN ONE OPENING. 2. BACKDRAFT DAMPERS: PROVIDE ADJACENT TO LOUVERS UNLESS MOTOR OPERATED DAMPERS PROVIDED. 3. ACCESS DOORS: PROVIDE AT DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS, BACKDRAFT DAMPERS, MOTOR OPERATED DAMPERS, FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS, COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS, BOTH SIDES OF DUCT MOUNTED COILS, AND PLENUMS. 4. PROVIDE 12" LONG, ,A WIDE FLUORESCENT ORANGE TAPE AT CONCEALED VOLUME DAMPER LOCATIONS. MECHANICAL EOUPNEIT INSTALLATION NOTES 1. ACCESS CLEARANCES FOR MAINTENANCE AND REPLACEMENT: VERIFY PHYSICAL DIMENSIONS OF EQUIPMENT. TO ENSURE THAT ACCESS CLEARANCES CAN BE MET. COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF MECHANICAL WORK AND WORK OF OTHER TRADES TO PROVIDE ACCESS CLEARANCES FOR SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE. PLUMBING NOTES 1. WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS: PROVIDE AT THE END OF HOT AND COLD WATER LINES SERVING TWO OR MORE FIXTURES. SIZE IN ACCORDANCE WITH PLUMBING AND DRAINAGE INSTITUTE (PDI) REQUIREMENTS. 2. ACCESS PANELS: PROVIDE IN NON -ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS AND WALLS FOR VALVES, WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS, CLEANOUTS, AND OTHER ITEMS THAT REQUIRE ACCESS TO PROPERLY MAINTAIN OR SERVICE THE BUILDING. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS. 3. CLEANOUTS: PROVIDE AT THE BASE OF SANITARY DRAINAGE, PROCESS WASTE, AND RAINLEADER CONDUCTORS. PIPING NOTES CPrir arch eects 2505 Third Avenue Suite 324 Seattle, WA 98121 206.720.7001 phone 206.720.2949 fax www.craftarchitects.com 1. DISASSEMBLY PROVISIONS: PROVIDE UNIONS OR FLANGES AT PIPING CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT, COILS, TRAPS, CONTROL VALVES, AND OTHER COMPONENTS TO ALLOW DISASSEMBLY FOR MAINTENANCE. 2. REFRIGERANT PIPING: PROVIDE SIZING AND INSTALLATION IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND IN SUCH A WAY AS TO BE INCONSPICUOUS AND FREE FROM ANY POSSIBLE CONDENSATION. PIPE SIZES NOTED ARE FOR REFERENCE AND SHALL BE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CONTROL WIRING BETWEEN EQUIPMENT FOR AN OPERATIONAL SYSTEM. 3. PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE TEST PORTS: PROVIDE AT SUPPLY AND RETURN PIPING CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT. 4. PROVIDE 12" LONG, 3" WIDE FLUORESCENT ORANGE TAPE AT CONCEALED VALVE LOCATIONS. DRAWING INDEX MO.1 MECHANICAL ABBREVIATIONS, NOTES AND LEGENDS M0.2 MECHANICAL SCHEDULE M1.1 PLUMBING PLAN M2.1 HVAC PLAN M3.1 MECHANICAL DETAILS M4.1 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS M4.2 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS M4.3 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS p 13-038y RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA DEC 2 02013 PERMIT CENTER THE WORK SHOWN ON MECHANICAL DRAWINGS REPRESENTS THE ARRANGEMENT & EXTENT OF SYSTEM COMPONENTS NECESSARY TO ACCOMPLISH THIS PROJECT. THE EXISTING SPACE HAS UTILITY SERVICES AVAILABLE FOR CONNECTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE, ASSESS CONDITION OF EXISTING AND REUSE/RELOCATE/MODIFY OR SUPPLEMENT WITH NEW AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE DESIGN INTENT SHOWN ON THE PLANS. PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK, CONFIRM UNITS ARE IN GOOD WORKING ORDE AND MEET THE CAPACITIES LISTED IN THE SCHEDULE. SEPPANitEitan MgA NPP�1�tR'�� cc UZ O Z tj W p CO F.C13 FO J °CWI Ne0 p CONSULTANT HARGIS Hargis Engineers, Inc. 600 Stewart Street, Suite 1000 I Seattle, WA 98101 t 1206.448.3376 f 1206.448.4450 w I hargis.biz ENGINEERS I MECHANICAL • ELECTRICAL • TELECOMMUNICATIONS Z• (l.E' 'zrr Submittals/Revisions: FOR LANDLORD REVIEW 12/10/2013 Sheet Title: MECHANICAL ABBREVATIONS AND NOTES Date: Design: Drawn: Project No: Approved: 12/12/2013 RDS BS 13-713 RDS Building No: heet No: 1V1011 COPYRIGHT CRAFT ARCHITECTS 2013 PACKAGED ROOFTOP AIR CONDITIONING UNIT SCHEDULE MARK MANUFACTURER/MODEL AREA SERVED COOLING M.B.H. 85/67 GAS HEAT M.B.H. EVAP. FAN (COOLING) ENT. AIR TEMP. OUTSIDE AIR CFM ELECTRICAL M.C.A. M.O.P. E.E.R. S.E.E.R. SOUND DIMENSIONS L"xW"xH" WEIGHT LBS. REMARKS SENS. TOTAL INPUT/OUTPUT C.F.M. H.P. E.S.P. R.P.M. D.B. W.B. MIN. MAX. VOLT. PH. AC -1 TRANE/YHC060 SPACE 228 59.2 64.2 80/64 2000 1 1.0 1,004 76 63 375 2000 208 3 32.1 45 - 15.0 87 dB 89x54x41 1,125 PACKAGED ROOFTOP GAS HEATING, DOWN FLOW WITH ROOF CURB AND ECONOMIZER. — NOTE: PACKAGED ROOFTOP UNITS WITH FACTORY INSTALLED DISCONNECTS, SINGLE POINT POWER CONNECTION, MOTORS W/ INTEGRAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION, COIL GUARD, SMOKE DUCT DETECTORS, MOTORIZED OUTSIDE AIR DAMPER, MICROPROCESSOR CONTROLS, THROUGH BASE ELECTRICAL CONNECTION, CONVENIENCE OUTLET, BELT DRIVE & R-41 Oa REFRIGERANT. INSTALLATION OF SUPPLY & RETURN SMOKE DUCT DETECTORS WITH DIVISION 26. TENANT NAME STENCILED ON UNIT. 1. PROVIDE THE 2. COORDINATE 3. PROVIDE AIR DEVICE SCHEDULE MARK MANUFACTURER SUPPLY / RETURN / EXH TYPE NECK SIZE (0") FACE SIZE (L"xW") (IN) CFM RANGE < 25 NC FRAME TYPE FINISH MATERIAL REMARKS A EH PRICE SCD SUPPLY LAY—IN SEE DWG 24x24 SEE DWG 1 WHITE STEEL 1, 2 B EH PRICE 81 RET/EXH LAY—IN SEE DWG SEE DWG SEE DWG 1 WHITE ALUMINUM 2 C EH PRICE SD5 100 SUPPLY LINERAR SUPPLY DIFFUSER SEE DWG 72x* SEE DWG 3 WHITE ALUMINUM 2,3 — SEE PLANS SEE PLANS DUCO CAST IRON CAULK FERRULE AND CAST IRON LEAD SEAL PLUG WITH STAINLESS STEEL ROUND COVER AND SCREW. FCO CLEANOUT JAY R. SMITH 4020 — — NOTES: ARE 4—WAY THROW UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE ON PLAN. KRUEGER. REQUIRES LANDLORD APPROVAL. WITH FACTORY SUPPLIED SDB100 PLENUM, TYP1 B BORDER. NUMBER OF SLOTS. 1. ALL CEILING DIFFUSERS 2. APPROVED EQUALS: TITUS, 3. 1-1" SLOT COMPLETE * WIDTH IS DETERMINED BY EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE MARK MANUFACTURER/MODEL FAN TYPE AREA SERVED C.F.M. E.S.P. H.P. R.P.M. ELECTRICAL RADIATED SOUND WEIGHT LBS. REMARKS EF -1 COOK/ GC-144CONTROLLER CEILING FAN RESTROOM 135 0.5" 1/4 634 120V/1sb 3.9 SONES 25 CEILING FAN WITH BACKDRAFT DAMPER, BIRDSCREEN SPEED AND FACTORY ROOF EXHAUST HOOD. "MURRO""MURRO" 0954.000EC/ 0059.020 NOTES: 1/2" 1. EXHAUST FANS SHALL HAVE FACTORY FURNISHED DISCONNECTS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL DISCONNECTS THAT ARE SHIPPED LOOSE AND MAKE FINAL LINE VOLTAGE CONNECTIONS. .IEL TRAP PRIMER VALVE M 2. UNITS SHALL HAVE MOTORS W/ INTEGRAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION. D F�;.- .. r ri,'PPMP — 3. CONTROL W/ 30 MIN. TIMER SWITCH. E PROVIDE DISTRIBUTION UNIT FOR MULTIPLE DRAIN CONNECTIONS. PLUMBING FIXTURE CONNECTION SCHEDULE :,,t ING — ISION I LOCATION/AREA SERVED MANUFACTURER/MODEL NO. MARK FIXTURE MANUFACTURER MODEL C.W. H.W. SAN VENT DESCRIPTION 2L4 WATER CLOSET, ADA AMERICAN" STANDARD CADET PRO" RIGHT HEIGHT 215M.104 1/2" — 4"2"VITREOUS 208/1 CHINA, ELONGATED BOWL, EVERCLEAN ANTIMICROBIAL SURFACE, 1.28 GPF, FLUSH TANK,CENTACO MODEL 820STS.001 CT HEAVY DUTY PLASTIC, OPEN FRONT SEAT WITH SELF—SUSTAINING CHECK HINGE. J.61[ LAVATORY AMERICAN "MURRO""MURRO" 0954.000EC/ 0059.020 1/2" 1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" VITREOUS CHINA, 22" x 21-1/4" x 6-1/2" WALL MOUNTED, FRONT OVERFLOW. CHICAGO FAUCETS #802—VCP317VP—XK—E2805 TWO HANDLE FAUCET, 0.5 GPM AERATOR, STRAINER AND OFFSET TAILPIECE. INSULATE ALL EXPOSED WASTE AND WATER SUPPLY PIPING UNDER LAVATORY WITH SAFETY COVERS PER ADA REQUIREMENTS AS MANUFACTURED BY PLUMBEREX, MCGUIRE OR TRUEBRO. PROVIDE ASSE 1070 THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE, LAWLER MODEL 516. .IEL TRAP PRIMER VALVE PRECISION PLUMBING PRODUCTS No.1 — — SEE PLANS SEE PLANS PROVIDE DISTRIBUTION UNIT FOR MULTIPLE DRAIN CONNECTIONS. WCO CLEANOUT JAY R. SMITH 4402 — — SEE PLANS SEE PLANS DUCO CAST IRON CAULK FERRULE AND CAST IRON LEAD SEAL PLUG WITH STAINLESS STEEL ROUND COVER AND SCREW. FCO CLEANOUT JAY R. SMITH 4020 — — SEE PLANS SEE PLANS DUCO CAST IRON CLEANOUT WITH ROUND ADJUSTABLE SCORIATED SECURED NICKEL BRONZE TOP. FD FLOOR DRAIN JAY R. SMITH 2005 — — SEE PLANS SEE PLANS NOTE: FOR APPROVED EQUAL MANUFACTURERS. 1. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS WATER HEATER SCHEDULE MARK LOCATION/AREA SERVED MANUFACTURER/MODEL NO. CAPACITY (GAL) ELECTRICAL RECOVERY ® 107'F (GPH) TYPE NO. OF ELEMENTS RELIEF VALVE SETTING (PSI) DIMENSIONS (WxHxD) OPERATING WEIGHT (LBS) REMARKS ELEMENT (KW) V/0 EWH-1 RESTROOM / 103 CHRONOMITE / M -20L-208 — 2.3 208/1 0.5 INSTANTANEOUS — 150 15"x12"x6" 10 NOTE 1 NOTE; RATE BASED ON 50T ENTERING WATER TEMP. 1. RECOVERY BACKFLOW PREVENTER SCHEDULE MARK SERVICE MANUFACTURER MODEL TYPE SIZE REMARKS RPBP DOMESTIC WATTS 909QT HORIZONTAL 3/4" — NOTE; WALL BOX WITH DRAIN AND TRAP PRIMER. 1. PROVIDE RPBP A 3-o38y RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA DEC 2 0 2013 PERMIT CENTER C arch tecta 2505 Third Avenue Suite 324 Seattle, WA 98121 206.720.7001 phone 206.720.2949 fax www.craftarchitects.com cc w z 0 O W 0 CO CI)uT3 3 Cr_J U co CONSULTANT HARGIS Hargis Engineers, Inc. 600 Stewart Street, Suite 1000 I Seattle, WA 98101 t 1206.448.3376 f 1206.448.4450 w I hargis.biz ENGINEERS I MECHANICAL • ELECTRICAL • TELECOMMUNICATIONS Submittals/Revisions: FOR LANDLORD REVIEW 12/10/2013 Sheet Title: MECHANICAL SCHEDULES Date: Design: Drawn: Project No: Approved: 12/12/2013 RDS BS 13-713 RDS Building No: Sheet No: M0.2 COPYRIGHT CRAFT ARCHITECTS 2013 FILENAME AND PATH: M:\JOBS\13\13-6K1.O1\CAD\qe—M1.1_M2.1.dwg (E)3N-1- ...... . .... „ • ; ABOVE FLOOR PLUMBING PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = . UNDER FLOOR PLUMBING PLAN M101SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES: 1. DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND INDICATE THE GENERAL EXTENT OF WORK. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION AND PROPER INSTALLATION OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS. 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE MISCELLANEOUS SUPPORTING STEEL, ETC. FOR THE PROPER INSTALLATION OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS. 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE FLOOR, WALL AND ROOF PENETRATIONS WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 4. PIPING SHALL NOT BE LOCATED IN ELECTRICAL ROOMS AND OVER THE TOP OF ELECTRICAL PANELS OR EQUIPMENT. 5. SEE PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE ON DRAWING MO.1 FOR LOCAL PIPE CONNECTIONS TO FIXTURES. PLUMBING FLAG NOTES: CONNECT 4" SANITARY SEWER TO EXISTING 4" W. VERIFY SIZE LOCATION AND I.E. PRIOR TO WORK. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL PIPING AS NEEDED TO MAKE THE FINAL CONNECTION. 4" WASTE UP. 4" WASTE DN. COORDINATE WATER HEATER LOCATION. PIPE WATER HEATER T & P AND DRAIN TO SINK OR APPROVED LOCATION. 3" WASTE UP. 3/4" CW DN. 2" VENT DN. CONNECT 2" VENT TO EXISTING 3" VENT. VERIFY SIZE AND LOCATION PRIOR TO WORK. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL PIPING AS NEEDED TO MAKE THE FINAL CONNECTION. 3/4" CW DN. CONNECT 3/4" CW TO EXISTING 3/4" CW. VERIFY SIZE AND LOCATION PRIOR TO WORK. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL PIPING AS NEEDED TO MAKE THE FINAL CONNECTION. ROUTE RPBP DRAIN LINE FROM DEVICE TO RECESSED BOX DRAIN OR APPROVED LOCATION. TERMINATE OVER RECEPTOR WITH 1" AIR GAP. 13'.03 614 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA DEC 2 .0 2013 PERMIT CENTER SEPARPaE PERMII AND AppROVAI- REQUIRED CPeirr arch tects 2505 Third Avenue Suite 324 Seattle, WA 98121 206.720.7001 phone 206.720.2949 fax www.craftarchitects.com CONSULTANT HARGIS Hargis Engineers, Inc. 600 Stewart Street, Suite 1000 1 Seattle, WA 98101 t 1 206.448.3376 f 1 206.448.4450 w 1 hargis.biz ENGINEERS 1 MECHANICAL • ELECTRICAL . TELECOMMUNICATIONS itz.i"tepG, Submittals/Revisions: FOR LANDLORD REVIEW 12/10/2013 Sheet Title: PLUMBING PLAN Date: Design: 12/12/2013 RDS Drawn: BS Project No: 13-713 Approved: RDS Building No: Sheet No: M 1 . 1 COPYRIGHT CRAFT ARCHITECTS 2013 N O o0CT a) 0 r� V L go � Y � G) < M M f - U m O 0 N m cNi moo. ` z ow J J cuLT AC -1 I SUPPLY/RETURN UP TO AC UNIT ON ROOF SEQUENCE OF CONTROLS NOTES 1. PROVIDE BUILDING SEQUENCE OF OPERATION AS FOLLOWS: 2. NIGHT SETBACK: PROVIDE NIGHT SETBACK OPERATION FOR AIR HANDLING UNIT TO MAINTAIN LOWERED BUILDING TEMPERATURE OF 55 DEGREES F (ADJUSTABLE) DURING UNOCCUPIED PERIODS. (VERIFY SETBACK TEMPERATURE AND SCHEDULE WITH THE OWNER). OUTSIDE AIR DAMPERS SHALL REMAIN CLOSED DURING UNOCCUPIED, WARM-UP AND NON-VENTIALTION PERIODS. 3. ECONOMIZER: PROVIDE ECONOMIZER OPERATION FOR EACH BUILDING AIR HANDLING UNIT TO PROVIDE FIRST STAGE OF COOLING WHEN OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE IS BELOW 60 DEGREES F (ADJUSTABLE). UNIT SHALL MODULATE THE OUTSIDE AIR DAMPERS OPEN TO ACHIEVE ROOM COOLING SETPOINT. 4. AIR HANDLING UNIT: ROOFTOP UNITS/AIR HANDLING UNIT AS SCHEDULED AND SHOWN ON PLANS: A. GENERAL: THE OCCUPIED/UNOCCUPIED SIGNAL SHALL BE RECEIVED FROM THE THERMOSTAT. WHEN ZONE IS PLACED IN OCCUPIED MODE, THE UNIT AND ALL SUPPORTING EQUIPMENT SERVING THAT ZONE SHALL OPERATE. B. UNOCCUPIED MODE: DURING UNOCCUPIED MODE, THE UNIT FAN SHALL BE OFF WITH THE OUTSIDE AIR DAMPER CLOSED AND RETURN AIR DAMPER OPEN. FAN (AND HEATING/COOLING) SHALL CYCLE ON/OFF AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN ROOM NIGHT SETBACK TEMPERATURES (55 HEATING/85 COOLING, ADJUSTABLE). C. OCCUPIED MODE: ON AN OPTIMIZED SIGNAL TO CHANGE FROM THE UNOCCUPIED TO OCCUPIED MODE, THE SUPPLY FAN SHALL TURN ON. FOR MORNING WARM-UP/COOL-DOWN, THE OUTSIDE AIR DAMPERS REMAIN CLOSED, RETURN AIR DAMPER OPEN, AND THE HEATING/COOLING SYSTEM (VALVE/FURNACE, ETC.) AT EACH UNIT SHALL MODULATE TO TO BRING SPACE UP TO SETPOINT. UPON REACHING SETPOINT AND OCCUPIED START TIME, OUTSIDE AIR DAMPER SHALL OPEN TO MINIMUM POSITION AS INDICATED ON THE SCHEDULE. UNIT SHALL BE PLACED IN HEATING MODE, ECONOMIZER MODE OR COOLING MODE, WHICHEVER IS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN SETPOINT. D. HEATING MODE: DURING HEATING MODE, DISCHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE SHOULD BE 85 DEGREES F MINIMUM TO MAINTAIN SPACE HEATING SET POINT TEMPERATURE. OUTSIDE AIR DAMPERS SHALL BE IN MINIMUM OUTSIDE AIR POSITION. IF SYSTEM HAS PREHEAT COILS, THESE SHALL TEMPER THE OUTSIDE AIR TO A MINIMUM OF 55 DEGREES F WHEN UNITS ARE IN HEATING MODE. E. COOLING MODE: DURING COOLING MODE, DISCHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE SHOULD BE 55 DEGREES F. MAXIMUM. DURING NON -ECONOMIZER COOLING, OUTSIDE AIR DAMPERS SHALL BE IN MINIMUM OUTSIDE AIR POSITION. FOR ECONOMIZER MODE, UNIT OUTSIDE AIR DAMPERS SHALL MODULATE OPEN AS REQUIRED UNTIL SUCH TIME OUTSIDE AIR CANNOT SATISFY COOLING REQUIREMENTS AND THEY WILL REVERT TO MINIMUM OPEN POSITION. F. RELIEF LOUVERS/HOODS: RELIEF SYSTEMS SHALL MODULATE OPEN AS REQUIRED PROPORTIONALLY TO AMOUNT OF OUTSIDE AIR INTRODUCED INTO THE SPACE WHILE MAINTAINING AN OVERALL POSITIVE PRESSURE IN THE STORE. G. FIRE ALARM: ON A GENERAL SIGNAL FROM THE FIRE ALARM, THE FAN SHALL SHUT DOWN AND THE OUTSIDE AIR DAMPER WILL CLOSE FOR UNITS 2000 CFM AND GREATER. 4. EXHAUST FANS: A. TOILET ROOM/GENERAL EXHAUST: TOILET ROOM EXHAUST FAN SHALL CONTROLLED BY A TIME SWITCH WITH VARIABLE TIME TO A MAXIMUM OF 30 MINUTES HVAC GENERAL NOTES: . DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND INDICATE THE GENERAL EXTENT OF THE WORK. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION AND PROPER INSTALLATION OF ALL MECHANICAL SYSTEMS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY OFFSETS AND FITTINGS` WHICH MAY BE REQUIRED DUE TO SPACE CONSTRAINTS OR OTHER CONDITIONS. 2. PROVIDE MISCELLANEOUS SUPPORTING STEEL, ETC. FOR THE PROPER INSTALLATION OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS. • COORDINATE FLOOR, WALL AND ROOF PENETRATIONS, LOUVER SIZES, ETC. WITH GENERAL TRADES. 4. VERIFY CLEARANCES PRIOR TO FABRICATION OF WORK. 5. COORDINATE THE LOCATION OF CEILING GRILLES, REGISTERS AND DIFFUSERS WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING 'PLANS. . DUCTWORK SHALL NOT BE LOCATED OVER THE TOP OF ELECTRICAL PANELS OR EQUIPMENT. 7. PROVIDE 1" DUCT LINING WHERE SHOWN. LINED DUCT SIZES ARE NET CLEAR INSIDE DIMENSIONS. 8. OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE FOR AC -1 SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 15' AWAY FROM VENTS OR EXHUAST OPENINGS. HVAC FLAG NOTES: SUPPLY AIR DUCT TO AIR HANDLING UNIT. PROVIDE FLEX CONNECTION AND TRANSITION AS REQUIRED TO MATCH UNIT OPENING. RETURN AIR DUCT TO AIR HANDLING UNIT. PROVIDE FLEX CONNECTION TRANSITION AS REQUIRED TO MATCH UNIT OPENING. PROVIDE LOCK AND COVER FOR THERMOSTAT. 6"0 EXHAUST DUCT UP THROUGH ROOF TO ROOF CAP. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH LANDLORD AND PROVIDE MINIMUM FREE AREA INDICATED AT CODE MIN. SEPARATION FROM OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE. REFER TO DETAIL 6/M3.1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. PROVIDE OPEN SECTIONS AS SHOWN FOR RETURN AIR. INCLUDE SHEET METAL BAFFLE ABOVE SLOT. PAINT UNDERSIDE OF SHEET METAL MATTE BLACK. SUPPORT BAFFLE FROM STRUCTURE. THE INTENTION IS TO PROVIDE A CONTINUOUS APPEARANCE, RETURN AIR OPENING WITH 1/2"X1/2" SCREEN PROVIDE NEW CONCEALED SPRINKLER HEADS IN CEILING W/WHITE COVER PLATE (TYP.). HEAD ARRANGEMENT IS SHOWN FOR UNIFORM/ALIGNED APPEARANCE AND SHALL BE CONFIRMED/ DESIGNED BY SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR. 3--0 3 8 y RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA DEC 20= 2013 PERMIT CENTER SePAIlPEW"A A D APPR REQUIRED CIRtrar arch eects 2505 Third Avenue Suite 324 Seattle, WA 96121. 206.720.7001 phone 206.720.2949 fax www.craftarchitects.com CONSULTANT HAR.GIS Hargis Engineers, Inc. 600 Stewart Street, Suite 1000 I Seattle, WA 98101 t 1206.448.3376 f 1206.448.4450 w I hargis.biz ENGINEERS l MECHANICAL • ELECTRICAL .• TELECOMMUNICATIONS azobtof Submittals/Revisions: FOR LANDLORD REVIEW 12/10/2013 Sheet Title: HVAC PLAN. Date: Design: Drawn: Project. No: Approved:. 12/12/2013 RDS BS 13-713 RDS Building No: Sheet No: M2.1 COPYRIGHT CRAFT ARCHITECTS 2013 3 -q 7 12/20/13 - 9:56am FLEXIBLE CONNECTION PRESSURE REGULATOR AS REQUIRED GAS SHUT OFF VALVE GAS LINE, VERIFY EXISTING SIZE AND LOCATION DIRT LEG CONDENSATE DRAIN ROUTE CONDENSATE DOWN TO MOP SINK SEE PLUMBING PLANS RTU RTU `i!iS!I����: OSA INTAKE WITH ECONOMIZER <r\\CONTROLS PROVIDE BIRD SCREEN FLEXIBLE CONNECTION (TYP) 1" SOUNDLINING IN SUPPLY & RETURN DUCTWORK FACTORY ROOF CURB. COORD. WITH MALL CRITERIA., f- ROOF LAY IN 4 LAYERS OF 1 2" GYPSUM UNDER UNIT WITHIN ENTIRE CURB BASE. FILL REMAINDER OF SPACE WITH ACOUSTICAL LINER, ALL AROUND DUCTS. NOTE: ALL ROOFING WORK TO BE BY LANDLORD'S CONTRACTOR AT DIV. 20 EXPENSE. ROOF TOP UNIT SCALE: NONE SECURE BRACKET TO UNIT WITH (4) #10 SCREWS RESTRAINT BRACKET I / / I BRACKET ISOMETRIC II NEOPRENE GASKET WOOD NAILER SECURE BRACKET TO CURB WITH (4) #10 SCREWS. NOTES: 1. ATTACH BRACKET TO INSIDE TOP OF CURB USING TEK SCREWS SUPPLIED AS SHOWN -- ATTACH MOUNTING BRACKET TO CURB BEFORE MOUNTING UNIT ON CURB. 2. AFTER SETTING UNIT ON CURB, ATTACH BOTTOM OF BRACKET TO BASE RAIL ON UNIT WITH TEK SCREWS SUPPLIED AS SHOWN. ROOF CURB ATTACHEMENT DETAIL SCALE: NONE FACTORY CURB 1-1/2" WRAP INSULATION: OVERLAP 4" MINIMUM, STAPLE & TAPE FOR VAPOR SEAL HANGER STRAPS: 1", 22 GAUGE SUPPORTED FROM STRUCTURE ABOVE, (3) SHEET METAL SCREWS BELOW SECURE INSULATION WITH STICK—PINS AT 18" O.C. AND ADHESIVE ON BOTTOM, FOR DUCTS 24" AND LARGER TAPE AND MAST! OUTER JACKET (TYPICAL) MINIMUM RADIUS EQUAL TO THE FLEX DUCT DIAMETER SPIN—IN FITTING: WITH SCOOP AND DAMPER, EXCEPT IN GYP. BOARD CEILINGS, DAMPER IN NECK r 7—ROUND "SNAPLOCK" SHEET METAL WITH 1-1/2" WRAP INSULATION 48" MAXIMUM VERTICAL DUCT RUN WRAP INSULATION ABOVE THE CEILING DIFFUSERS EILING DIFFUSER: SET THROW AS SHOWN ON PLANS ROUND "SNAPLOCK" (FLEX ONLY IN VERTICAL) BAND CLAMP AND THREE SHEET METAL SCREWS THROUGH HELIX OF FLEXIBLE DUCT LINER (TYPICAL) FLEXIBLE DUCT: INSULATED, ONLY IN VERTICAL CEILING DIFFUSER CONNECTION DETAIL SCALE: NONE POWER HYDROGUARD e480 THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE W INTEGRAL CHECK VALVES 1 CD SEMI—INSTANTANEOUS WATER HEATER LAVATORY ADA HEIGHT & CLEARANCES 1 PROVIDE TRU BRO LAVGUARD ON STOPS, RISERS & OFFSET TRAP 1/2" STOP ADA COMPLIANT LAVATORY INSTALLATION SCALE: NONE FIRE SPRINKLER NOTES: 1. BUILDING SHALL BE ENTIRELY COVERED BY SPRINKLERS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPRINKLER SYSTEM SPECIFICATION, NFPA 13 STANDARDS. SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHALL BE HYDRAULICALLY DESIGNED BASED ON THE FOLLOWING CRITERIA AS A MINIMUM: 2. PROVIDE SEISMIC SWAY BRACING IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 13 ON STANDIPE AND SPRINKLER SYSTEM. AREA SYSTEM (CFM) DENSITY GPM/SF* DESIGN AREA(SF)* HAZARD GROUP MAX AREA PER HEAD/(SF) SALES AREA WET 0.10 1500 LIGHT 225 * PROVIDE COVERAGE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 13 AND LOCAL JURISDICTION REQUIREMENTS. NOTES: 1. WHERE SPRINKLER HEADS ARE LOCATED IN AN ACCESSIBLE GRID CEILING, THE HEADS SHALL BE LOCATED ON THE CENTERLINE AXIS OF BOTH THE LONG & SHORT SIDE DIMENSION OF THE REMOVABLE PANEL (SEE DETAIL ABOVE). IN ROOMS WHERE MULTIPLE HEADS ARE REQUIRED, HEADS SHALL BE ALIGNED AND SYMMETRICAL. 2. DUCTWORK AIR TERMINALS, HVAC ABOVE CEILING ACCESS AND LIGHTING LOCATIONS TAKE FIRST PRIORITY OVER FIRE SPRINKLERING SYSTEM. COORDINATION SHALL BE FIRE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY. SPRINKLER HEAD SHALL NOT BE LOCATED IN CEILING PANELS NEEDED FOR EQUIPMENT ACCESS. 3 4,-0" TYPICAL LAY -IN CEILING PANEL SPRINKLER HEAD LOCATION DETAIL M3.1 SCALE: NONE SECURE BASE TO CURB W/ LAG SCREWS 12" O.C. MINIMUM OF 2 PER SIDE EXHAUST CAP RESILIENT GASKET SEAL PREFABRICATED ROOF CURB ROOFING DUCT INSULATION SEE SPECIFICATION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA DEC 2 0 2013 PERMIT CENTER SECURE CURB TO ROOF W/ SCREWS 12" O.C. MIN. OF 2 PER SIDE 3"x3"x1/4" ANGLE FRAMING (4) SIDES NOTE: 1. SEAL ROOF PENETRATION WEATHER TIGHT. ROOF EXHAUST CAP DETAIL SCALE: NONE bBaa91 arcar -- h tects 2505 Third Avenue Suite 324 Seattle, WA 98121 206.720.7001 phone 206.720.2949 fax www.craftarchitects.com Q U Iz CONSULTANT HARGIS Hargis Engineers, Inc. 600 Stewart Street, Suite 1000 I Seattle, WA 98101 t 206.448.3376 f 1206.448.4450 w hargis.biz ENGINEERS I MECHANICAL • ELECTRICAL • TELECOMMUNICATIONS d91�E4l,EFtd�,�» l "Loo, Submittals/Revisions: FOR LANDLORD REVIEW 12/10/2013 Sheet Title: MECHANICAL DETAILS Date: Design: Drawn: Project No: Approved: 12/12/2013 RDS BS 13-713 RDS Building No: Sheet No: M3.1 COPYRIGHT CRAFT ARCHITECTS 2013 'FILENAME AND 12/20/13 - 9:56am DIVISION 23- COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION, PLUMBING, AND HVAC This Division applies to all Division 20 sections. General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 apply to work in these sections. SECTION 230500 - GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes materials, equipment, labor, supervision, tools and items necessary for the construction, installation, connection, testing and operation of mechanical work. 1.2 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Perform work in accordance with requirements in the state in which the work is performed. B. Conform to applicable industry standards. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Submit prior to fabrication of assemblies and delivery of purchased items. 1.4 STANDARDS OF QUALITY A. Equipment shall be manufacturer's regularly catalogued items. 1.5 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Where "Manufacturer" paragraphs include the words "or approved", prior approval of the proposed substitution by A/E is required. B. When the NE approves a substitution request, the approval is given with the understanding that the Bidder has determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified Product, will provide the same warranty, and will coordinate installation and make changes with no additional cost to Owner. 1.6 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS A.General: The mechanical drawings are diagrammatic. Complete details of building features which affect fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC installations may not be shown. 1.7 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Prepare Record Drawings from new red lined prints and show the measured locations of portions of the Work and changes the Contractor has made. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Coordinate Divisions 15 work with other trades. B. Be aware of restricted space for installation of fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC systems. Include offsets and perform rerouting and coordination to fit elements in available space. Include provisions for such requirements in bid. C.Equipment, ductwork, and piping shown are based on existing drawings as available and on limited project site observations to the extent possible under current conditions. Field verify existing conditions prior to commencement of work. D.Coordinate attachments to structure to verify that attachment points on equipment and structure can accept seismic, weight, and other loads imposed. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Warranty periods within Divisions 23 shall not commence until Substantial Completion. Minimum period shall be one year. 1.10 DEMONSTRATION A. Following installation of fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC work and prior to final acceptance, demonstrate that equipment and systems operate as indicated in the Contract Documents and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. END OF SECTION SECTION 230510 - BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.Description: Work includes equipment supports, sleeves, identification, appurtenances, and miscellaneous work. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Pipe markers, Access doors, Valve tags. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Materials shall be new and of manufacturers specified herein. They shall be U.S. made and bear the UL, ETL or CSA labels where possible. 2.2 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Select and size supports, expansion shells and bolts, concrete inserts, and anchor bolts. 2.3 SLEEVES A. Materials, General: Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe with unthreaded ends, cast iron pipe, or minimum 26 gagealvanized sheet steel. Use steel pipe for sleeves at floor slabs. g 2.4 PIPE MARKERS AND COLOR BANDS A. General: Manufacturer's standard preprinted, flexible or semi-rigid, permanent, color -coded, plastic sheet pipe markers. Seton, Brady, Craftmark, Marking Services or approved. B. Pipes: Full band pipe markers. C.Lettering: Manufacturer's standard pre-printed nomenclature which best describes piping system in each instance, as selected by the NE in cases of variance with names shown or specified. 2.5 EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATES A.General: Engraved stock melamine plastic laminate. Engraved with engraver's standard letter style of sizes and wording, black with white core (letter color) except as otherwise indicated. 2.6 VALVE TAGS A.General: Manufacturer's standard solid plastic valve tags with printed enamel lettering, piping system abbreviation in approximately 3/16 inch high letters. B. Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard solid brass beaded type chain, length as required for proper attachment of tags to valves manufactured specifically for that purpose. 2.7 ACCESS TO FIRE SUPPRESSION, PLUMBING, AND HVAC EQUIPMENT A.General: Universal 1 -piece frame, flush type, welded steel ground smooth rounded safety corners, 1 -piece spring hinge, slot screwdriver type cam latches, shallow 1-1/4 inch mounting flange. Where located in a painted surface area, units primed for painting; otherwise, polished chrome or stainless steel units, unless another type of finish is indicated. B. UL Compliance: Where UL fire -resistance rating is indicated, doors UL listed and labeled, except for those doors which are smaller than minimum size requiring fire ratings as recognized by governing authority. 2.8 ROOF PENETRATIONS A. Roof penetrations shall be done by the Landlord's roofing contractor at Div 23 contractor's expense unless noted otherwise on plans. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 MEASUREMENTS A.Verify measurements at job site. Locate equipment and fixtures on centers of walls, openings, spaces, and similar locations except where noted otherwise. Check that piping, ducts, and similar elements clear openings. Install supports for equipment and appurtenances. Locate components to be readily accessible. Install identification after completion of covering and painting. Install valve tags and name plates. Touch up scratches and abrasions. Remove debris, cuttings, crates. Carefully clean equipment, fixtures, exposed ducts and piping. END OF SECTION SECTION 22116 - PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.Description: Work includes piping and associated appurtenances for piping that apply to multiple systems. Piping specific to a single system is specified in that particular section. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data. B. Testing Reports: Pressure testing records. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Pressure Ratings: Provide components with minimum pressure rating of 125 psig working pressure. 2.2 MANUFACTURERS A. Steel Pipe: U. S. Steel, Sharon Tube, Vision Metals, CSI, Maruichi American National. B. Copper Tubing: Cerro, Mueller, Wolverine. C. Steel Pipe Fittings: Anvil International, Mill Iron Works, Hackney, Ward, Phoenix, Allied, Nibco, Tube Forgings of America, Vogt, Bonney Forge, Stockham. D.Copper Tube Fittings: NIBCO®, Mueller, Elkhart. E. Gaskets: Crane, Garlock, U. S. Rubber, Anchor, Flexitallic. F. Shaped Nipples: Allied, Bonney Forge. 2.3 STEEL PIPING A.Pipe: Black steel, Schedule 40, standard weight for 10 inch and smaller, ASTM A 53, Grade A or B, or ASTM A 106, Grade A, B, or C. B. Fittings: 1. 2 Inch and Smaller: 150 pound WSP, black malleable iron, screwed, ASME B16.3 and ASTM A 197; 3000 pound forged steel socket weld, ASME B16.11 and ASTM A 105 II. C.Unions, 2 inch and Smaller: 150 pound WSP, black malleable iron, screwed, ASME 16.39, brass seat. D.Pipe Nipples: Same piping material as connecting piping; Schedule 80 for 1-1/2" unthreaded length with pipe sizes less than 1-1/4". Close nipples not acceptable. E. Flanges: 1. 2 Inch and Smaller: 125 pound WSP, cast iron screwed, ASME B16.1 and ASTM A 126, Class B; 150 pound forged steel weld neck or slip-on, ASME B16.5 and ASTM A 181, Grade I; 150 pound forged steel socket weld, ASME B16.5 and ASTM A 181, Grade I. F. Gaskets: 1/16 inch thick compressed non -asbestos material selected for applicable temperature and pressure of systems installed. Full face gaskets for flat faced flanges. G.Joint Compound: Teflon tape. 2.4 COPPER TUBING A. Tubing, Above Grade: Type L copper water tube, hard -drawn, ASTM B 88. B. Tubing, Underground: Type K copper water tube, soft -drawn, ASTM B 88. C. Fittings: Wrought copper solder fittings and screwed adapters, ASME BI6.22; cast bronze solder joint fittings and screwed adapters, ASME B16.18. D. Unions: Wrought copper solder joint unions, ASME B 16.22; cast bronze solder joint fittings, ASME B 16.18. E. Flanges and Flanged Fittings: Cast bronze, 125 pound Class, ASME Standards. F. Gaskets: 1/16 inch thick compressed non -asbestos material selected for applicable temperature and pressure of systems installed. Full face gaskets for flat faced flanges. G.Joint Compound: Teflon tape. H. Solder Material: 95 percent tin, 5 percent antimony solder or 96 percent tin 4 percent silver conforming to ASTM B 32. J.W. Harris "Bridgit", Hardy & Harman, Allstate or approved. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPING INSTALLATION A.Install piping, fittings, and appurtenances in accordance with recognized industry practices which will achieve permanently leakproof piping systems, capable of performing each indicated service without piping failure. Install pipe generally sloped to permit drainage at low points, free from sags, bends, and traps, and in a manner to conserve space for other work. 3.2 FLUSHING A. Flush piping with clean water prior to connecting to existing systems and pressure testing. 3.3 PRESSURE TESTING A. Test piping systems before insulation has been applied and before backfilling. B. Test Pressures and Duration: Test piping systems at pressure of 1-1/2 times the design working pressure or at 100 psig, whichever is greater. Maintain test pressure for sufficient time to permit complete inspection of system under test. Minimum 2 hour duration. Test in sections and test entire system when completely installed. C. Test Repairs: 1. Remove materials such as gaskets and bolts damaged during tests and flushing and provide new components. 2. Use new gaskets each time a flanged joint is made up. 3. Repair defects which develop during testing and retest piping systems until they show no defect or weakness and are tight. Do not use chemicals, stop -leak compounds, mastics, or other temporary repair methods. D. Test Records: Include copies in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. END OF SECTION SECTION 232116 - PIPING SPECIALTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes pipe hangers and supports, strainers, thermometers, pressure gages, temperature/pressure test ports (Pete's Plugs), air vents, alignment guides, and associated appurtenances for piping that apply to multiple systems. Specialty components specific to a single system are specified in that particular section. B. MSS Compliance: Comply with MSS SP -58 for materials, design, and manufacture of pipe hangers and supports. Comply with MSS SP -69 for selection and application of pipe hangers and supports. Comply with MSS SP -89 for fabrication and installation of pipe hangers and supports. Refer to MSS SP -90 for terminology used in this section. C.Pipe hangers and clamps and related components installed in ceiling spaces used as a return air plenum shall have ratings per NFPA 255, ASTM E 84, and UL 723 with flame spread rating not greater than 25 and smoke developed rating not greater than 50. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Furnish factory -fabricated piping specialties, pipe hangers, pipe supports, anchors, dielectric unions, thermometers, pressure gauges and pipe escutcheons recommended by manufacturers for use in services indicated. B. Materials: Match piping material at point of contact with piping. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A.General: Install building attachments at required locations within concrete or on structure steel for proper piping support. Install additional supports at concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, guides, strainers, expansion joints and at changes in direction of piping. B. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary insert, bolts, rods, nuts, washers and other accessories. 3.2 DIELECTRIC UNIONS AND NIPPLES A.Install at the Following Locations: 1. At black and galvanized steel piping connections to copper tubing. 2. At black steel piping connections to bronze valves and similar devices. 3.3 PIPE ESCUTCHEONS A.Install escutcheons at wall, floor, and ceiling penetrations in exposed finished locations and within cabinets pipe and millwork. Use deep pattern escutcheons if required to conceal protruding p p fittings. Escutcheons not required where sleeves project above floor. END OF SECTION SECTION 221120 - VALVES PART I - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes valves and associate appurtenances for valves that apply to multiple systems. B. Submittal Data: Submit for each type of valve provided. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Furnish factory -fabricated valves recommended by manufacturer for use in service indicated. Furnish valves of types and pressure ratings indicated but rated at not less than 125 psig WSP to comply with installation requirements. B. Manufacturers: Fairbanks, Hammond, Red -White, Jenkins, Milwaukee, NIBCO, Powell, Stockham, Walworth or Apollo/Conbraco. 2.2 GATE VALVES A. Select valves designed for repacking under pressure when fully opened, equipped with packing suitable for intended service. Select valves designed so back seating protects packing and stem threads from fluid when valve is fully opened. Equip with gland follower. Comply with MSS SP - 70 and MSS SP -80. B.1" and smaller, bronze, solid bronze wedge disc, non -rising stem, screwed or soldered joint ends, union bonnet, ASTM B 62. 2.3 BALL VALVES A. Select with port area equal to or greater than connecting pipe area, include seat ring designed to hold sealing material. Comply with MSS SP -110. B. Bronze body, 600 pound, chrome plated ball, chrome plated stem for hydronic systems and stainless steel stem for domestic water systems. Full port screwed or solder joint ends, 2 piece construction, lever handle, Teflon seat and seal, memory stop, ASTM B 61, ASTM B 62 or ASTM B 584. Include extended stem, protective sleeve, fully adjustable memory stop after insulation is applied where valves are insulated. 2.4 DRAIN VALVES A. Bronze body, compositioin disc, 3/4 inch handwheel, screwed or solder joint ends, hose thread outlet with cap. 2.5 RELIEF VALVES A. ASME code rated water relief valves. Select for capacity to exceed rating of connected equipment. Watts No. 100 XL for temperature and pressure applications and No. 174A for pressure only applications, Cash Acme or approved. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A.General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. 3.2 INSPECTION A.Install at the Following Locations: 1. At black and galvanized steel piping connections to copper tubing. 2. At black steel piping connections to bronze valves and similar devices. 3.3 INSTALLATION A.Install valves where required for proper operation of piping and equipment. Locate valves to be accessible. END OF SECTION SECTION 230548 - VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.Description: Work includes products to isolate building structure and occupied spaces from vibration transmission and includes seismic restraints for plumbing and HVAC equipment and distribution systems. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and installation instructions for each vibration isolator, base, seismic restraint, and appurtenance. B. Calculations: Sizing and weight distribution for vibration isolators, bases, and seismic restraints. C. Vibration Isolation Base Details: Detail fabrication, including anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. D. Seismic Restraint Details: Detail fabrication and attachment of seismic restraints. E. Isolator Schedule List: List size, type, load, and static deflection of each isolator. 1.3 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY FOR VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS A.General: A single supplier shall select and furnish isolation mounts, pads, seismic restraints, sway braces, related hardware, and fabricate isolation bases for the project unless otherwise specified. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A.Manufacturers: Mason Industries, Amber/Booth, Kinetics Noise Control, Vibration Mountings & Controls, Vibro-Acoustics, California Dynamics Corp (Caldyn), Tolco, or approved. Mason Industries model numbers are listed. PART 3 - INSTALLATION 3.1 INSPECTION A.Description: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. 3.2 EQUIPMENT A. Spring Mounts: 1. Mark vibration isolators to show undeflected height to verify proper isolation after installation. Install isolators for single piece of equipment with approximately equal deflection. Mount equipment level. 2. Coordinate with general contractor and structural engineer to ensure proper mounting attachment points for seismic restrained springs. B. Spring Hanger Rods: Align isolator to clear isolator housing. Install housing as close as possible to structure. C. Bases: 1. Attach curb mounted isolation base and rigid roof curb to roof structure and attach rooftop HVAC unit to curb in accordance with engineer, specialty consultant or seismic restraint device manufacturer's design. 3.3 EQUIPMENT, PIPING, AND DUCT SEISMIC RESTRAINTS A.General: Comply with requirements in IBC and ASCE 7-05 unless otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents. B.Coordination: Coordinate with submittals and Shop Drawings of plumbing and HVAC equipment such as pumps, air handling units, fans, and similar'items. Coordinate with general contractor and structural engineer to ensure correct mounting attachment points. C.Vibration-Isolated Equipment, Piping, and Ducts: 1. Install seismic restraints with factory set clearances. Install seismic restraint to avoid short circuiting of vibration isolators. 3.4 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS TO VIBRATION ISOLATED EQUIPMENT A.Do not install conduit clamps or hangers between flexible raceway termination and equipment connection. B.Recommended minimum flexible raceway length is 6 feet. END OF SECTION SECTION 230700 - MECHANICAL INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.Description: Work includes insulation for plumbing and HVAC piping, ductwork, and equipment. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: 1. Applicable energy code and related codes and standards. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data for each type of required insulation. 1.4 SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS A. Provide composite or component ratings per NFPA 255, ASTM E 84, and UL 723 as follows: Flame spread rating not greater than 25 and smoke developed rating not greater than 50. B. Composite includes insulation, jacketing, and adhesive used to secure jacketing or facing. C.Components include PVC jacketing and fittings, adhesive, mastic, cement, tape, and cloth. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A.Fiberglass Pipe Insulation: ASTM C 547, Type 1. B. Fiberglass Pipe Fitting Insulation: Thermal blanket, ASTM C 533, Type I or II. C.Calcium Silicate Pipe Insulation: ASTM C 533, Type 1. D. Fiber lass Duct Insulation: ASTM C 553,Type I,II,or III, ASTM TM 12 ASTM 11 TypeIII gyp S C 90,C 39, (faced), ASTM E 84, and ASTM C 1136, Type II or FSK acket. E. Adhesives, Sealers, Staples, Binds, Wires, and Protective Finishes: As recommended by insulation manufacturer for applications indicated. For indoor applications, use adhesives that have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 2.2 MANUFACTURERS A.Fiberglass Pipe and Duct Insulation: CertainTeed, Knauf Insulation, Johns Manville, Owens-Corning, or approved. 2.3 PIPING SYSTEM INSULATION A.Insulation materials and thicknesses shall meet or exceed the insulation requirements of the applicable energy code. B. Insulate cold plumbing and cold HVAC piping with fiberglass. C.Insulate hot plumbingpi in with fiberglass. D.Insulate refrigerant suction and liquid piping with elastomeric. E. Increase thickness by 1/2 inch where piping is located outdoors, or otherwise exposed to ambient air. F. Include factory applied ASJ/SSL on fiberglass piping insulation. 2.4 DUCT SYSTEM INSULATION A.Duct Wrap: Flexible fiberglass duct wrap insulation with factory applied FSK facing (vapor barrier) consisting of aluminum foil reinforced with fiberglass scrim laminated to UL rated kraft. B. Insulate all supply, return and outside air ductwork with FSK glass fiber insulation having a minimum R -Value of 7 and vapor barrier jacket. Unless indicated with duct lining. Do not use exterior insulation in areas where the ductwork is visible in exposed ceiling from sales floor. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. END OF SECTION SECTION 221116 DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM PART I - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.Description: Work includes domestic water piping for potable and associated appurtenances. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county and state codes and ordinances. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each item specified in this section. B. Certificates: 1. Certificates of Inspection by Authorities Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) 2. Certificates of Satisfactory Bacteriological Test C.Testing Reports: Pressure Testing Records. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A.Basic piping materials and products required for work of this section are specified in Sections 230510, 232113/22116, 232116, and 232120/221120. 2.2 POTABLE WATER PIPING A.AII Sizes, Inside Building: Comply with requirements in Section 232113/22116. Copper tubing only. Sweat, flanged, or grooved joint connections only. B.2-1/2 Inch and Smaller, Underground, Inside Building: Type K soft drawn copper tubing. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A.General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PIPING INSTALLATION A.Comply with requirements in Section 232113/22116. B.Install pipe supports in accordance with MSS SP -69 and Section 232116, whichever is more stringent. C.Install hot and cold water piping runouts to fixtures of sizes indicated, but in no case smaller than required by applicable plumbing code. D.Install isolation valves at major toilet groups and as indicated. E.Install balancing/measuring valves specified in Section 232120/221120 on domestic hot water and recirculating systems at branch connections to mains. 3.3 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A.Connect hot and cold water piping to mechanical equipment as indicated on the Drawings. Comply with equipment manufacturer's installation instructions. Install shutoff valve and union for each connection and drain valve on drain connection. Locate unions to allow removal of equipment without piping disassembly beyond union. B.Install supplies, stops, pressure reducing valves, and similar devices as required between food service plumbing fixtures and rough -in plumbing for a complete installation. 3.4 PRESSURE TESTING A.Test piping at full working pressure in accordance with applicable plumbing code. Include test results in Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 3.5 STERILIZATION AND FLUSHING OF WATER PIPING A.After completion of water piping installation, but prior to connection to existing mains, flush system with clean water. Take sample of water from system to determine compliance with Health Department standards. Obtain necessary tests from governing Health Department. If sample is not in compliance, perform sterilization. B.Sterilize for eight hour contact time with 50 parts per million chlorine concentration. Open valves several times. Follow by flushing with clean water until residual chlorine is less than 0.2 parts per million. C.After flushing and sterilization are complete, conduct tests to determine compliance with Health Department standards for sterilization results. If pipe system is found to be contaminated, correct defects and perform additional flushing and sterilization until satisfactory results are obtained. D.Submit written certification of flushing and sterilization by local AHJ. END OF SECTION SECTION 221300 - SOIL, WASTE, AND VENT PIPING SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.Description: Work includes building drainage piping and associated appurtenances. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county and state codes and ordinances. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A.Submit manufacturer's technical product data, assembly -type shop drawings, and maintenance data. B.Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each item. C.Test Reports: 1. Field start-up and test reports. 2. Submit completed copy of report and include copy in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A.Basic piping materials and products required for work of this section are specified in Sections 232113/22116 and 232116. B.Piping specified in this section apply to the following systems: 1. Waste and vent. 2. Indirect drain for equipment, air vent, cooling coil condensate drains and similar applications. 2.2 MANUFACTURERS A.Drains, Cleanouts, and Miscellaneous: Jay R. Smith, Josam, Wade, Zurn, Watts Drainage, or approved. Jay R. Smith model numbers are listed. 2.3 PIPING, TUBING AND FITTINGS A.Piping Materials: 1. Cast Iron: a. Pi e: Service weight cast iron soil pipe marked with collective trademark of Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (CISPI) and listed by NSF International. AB&I Foundry, Charlotte Pipe and Foundry r Tyler Pipe. No substitutions. b. Hub and Spigot Joints: ASTM A 74, compression gasketed type, specifically designed for pipe and fittings used or caulked type. Gaskets ASTM C 564, rubber. c. Hubless Joints: ASTM A 888 or CISPI No. 301 and CISPI No. 310. 1) Couplings for Underground Pipe and Fittings: Compliant with Factory Mutual Research Standard FM 1680, Type 304 stainless steel housing or shield and stainless steel clamps, neoprene gasket with sealing rings to ASTM C 564. Clamp -All Hi Torque 80 or Husky SD 4000. No substitutions. 2)Couplings for Above -Ground Pipe and Fittings: Compliant with Factory Mutual Research Standard FM 1680, Type 304 stainless steel housing or shield and stainless steel clamps, neoprene gasket with sealing rings to ASTM C 564. Clamp -All Hi Torque 80, Husky SD 2000, or Mission Rubber Company HeavyWeight Coupling. No substitutions. d. Fittings: ASTM A 74 for hub and spigot piping and ASTM A 888 or CISPI 301 for hubless piping. 2. Galvanized Steel: a. Pipe: Standard weight or Schedule 40, ASTM A 53 or ASTM A 106. b. Drainage Fittings: Galvanized cast iron drainage pattern, screwed, ASME B16.12. c. Vent Fittings: 150 pound galvanized malleable iron, screwed, ASME B16.3. 3. Copper: a. Pipe: Type DWV, hard drawn drainage tubing, ASTM B 306. b. Fittings: Cast copper, ASME B16.23 or wrought copper, ASME B16.29, solder joint. 4. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC):Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC): a. Pipe: PVC ASTM D 2665, Schedule 40, plain ends. b. Fittings: PVC, ASTM D 2665 and ASTM D 2729, socket type, drain, waste and vent (DWV) pipe patterns. c. Joints: Solvent welded per ASTM D 2564 and ASTM D 2672 for use with Schedule 40 PVC DWV pipe. 5. Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene (ABS): a. Pipe: ABS ASTM D 2661, ASTM D 1527, ASTM D 2680, ASTM D 2751, and ASTM F 628, Schedule 40 plain ends. b. Fittings: ABS ASTM D 2661 and ASTM D 3311, socket type, drain, waste and vent (DWV) pipe patterns. c. Joints: Solvent cement per ASTM D 2235 for use with ABS DWV pipe, except where flanged joints are specified. B.Above-Ground Waste and Vent Piping: 1.1-1/2 Inch and Smaller: Galvanized steel, cast iron, or copper at Contractor's option. 2.2 Inch and Larger: Cast iron. C.Underground Waste and Vent Piping: Cast iron. D.Indirect Drain (Condensate) Piping: Copper. 2.4 CLEANOUTS A.Standard: Fabricate in accordance with ASME A 112.36.2M. B. Floor Cleanouts (FCO) in Finished Spaces: Coated cast iron body and frame, round adjustable secured nickel -bronze top, taper thread, bronze plug. Include carpet clamping frame where installed in floors with carpet. Verify floor finish with room finish schedule on the architectural drawings. Jay R. Smith Figure 4023S. C.Floor Cleanouts (FCO) in Unfinished Spaces: Coated cast iron body and frame, round adjustable scoriated cast iron top with non -tilt heavy duty cover, taper thread, bronze plug. Jay R. Smith Figures 4243S or 4253S. D.Wall Cleanouts (WCO): Cast bronze plug with taper thread, round stainless steel cover and vandal proof screw. Length of screw to suit installation requirements. Jay R. Smith Figure 4472T. 2.5 VENTS THROUGH ROOF A.Vent Flashings: 1. Dektite flashings (flexible rubber boot flashing) at pipe penetrations through steel or composition roofs. 2. Use 4 ounder square foot seamless lead flashingskirt, minimum of 8 inches extendingfrom pipe, with conical galvanized steel reinforcing boot and countrflashing fitting on built-up roofing. p p B. Vandal Proof Vent Caps: Coated cast iron, full size of vent pipe, caulked base connection for cast iron pipes, threaded base for steel pipes with recessed set screw. Jay R. Smith Figure 1748. 2.6 FLOOR DRAINS A.Standard: Fabricate in accordance with ASME A 112.6.3. B.Fixtures as specified in the Plumbing Fixture Schedule. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPING INSTALLATION A.General: 1. Comply with requirements in Section 232113/22116. 2. Install with uniform pitch of at least 1/4 inch per foot for horizontal waste and rainleader piping, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings or allowed by AHJ. 3. Install cast iron soil piping according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook". 4. Pitch vents for proper drainage. Vent piping may be installed horizontal if required to avoid conflict with building elements. 5. Joints and Connections: a. Bell and Spigot: Neoprene compression seals. b. Hubless: Alternately and incrementally tighten clamp bolts to manufacturer's recommended torque value, using single setpoint torque wrench specifically manufactured for this purpose. Do not use screwdrivers or other types of wrenches. Retorque after 24 hours if required by manufacturer's installation instructions. 6. Copper waste piping for urinals not acceptable. 7. Clean interior of piping of dirt and other superfluous material as work progresses. Maintain swab in piping and pull past each joint as completed. 8. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day or whenever work stops. B. Above -Ground Piping: 1. Support horizontal piping to maintain alignment, prevent grade reversals, and prevent sagging. 2. Support vertical stacks at each floor with riser clamps. 3. Hub and Spigot Pipe: Support at 5 feet maximum centers and within 18 inch of each joint. Minimum 1 hanger or support between any 2 joints and fittings. 4.HublessPipe: Provide hangers and supports in accordance with applicable plumbing code. C.Underground Piping: 1 Perform trenching and backfilling associated with plumbing installation in accordance with pertinent provisions of excavating, filling, and grading requirements. 2. Laying of Hub and Spigot Piping: Install in bedding of trench, graded to provide uniform support for pipe, and to permit joining. Install hubs at upgrade end. 3.2 CLEANOUTS A.Install waste, cleanouts at base of stacks and in accordance with requirements in the applicable plumbing code. Full pipe size, 4 inch maximum. Locate at minimum 50 foot intervals for piping 4 inch and smaller and at 100 foot intervals for piping 6 inch and larger. B.Install wall cleanouts in restrooms with greater than 2 water closets and urinals or as indicated on plans. C.Install at sinks. D.Demonstrate removal of cleanout covers. 3.3 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A.Install soil and waste piping runouts to plumbing fixtures and drains with approved trap and sizes indicated on the Drawings, but in no case smaller than that required by the applicable plumbing code. B.Locate piping runouts as close as possible to bottom of floor slab supporting fixtures and drains. Make gas - and watertight. Use 1 piece special molded gaskets for connections between outlet of fixtures and soil pipe flanges. C.Install trap where manufacturer does not include trap for fixture. Install to be removable for servicing and replacement. D.Coordinate soil and waste piping as necessary to interface with floor drains and floor sinks. E.Install floor drains and floor sinks in accordance with written manufacturer's instructions at low points of surface areas to be drained or as indicated on the Drawings. Set tops of drains flush with finished floor. Coordinate with architectural and food service drawings. F. Install drain flashing collar or flange so that no leakage occurs between drain and adjoining flooring. Maintain integrity of waterproof membranes. G. Install condensate drains from cooling coil condensate drains with trap. Terminate with 1 inch air gap over floor drain, floor sink, service sink, outdoors, or as indicated on Drawings. 3.4 PRESSURE TESTING A. Test drainage piping in accordance with applicable plumbing code. Test by air or water for metal piping and by air for ABS piping. Include test results in Operation and Maintenance Manual. END OF SECTION p 13-03 8Li RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA DEC 2 0 2013 PERMIT CENTER SEPARATE 4 PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED CPrr arch tecta 2505 Third Avenue Suite 324 Seattle, WA 98121 206.720.7001 phone 206.720.2949 fax www. crafta rch itects. corn U z FiioT CO I.C1.) COI 3 :jcc< � � 3 U CO CONSULTANT HARGIS Hargis Engineers, Inc. 600 Stewart Street, Suite 1000 I Seattle, WA 98101 t 1206.448.3376 f 1206.448.4450 w I hargis.biz ENGINEERS I MECHANICAL • ELECTRICAL • TELECOMMUNICATIONS { L tit x crr� Submittals/Revisions: FOR LANDLORD REVIEW 12/10/2013 Sheet Title: MECHANICAL SPECIFICATION Date: Design: Drawn: Project No: Approved: 12/12/2013 RDS es 13-713 RDS Building No: Sheet No: 1V14.1 COPYRIGHT CRAFT ARCHITECTS 2013 FILENAME AND 12/20/13 - 9:56am SECTION 224000 - PLUMBING FIXTURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.Description: Work includes plumbing fixtures and fittings, installations of and connections to fixtures furnished under other specification divisions and associated appurtenances. B.General Requirements. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county and state codes and ordinances. B.Select combinations of fixtures and trim, faucets, fittings, and other components that are compatible. C.Fixtures shall be vandal resistant. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each item. 1.4 DEFINITIONS A.Accessible Fixture: Plumbing fixture that can be approached, entered, and used by people with disabilities. B.Fittings and Trim: Devices that control flow of water into or out of plumbing fixture. Fittings specified in this section include supplies and stops, faucets and spouts, shower heads, drains and tailpieces, and traps and waste pipes. 1.5 COORDINATION A.Coordinate roughing -in and final plumbing fixture locations, and verify that fixtures can be installed to comply with original design and referenced standards. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A.Water Closets: American Standard, Kohler. B.Urinals: American Standard, Kohler, Crane, Eljer, or approved. C.Lavatories: American Standard, Kohler, Crane, Eljer, or approved. D.Stainless Steel Sinks: Elkay, Just, Spokane, or approved. E.Service Sinks: Fiat, Acorn, Kohler, Florestone, or approved. F. Electric Water Coolers: Haws, Halsey Taylor, Oasis, Elkay, Sunroc, or approved. G. Faucets: American Standard, Kohler, Elkay, Just, Chicago Faucets, Sloan, or approved. H.Plumbing Brass: American Standard, Brasscraft, Kohler, Chicago Faucet, Crane, Eljer, Speakman, Symmons, T&S Brass, McGuire, Elkay, Just or approved. I. Flush Valves Water Closets: American Standard. J. Flush Valves Urinals: Sloan, Zurn, Delany, or approved. K. Closet Seats: Church, Kohler, American Standard, Olsonite, Bemis, Beneke, or approved. L. Under -Sink Protection for Accessible Fixtures: Truebro Lay Guard, McGuire Pro Wrap, or approved. 2.2 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM, GENERAL A.Fixture: As scheduled in Plumbing Fixture Schedule on Plans. B.Fixture Color: White unless otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents. C.Exposed Metal Parts: Chromium over nickel finish. D.Stop Valves: Include in water connections to fixtures, except where fitting has integral stops. Loose key angle pattern with lock shield, annealed vertical tube, polished chrome plate finish where exposed and rough where concealed. E.Exposed Supplies: 1/2 inch outside diameter annealed vertical tubing. F. Pipe Escutcheons: Include where pipe or other fitting enters wall at fixture. G. Tailpiece Extension, Trap, and Arm to Wall: 17 gage, seamless, chrome plated tubing with cleanout for sinks. H.Vacuum Breaker: Include on water supply to each fixture which has a water connection located below the rim and for fixtures with faucets with threaded outlets for hose attachment, flow-through g pattern. I. Trap Primers: Include for floor drains and floor sinks. J. Under -Sink Protection f r Accessible Fixtures: 0 1. Description: Fully molded flexible vinyl insulation kit for drain piping, P -trap, and hot and cold water supplies under lavatory to meet American with Disabilities Act (ADA) requirements. 2. Rating: UL listed in accordance with ADA. isystem,removable Components: Smooth exterior conforming to pipe and fittings, hidden fastening e movable tra p cleanout cover, and hinged cap at stop valves to allow quick access withh snap closure. 2.3 SEALANT A.Manufacturer and Type: Color to match fixture. General Electric No. 1200 Silicone Building Sealant, Dow Corning No. 780 Construction Sealant, or approved. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FIXTURE INSTALLATION A.Assemble fixtures, trim, fittings, and other components according to manufacturer's written instructions. for mountingheights. Refer to architectural drawings 9 B.W II -H gFixtures: Install with off -floor supports affixed to building substrate, anchored chored to allow no movement. C.Floor-Mounted Fixtures: 1. Install on closet flanges or other attachments to piping or building substrate. ll bracket and onto waste 2.Install back -outlet water closets attached to building floor substrate and wall fitting seals. D.Counter-Mounted Fixtures: Install and attach to casework. E.Install water -supply piping with stopon each supply to each fixture to be connected to water distribution piping. Attach supplies to supports or substrate within pipe spaces behind fixtures. F. For fixtures without integral traps, install trap and waste piping on drain outlet of each fixture to be directly connected to sanitary drainage system. G. Install flush valves for accessible water closets and urinals with handle mounted on wide side of compartment. Install other actuators in locations that are easy for people with disabilities to reach. H.Install water hammer arresters in accordance with Plumbing Drainage Institute Standard P.D.I. WH -201 or ASSE 1010 recommendations. Install at ends of hot and cold water pipes serving 2 or more fixtures and at solenoid valves, dishwashers, and other equipment having quick closing valves. I. Trap Insulation for Accessible Fixtures: Install on exposed drain pipes, traps, tailpieces, waste arm, and on exposed hot and cold water piping stops and supplies. 3.2 PLUMBING FIXTURES, FITTINGS, AND TRIM CONNECTION A.Connect hot and cold water and soil, waste, and vent piping to plumbing fixtures as indicated on the Drawings. Comply with equipment manufacturer's installation instructions. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Replace damaged fixtures and components. B.Test installed fixtures after water systems are pressurized for proper operation. 3.4 ADJUSTING A.Operate and adjust faucets and controls. B.Adjust water pressure at faucets and flush valves to produce proper flow and stream. C.Replace washers and seals of leaking and dripping faucets and stops. D.Test and balance trap primer systems. Arrange piping to achieve equal flow to each floor drain and floor sink. 3.5 CLEANING A.Clean fixtures, faucets, and other fittings with manufacturer's recommended cleaning methods and materials. END OF SECTION SECTION 223000 - PLUMBING EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.Description: Work includes plumbing equipment and associated appurtenances. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county and state codes and ordinances. B.Codes and Standards: 1. Applicable energy code. 2.ASHRAE Standard 90.1, Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low -Rise Residential Buildings. 3. ASME BPVC, Boiler Pressure and Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1, Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels. 4. NSF 61, Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects; Sections 1 through 9. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each water heater and appurtenance. Indicate accessories where required for complete system and installation instructions. B.Test Reports: 1. Field start-up and test reports. 2.Include copy of reports in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 WATER HEATER, INSTANTANEOUS, ELECTRIC A.Description: Instantaneous tankless type with flow control capability for undercounter installation. B.Ratings: UL listed and labeled, certification of compliance with ASHRAE 90.1, ASME labeled, 150 psig working pressure. C.Construction: Plastic cover and base. D.Components: 1. Internal components with heating system, electronic control unit, flow sensor, temperature sensor, high temperature limit cutoff device or system, and wiring block. 2. Components on cover include temperature adjustment rotary switch, power light, and LED temperature display. 3. Brackets for wall mounting. E. Manufacturers: Chronomite Laboratories, or approved. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF WATER HEATERS A.General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, govern. B.Components: Install as indicated on the Drawings. 3.2 START-UP SERVICES A.Services shall include a check of proper installation, system check-out, per manufacturer's recommendations. B.Include start-up and test reports in Operation and Maintenance Manual END OF SECTION specification, and manufacturer's the more stringent requirements adjustment, and complete start-up SECTION 212200 - AUTOMATIC FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.Description: Work includes design and construction of complete automatic wet fire suppression systems. B.General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Section 230500 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B.Authorities Having Jurisdiction (AHJs): Local Fire Department. C.Codes and Standards: NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems and local jurisdiction requirements. D.Fire Sprinkler System Contractor's Qualifications for Preparation of Shop Drawings, Installations, Inspections, Maintenance, and Servicing: Only licensed fire protection sprinkler system contractors shall execute contracts for installation, inspection, maintenance, or servicing of fire protection sprinkler systems or any part of such system. E.Fire Sprinkler System Contractor's Qualifications: Active NICET Level III (Certified Engineering Technician) Certification in Fire Protection Engineering Technology/Automatic Sprinkler System Layout. F. Tenant Criteria: Review Tenant Criteria for additional requirements as they pertain to fire sprinkler systems. 1.3 SYSTEM DESIGN CRITERIA A.Design, furnish, and install complete operable fire suppression systems in accordance with the latest adopted editions of IBC, IFC, NFPA 13, and applicable city, county, and state laws, codes, and standards. Include valves, flow switches, tamper switches, low air pressure switches, and accessories to meet requirements of AHJs and aforementioned codes and standards. B.In areas where local codes require coverage by either fire sprinklers or heat detectors, provide coverage by fire sprinklers. C.The Contractor and the fire suppression system subcontractor shall meet with the AHJs prior to preparation of Shop Drawings and hydraulic and earthquake bracing calculations to review procedures for handling submittals, inspection, testing, and for general coordination and to verify sprinkler occupancy hazard classifications. D.Obtain latest water supply engineering test data prior to design. Include 10 percent safety margin in system design. If test data is not available, conduct test to determine available flow and pressures to hydraulically design system. E.Coordination with Other Trades: 1. Coordinate fire suppression work with that of mechanical, sheet metal, plumbing, and electrical subcontractors so that best arrangement of equipment, piping, conduit, ducts, and similar items can be obtained. 2. Identify points of conflict between this work and that of other trades so that conflict may be properly adjusted. Fire suppression system subcontractor shall remove and re -install work which interferes with work of other trades at no additional cost to the Owner. F. No change orders will be issued for additions and deletions of sprinkler heads and associated piping except as such additions and deletions stem from changes in building design made subsequent to approval of Shop Drawings. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A.Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 230500. B.Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each item specified in this section. C.Shop Drawings and Calculations: 1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 13. a. Arrange heads in straight lines that are parallel and perpendicular to walls. 2. Submit Shop Drawings and hydraulic and earthquake bracing calculations to the A/E of entire sprinkler system. Shop Drawings include complete floor plans showing new work and sufficient extent of existing work, locations and types of heads, pipe sizes and cutting lengths, locations and sizes of required beam and types of hangers, test valve(s),drain valves,and other related items. Indicate penetrations, locationsyp g exposed work. 3. Include risers, flow switches, inside shut-off valves, tamper switches, post indicator valves, backflow preventers and vaults, and similar components. 4.Indicate location of alarm ad supervisory initiating devices and other devices and electrical equipment associated with the fire suppression systems. 5. Following review and approval by the A/E, submit Shop Drawings and hydraulic and earthquake bracing calculations to the AHJs. Do not proceed with installation until Shop Drawings have been approved by the AHJs. D.Contractor's Material and Test Certificate: Submit to certify material selection and testing results using form in NFPA 13. Complete applicable portions of form and sign and date it. E.Obtain from each AHJ written certification that the permanent installation has been inspected and that it complies with AHJs published regulations and requirements. Submit prior to Substantial Completion. F. Operation and Maintenance Data: 1. Prepare complete, simple, understandable, step-by-step testing instructions with recommended and required testing frequency of equipment with methods for testing equipment. Include trouble -shooting manual. 2. Prepare complete, easy -to -read, understandable maintenance instructions including the following information: a. Instruction on replacing components of system including internal parts. b. List of equipment and comon nis with addressand phone number of both manufacturer and local supplier of each item. 3. Include fire suppressionsystem pressure and alarm system tests. 4.Include copies of the following publications: a. NFPA 25, Standard for Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance of Water Based Fire Protection. 5. Submit one week minimum prior to system training. G. Record Drawings: 1. Provide in accordance with Division 01 and Section 230500. 2. Submit one week minimum prior to system training. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A.Manufacturer of equipment regularly engaged in the manufacture of components specified and with published catalogs listing pertinent specifications of items manufactured. B.Manufacturers name and model identification used throughout this section are to establish general configuration, function, size, performance and quality. C.Manufacturers: Tyco Fire & Building Products (Grinnell Grooved Products, Central Sprinkler, Gem Sprinkler, and Star Sprinkler), The Viking Corp., Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Globe Fire Sprinkler Corp., or approved. 2.2 GENERAL A.Equipment, Material, and Components Required by NFPA to be Listed: UL listed and labeled and approved by FM and AHJs. 2.3 PIPE AND FITTINGS A.Pipe: 1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 13. 2. Black steel, ASTM A 53, ASTM A 135, or ASTM A 795. 3. Pipe, other than Schedule 40 or Schedule 10, acceptable if UL listed and labeled, FM approved, and approved by AHJs. CPVC pipe not acceptable. 4. Schedule 40 pipe used in cut groove joints. 5. Schedule 10 pipe used for rolled grooved joints. Rolled grooved joints for dry pipe sprinkler systems not acceptable. 6. Internal and external galvanized steel for exterior pipes, dry pipe sprinkler systems, and drains. 7. Flexible head drop couplings may be used at Contractor's option. If flexible head drop couplings are used, use threaded fittings. Gasket or pressure fit type fittings not acceptable. 8. Ductile iron, cement lined, Class 52, mechanical or push -on restrained joints for underground pipe. B. Fittings: 1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 13. 2. Minimum 125 psi class. 3.2 Inch and Smaller: 150 pound black malleable or ductile iron, screwed, ANSI B16.3 and ASTM A 197. 4.2-1/2 Inch and Larger: Grooved joint fittings, malleable iron ASTM A 47 or ductile iron ASTM A 536 bodies. Flanged fittings, forged steel, or ductile iron. 5. Grooved Joint Couplings: UL listed and labeled for sprinkler service. Malleable iron ASTM A 47 or ductile iron ASTM A 536 housing. Chlorinated butyl gasket. Nuts and bolts ASTM A 183. Minimum 110,000 psi tensile. 6. Internal and external galvanized steel fittings for exterior pipes, dry pipe sprinkler systems, and drains. 7. Plain End Couplings: Plain end couplings (Roust -A -Bouts, Plainloks or similar couplings) not acceptable. 8. Hole Cut Outlets: a. Not acceptable for new systems. 2.4 VALVES A.General: UL listed and labeled and FM approved, minimum 175 psi class. 2.5 SPRINKLER HEADS A.Automatic sprinkler quick response heads of the type as required by the AHJs and finish for the areas and ceiling construction designated in schedule on the drawings. B.Operating Temperature: Comply with requirements in NFPA 13. Select to compensate for the maximum temperatures which occur in a particular area during either winter or summer conditions from such sources as unit heaters and sunlight. In no case use heads rated less than 50 F higher than anticipated ambient temperature. C.Extended coverage sprinkler heads may be used subject to approval by the AHJs. D.Include escutcheon, self-adjusting type, spring-loaded, or friction fit for each pendant sprinkler head fitting against ceiling. E.Sprinkler Head Guards: Include where sprinkler heads are subject to damage and for sprinkler heads installed lower than 7 feet above finished floor, grating, and maintenance access area. Wire basket type with screw type fastener. Spring clip type fastener not acceptable. Chrome or nickel plated in finished areas. F. Sprinkler Cabinet: Include with required number of sprinkler heads of ratings and types installed. Also include escutcheons and sprinkler wrench. 2.6 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS A.Double Check Valve Assembly: UL listed and labeled. Tested and certified under ASSE 1015. 2.7 ALARM AND SIGNAL DEVICES A.Waterflow Switch (Systems without Alarm Valves): Vane or paddle type flow switch, installed and connected in such a manner that flow of water equal to or greater than that from a single head will automatically energize fire alarm system. Include field adjustable time delay, adjustable from 0 to 60 seconds. B.Valve Monitor Switches: 115 VAC. Built-in dual supervisory tamper switch or attachment for field installed external supervisory tamper switch for gate valves. Include for post indicator valves shown on civil drawings. C.Pressure Gages: 3-1/2 inch dial, phosphor bronze tube, brass socket, 300 psi range. Include needle valve. 2.8 BUILDING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM INTERFACE A.Coordinate with work specified in Division 16. 2.9 SPECIALTIES A.Pipe Supports: Include metal pipe supports, flexible connections, sway braces, hangers, clamps, and other pipe support items in accordance with requirements in NFPA 13. Seismically design pipe hangers and braces per IBC, ASCE 7-05, and NFPA 13. Do not use "C -Clamp" hangers unless they include integral seismic retaining strap. B.Identification Signs: Enameled signs for drain valves, test valves, control valves, and alarm valves indicating their use: C.Miscellaneous Connections and Fittings: Drain valves, inspector's test connections, flushing connections, discharge outlets, and other items in accordance with requirements in NFPA 13. D.Pipe Sleeves: Comply with requirements in Section 230510. E. Pipe Escutcheon Plates: Comply with requirements in Section 232116. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A.General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A.Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B.Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A.General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B.Cooperate with other trades to ensure adequate space for piping placement. C.Review drawings, specifications, and Shop Drawings of other trades to coordinate work and minimize unnecessary offsets and revisions to approved Shop Drawings. Failure to coordinate does not relieve fire suppression subcontractor from meeting performance standards specified in this section. 1. Fire suppression piping shall not: a. Reduce headroom to less than 7'-0", except above catwalks. b. Project into any catwalk, passageway, ladder run, access or egress. c. Interfere with electrical equipment or access to mechanical units (including filters). D.Relocate piping and sprinkler heads which, in the opinion of the NE, do not comply with the above in a manner acceptable to the NE. E.Do not order, fabricate, or install materials until approvals are received from AHJs. F. Install material in strict accordance with Shop Drawings approved by the AHJs and reviewed by the NE. G. Service Interruptions: Obtain advance approval from the Owner and local fire department. 3.4 FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS INSTALLATION A.Install piping concealed above furred ceilings to minimize obstructions. B. Support piping only from structural members and not from work of other trades. C.Install piping system braced to withstand damage from earthquakes. Install flexible couplings and earthquake bracing in accordance with IBC, ASCE 7-05, and NFPA 13. D.Install system and auxiliary drains to discharge to paved areas, concrete splash blocks, suitable waste within building, or to other locations as indicated or required by the NE. E.Install ball drip valve on check valve to drain piping for fire department connection. Drain to floor drain or outside building. F. Escutcheon Plates: Install at exposed pipe penetrations of ceilings, floors, and walls. G.Install head guards on sprinkler heads installed lower than 7 feet above finished floor, grating, and maintenance access area. Install on exterior sprinkler heads. H.Install sprinkler cabinet adjacent to alarm valve assembly. I. Install inspector test valve at highest and most hydraulically remote part of system in relation to riser assembly. Locate test valves to be accessible from floor. Coordinate locations with NE. Pipe to standpipe drain or exterior concrete splash block. J. Install sleeves through walls and floors. Comply with requirements in Section 230510. K.Identification Signs: Install with chain on stem of valves. Comply with requirements in NFPA 13. 3.5 FIRE DETECTION AND SYSTEM ACTUATION A.Coordinate with fire alarm system work in Division 16. B.Switches: Install waterflow switch for fire sprinkler systems. Install valve monitor switches for valves. 3.6 ELECTRIC POWER FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM A.Coordinate electricalower source p required for work of this section with Division 16. B. Where not shown on the electrical drawings, provide power wiring from electrical panel circuit breakers to devices requiring line voltage power. Similarly, provide low voltage wiring from alarm and signal devices to fire alarm system for final connections bythe fire alarm system subcontractors. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Flush, test, and inspect fire suppression systems according to NFPA 13. B.Test complete alarm system, including control and signal circuits. C.Approval and Acceptance: After fire suppression systems have been completely installed, tested, and substantial completion review items corrected, obtain approval and acceptance of system byAHJs in pp p Y accordance with NFPA 13. Retests to failure to meet design requirements shall be at no additional cost to the Owner. Submit completed Contractor's Material and Test Certificate using form in NFPA 13. 3.8 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A.Clean dirt and debris from sprinklers. B.Apply masking tape or paperer cover to protect sprinkler heads, cover plates, andsprinkler escutcheons to protect from field painting. Remove afterpainting. Remove sprinkler heads having paint other than factory finish andp rovide new. Cleaning and reuse of painted sprinkler rinkler heads not acceptable. C.Protect sprinkler heads from damage until Substantial Completion. D.Fire suppression system subcontractor shall be responsible during installation and testing periods of sprinkler systems for anydamageworkof others n to 0 of e s a d to buildingand its contents caused byleaks in equipment, by unpluggeor diconnected pipes, fittings or by overflow, and shall pay for necssary replacements or repairs to work of others damaged by such leakage. END OF SECTION SECTION 233100 - AIR DISTRIBUTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.Description: Work includes sheet metal work and associated appurtenances. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. NFPA 90A, Standard for the Installation of Air -Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. C.Duct Cleanliness Requirements: 1. Prevent damage to ducts during transportation and off loading. Deliver only when ducts can be stored under permanent cover. Plastic tarp covering of ducts on jobsite not acceptable. 2. Keep areas clean and dry with minimal exposure to dust and weather. 3. Prior to installation of individual duct sections, wipe clean internal metal surfaces. 4. Cover duct open ends to prevent entry of debris. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each item specified. B.Test Reports: Pressure testing for leakage. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SHEET METAL WORK, GENERAL A.Duct Construction: 1. Comply with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible (SMACNA). Standing seams not acceptable for exposed ducts. 2. Galvanized steel in general with G-90 zinc coating, ASTM A 653, minimum 26 gage. 3. Galvanized steel prepped or ducts finished with Paint Grip for field painting where exposed in finished spaces as scheduled in Division 9. B.Pressure Classifications: 1. Return and Exhaust Ducts: Plus 2 inch downstream of fans and minus 2 inch w.g. upstream of fans for fan design static pressure scheduled on the Drawings at 1.0 inch w.g. and above. 2. Return, Relief, and Exhaust Ducts: Plus 1 inch downstream of fans and minus 1 inch w.g. upstream of fans for fan design static pressure scheduled on the Drawings at less than 1.0 inch w.g. Plus 1 inch w.g. for relief ducts. 3. Supply Ducts not Listed Above: 2 inch w.g. 4. Transfer Ducts: 0.5 inch w.g. C.Round Ducts: Spiral seam with beaded sleeve at transverse joints. D. Fittings: 1. Comply with SMACNA as follows: a. Round Elbows: Full radius (R/D=1.5), 5 piece segmented or stamped per SMACNA Figure 3-4. b. Rectangular Elbows: Full radius (R/W=1.5) where minimum 5 duct widths is available downstream of elbow fitting prior to branch take off. If straight length not available, use square throat elbow with turning vanes. c. Round Tees and Laterals: Conical fitting or tap per SMACNA Figure 3-6, 90 degree tee with oval to round tap, 45 degree lateral fitting, tap, or saddle tap, or 45 degree rectangular lead-in per SMACNA Figure 3-5. 90 degree tee not acceptable. Saddle tap connections for exposed ducts in finished spaces not acceptable. d. Spin -in Fittings: Conical type, with volume damper, quadrant and accessories. Include insulation guard for installation in duct with lining. e. Rectangular Laterals: 45 degree entry fittings per SMACNA Figure 4-6. f. Offsets: Full radius (R/D=1.5 for round and flat oval and R/W=1.5 for rectangular) where space allows. Mitered offset (Type 2) with 30 degree maximum offset angle per SMACNA Figure 4-7. Angle offset (Type 1) not acceptable. g. Divided flow fittings acceptable per SMACNA Figure 4-5 except for branch connections to outlets and inlets. 2. Screened Openings: 1/2 inch mesh screen, 14 gage galvanized steel wire. Enclose mesh screen with 20 gage galvanized removable sheet metal frame around perimeter. 3. Duct Collars: 2 inch wide galvanized steel for galvanized ducts, 20 gage. Mitered corners for square and rectangular ducts. Escutcheon type for round and flat oval ducts. E. Turning Vanes: 1. Description: Airfoil design, smoothly -rounded entry nose, extended trailing edge, continuous internal tubes for stiffening and rigidity of section, adaptable to duct sizes. Maximum generated sound power level 54 decibels in octave band 4 at 2000 fpm velocity in 24 -inch by 24 -inch duct size. 2. Assembly Fabrication: Side rails by same manufacturer as turning vanes, per SMACNA Figure 4-3. F. Lined Ducts: Fabricate with duct lining such that no gap will result between sections of duct lining after assembly of duct sections. Fabrication and installation shall result in adjacent lining sections butted together without gaps, bulges, or other discontinuities. G. Duct Sealer: 1. Indoor Locations: UL 181 listed and labeled. Low odor, non-toxic vapors, surface burning characteristics for maximum flame spread of 25 and maximum smoke developed of 50 when in a dry state. Rated for air temperature range of minus 20 F to plus 150 F. Rated to 10 inches w.g., minimum 65 percent solid content. McGill Airflow LLC, AirSeal United Duct Sealer (Water Based), Biddle Aqua-Crylic HVAC, Hardcast Irongrip 601, Design Polymerics DP1010, Ductmate Industries Proseal or EZ -Seal, or approved. 2. Outdoor Locations: UL 181 listed and labeled. 3 inch minimum width. Surface burning characteristics of 25 maximum flame spread and 50 maximum smoke developed. Rated for air temperature range of minus 40 F to plus 200 F. Sealer with UV inhibitors. McGill Airflow LLC, AirSeal UNI -WEATHER, Ductmate Industries Proseal or approved. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 DUCT INSTALLATION A.General: 1. Install in workmanlike manner. Fabrications, fittings, joints, take -offs, attachments, turning vanes, dampers, and sealing in accordance with requirements of SMACNA as specified in this section and as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Comply with requirements for seismic restraints of ducts. 3. Hang ducts from roof structure and not from the roof deck itself. Provide supplementary steel framing as needed. 4. Locate ducts with sufficient clearance around equipment to allow for inspection, repair, replacement, and service. 5. Cap incompleted duct ends with temporary closures of taped polyethylene to prevent construction dust from entering ducts. 6. Install duct collars where exposed ducts pass through non -fire rated walls and ceilings. Fasten tight to ducts. 7. Duct sizes may be changed as long as the new dimensions are equivalent to those indicated and do not exceed 4 to 1 aspect ratio. 8. Transitions: a. Fabricate and install duct transitions for connections to equipment where the connection sizes are different from duct sizes indicated on the Drawings. b. Where transitions are required to fit into available space, fabricate to maintain equivalent free area of duct sizes with angle less than 15 degrees. 9. Drawings do not show offsets which may be required. Make offsets with fittings with as small an angle of offset as possible. Install turning vanes in square corner elbows. 10. Install flanged connections to equipment with neoprene gaskets. 11. Install ducts through roof to be watertight. Coordinate with any details on the Drawings as to flashings and curbs. 12. Install ducts, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, vertically and horizontally and parallel and perpendicular to building lines. 13. Install return air and transfer air openings above ceilings with minimum 2'-0" clearance to obstructions. 14. Where louvers are shown on the Drawings to be blanked off, cover backside of unused portion of louver with galvanized sheet metal and caulk weathertight. Paint outside surface of blank off material flat black prior to installation. B. Flexible Connectors: 1. Install flexible connectors at connections to vibration -isolated (spring and rubber isolator -mounted) fans, packaged HVAC equipment, and similar equipment. 2. Support duct on both sides of flexible connector to ensure alignment and to avoid binding connector. 3. Install with sufficient slack to permit 2 inch horizontal or vertical movement without stretching fabric. C.Duct and Plenum Sealing: SMACNA Seal Class A. Apply duct sealer to transverse joints, longitudinal seams, fitting connections, corners of four -bolt or corner clip duct connection system, and fitting seams except continuous welded type. Spiral seams, continuous welded seams, and transverse joints for 4 -bolt or corner clip duct connection system are not required to be sealed unless visible and audible leaks exist or duct leakage exceeds that allowed by leakage test specified in this section. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations. 3.2 FLEXIBLE DUCTS A.Install per SMACNA Figures 3-10 and 3-11. B.Connect to metal ducts with slip joint made using fire-resistant mastic and stainless steel or plastic machine -applied clamp. C.Five foot maximum length, fully extended. Generally install with straight sections, without bends. If bends are required, install with maximum one -90 degree bend, R/D=2.5 or greater. No kinks allowed. Sheet metal elbows to result in straight flexible duct runs acceptable. D.Hang flexible duct on 5'-0" centers and at 90 degree bend with 1 -inch wide flat steel strap. Maximum 1/2 -inch sagper foot. Support shape. shall not cause out -of -round pp E.Installation in corridor ceiling spaces where fire rating is required not allowed. 3.3 DUCT LINING A.General: Install duct lining per SMACNA and NAIMA Duct Liner Installation Standards and as required by this article. Apply duct liner adhesive for 100 percent coverage. B. Extent: 1. Where indicated on the drawings. C.Transportation and Handling: 1. Transport and handle in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2. Promptly inspect shipments to ensure that materials comply with requirements and are undamaged. D.Storage and Protection: 1. Store and protect in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2. Store in weathertight, climate controlled enclosures in an environment favorable to materials. E. Protection of Installed Work: 1. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed liner. F. Moisture: Do not allow liningtoget wet or absorb moisture. Promptly remove and dispose of wetted p y p e or moist lining material and replace with new, dry material. Drying out wetted duct lining material not acceptable. G.Installation: For lined ducts,use care duringinstallation to ensure that liningremains clean and d dry,and that no gapwill result between ections of duct liningafter assembly of duct sections. Installation shall result in adjcnt lining sections butted together without aps, bulges, r other discontinuities. Ensure that mating edges are sealed in the field. Apply additional sealant to result in complete encapsulation of fibers. 3.4 VOLUME DAMPERS A.General: Volume dampers maynot be shown on the Drawings. Install damper in duct to each supply, return, 9 p pp Y, and exhaust opening and for branch mains serving more than one opening. B. Construction: Tight fitting to walls of duct when fully closed. Install bearing on each end and sealed airtight. C.Location: Install damppers in accessible locations. In general, arrange with axis ofblade in long dimension of duct. Locate as far from outlet and inlet as possible. D.Install 12 -inch long orange colored 1/2 -inch wide surveyor's tape on quadrant of volume dampers located above ceilings. 3.5 BACKDRAFT DAMPERS A.General: Install at exhaust and relief air duct terminations to atmosphere that do not have motor operated dampers. 3.6 ACCESS DOORS A.General: Install at duct smoke detectors, humidifier absorption manifolds, backdraft dampers, motor operated dampers, fire dampers, smoke dampers, combination fire/smoke dampers, both sides of duct mounted heaters, airflow measuring units, and plenums. Arrange door swings so that access doors open against air pressure. 3.7 DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS A.Coordinate location requirements with Division 28 work prior to preparing and submitting sheet metal Shop Drawings to ensure with detector manufacturer's installation requirements. 3.8 PRESSURE TESTING FOR LEAKAGE A.Description: Test supply, return, and exhaust ducts. B. Test Standard: SMACNA HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual. C.Test Procedures: 1. Test duct before insulation is installed. 2. Close off and seal openings in duct section to be tested. Connect test apparatus to duct by means of flexible duct. 3. Test for audible leaks. 4. After audible leaks have been sealed, retest. Seal and retest as necessary until maximum leakage of less than 2 percent of design air quantity of system has been achieved. END OF SECTION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA DEC 2 0 2013 PERMIT CENTER SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED CIRer arch eects 2505 Third Avenue Suite 324 Seattle, WA 98121 206.720.7001 phone 206.720.2949 fax www.craftarchitects.com cc U UZ� w��0 I.C13 co3 °c U CONSULTANT HARGIS Hargis Engineers, Inc. 600 Stewart Street, Suite 1000 I Seattle, WA 98101 t 1206.448.3376 f 1206.448.4450 w I hargis.biz ENGINEERS I MECHANICAL • ELECTRICAL • TELECOMMUNICATIONS Submittals/Revisions: FOR LANDLORD REVIEW 12/10/2013 Sheet Title: MECHANICAL SPECIFICATION Date: Design: Drawn: Project No: Approved: 12/12/2013 RDS es 13-713 RDS Building No: Sheet No: 1V14.2 COPYRIGHT CRAFT ARCHITECTS 2013 ' 'FILENAME AND 12/20/13 - 9:56am SECTION 233400 - AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.Description: Work includes VAV boxes, fans, fan drives, and associated appurtenances. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county and state codes and ordinances. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, and maintenance data for each fan and appurtenance. Include dimensions, weights, capacities, certifications, component performance, electrical characteristics, construction details, wiring interconnections, gages, and finishes of materials. B. Performance Data: Submit fan performance curve for each fan. Indicate on separate graph for each fan, static pressure versus volume flow, efficiency, and brake horsepower, with scheduled design point shown and labeled. Performance certified in accordance with AMCA 210. A single fan curve not acceptable. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT A.Provide equipment with all features and options listed and as scheduled on the drawings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF AIR HANDLING EQUIPMENT AND COMPONENTS A.Install equipment with clearances for service and maintenance and in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Coordinate requirements for right hand or left hand access to suit field conditions. B. Units located above inaccessible ceilings will require access through access doors. C.Inline Exhaust Fans: Provide hanger rods to support fan from roof structure. Provide flexible duct connections. D.Roof Exhaust Fans: Attach manufacturer's roof curbs to roof and mount fans on roof curbs. Refer to architectural drawings for roof flashing. E. Exterior Installations: Hot dip galvanized hardware and steel support frames for roof -mounted fans. Install weatherhood over fan motors and drives. 3.2 CLEANING A.Air handling equipment shall remain sealed except during installation. When daily activities have been completed, clean and seal unit. Do not use compartments for storage. 3.3 START-UP SERVICES A.Services shall include a check of proper installation, system check-out, adjustment, and complete start-up per manufacturer's recommendations. B.Include start-up and test reports in Operation and Maintenance Manual. 3.4 ADJUSTING A.Tighten belts to proper tension. Adjust fans and provide drive changes to deliver design airflow. B. Lubricate bearings with oil or grease as recommended by manufacturer. C.Adjust damper linkages for proper damper operation. END OF SECTION SECTION 233700 - AIR DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.Description: Work includes grilles, diffusers, louvers, roof hoods and associated appurtenances. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each type. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 GRILLES,REGISTERS, DIFFUSERS, LOUVERS, ROOF AND WALL CAPS A.Except as otherwise indicated, furnish manufacturer's standard grilles and diffusers of size, shape, capacity and type as indicated on the Drawings for complete installation. B.Performance: Furnish grilles and diffusers that have, as minimum, temperature and velocity traverses, throw and drop, and noise criteria ratings for each grille and diffuser type and size as listed in manufacturer's current data. g specifically Compatibility: Furnish with border styles compatible with adjacent ceiling systemsp ecificall y manufactured to fit into ceiling module with accurate fit and adequate support. Refer to architectural drawings and specifications for types of ceiling systems. D.Seismic Restraints for Grilles and Diffusers Weighing Less than 20 Pounds: Include means to positively attach grilles and diffusers to ceiling grid system. E. Louver Performace: Maximum free area and minimum pressure drop for each type as listed in manufacturer's current data. F. Manufacturers: Grilles, Registers, Diffusers: Titus, Krueger, Anemostat, Metalaire, Kees, Nailor, orapproved. nor G. Manufacturers: Louvers: Ruskin, Greenheck, American Warming & Ventilating, approved. H.Manufacturers: Roof & Wall Caps: Penn Barry, Cook, Greenheck, or approved. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A.General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A.Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A.General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with specifications and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Coordinate with other work, including ductwork and duct accessories, as necessary to interface installation of grilles and diffusers with other work. C.Install grilles and diffusers with airtight connection to ducts and to allow service and maintenance of adjustable components and fire dampers. D.Ceiling-Mounted: Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts, fittings, and accessories. Grille and diffuser locations have been indicated on the Drawings to achieve design requirements for air volume, noise criteria, airflow pattern, throw, and pressure drop. Make final locations where indicated on the architectural reflected ceiling plans. Where architectural features or other items conflict with installation, notify NE for determination of final location. E. Seismic Restraints: 1. For Grilles and Diffusers Weighing Less then 20 Pounds: Positively attach grille and diffuser to ceiling grid system. 2. For Grilles and Diffusers Weighing 20 to 56 Pounds: In addition to positively attaching grille and diffusers to ceiling grid system, install two No. 12 gage hanger wires connected to grilles and diffusers to ceiling system hanger or to structure above. F. Secure roof curbs, for roof hoods or caps and secure hoods or caps to top of curbs. G.Install louvers and securely attach to building. Make installation watertight with sealant as detailed on the architectural drawings and as specified. 3.4 ADJUSTING A.After installation, adjust grilles and diffusers to air patterns indicated on the Drawings, or as directed, before starting air balancing. 3.5 CLEANING A.After installation of grilles and diffusers, inspect exposed finish. Clean exposed surfaces to remove burrs, dirt, and smudges. Remove and provide new grilles and diffusers that have damaged finishes. END OF SECTION SECTION 234100- FILTERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes air filters for air handling equipment and associated appurtenances. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each air filter. 1.4 SPARE MEDIA A. Equipment with Filters: Three sets for each type of filter. One for initial installation, one installed prior to the TAB work, and one delivered to the Owner at Substantial Completion. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 REPLACEABLE FILTERS A. Pleated Media Type: Extended surface with reinforced non -woven cotton fabric in self-supporting frame, MERV 8 per ASHRAE 52.2, 2 -inches thick, UL Class 1. B. Manufacturers: Camfil Farr 30/30, AAF International, or approved. 2.2 FILTER HOUSINGS AND FRAMES A. For Air Handling Equipment: Filter housings and frames furnished by air handling equipment manufacturer and integral to air handling equipment unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. 2.3 RESISTANCE INDICATOR A. General: Diaphragm -actuated dial type, 4 -3/4 -inch outside diameter with white dial, black figures and graduations, and pointer zero adjustment, 0 to 1 -inch w.g. range with 0.02 -inch minor division. Accuracy plus or minus 2 percent of full scale at 70 F. Include bracket, static pressure taps, aluminum tubing, and vent valves. Manufacturer: Dwyer Magnehelic Model 2001, or approved. 2.4 FILTERS DURING CONSTRUCTION A.General: Pleated media type with reinforced synthetic blend filter media that has been electrostatically charged, MERV 8 per ASHRAE 52.2, 1 -inch thick, Class 2. B. Manufacturers: Camfil Farr Aeropleat IV, + or approved. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A.General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Install resistance indicator static pressure taps upstream and downstream of filters to indicate air pressure drop through air filter. Install indicator on outside of filter housing or filter plenum in accessible and readable position. END OF SECTION SECTION 230900 - TEMPERATURE CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.Description: Work includes design, components, hardware, and construction for complete installation of an operational control system. B.Coordinate carefully with Landlord requirements and connect to building system when applicable. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B.Codes and Standards: 1. Applicable energy code. 2. AMCA Standard 500-D, Laboratory Methods of Testing Dampers for Rating. 3. AMCA Publication 511, Certified Ratings Program for Air Control Devices. 4. CSA, Canadian Standards Association. 5. FCC, Part 15, Subpart J, Class A Computing Devices. 6. NFPA 70, National Electrical Code. 7. UL 873, Standard for Temperature -Indicating and -Regulating Equipment. 8. UL 916, Standard for Energy Management Equipment. C.Control System Subcontractor's Qualifications: Subcontractor that will perform this work shall have a minimum of at least 3 control systems of same type and design as required by the contract. Use Landlord's control subcontractor when required per Tenant Criteria. D.Installation: System designed and constructed by authorized representative of product manufacturer. Carefully investigate mechanical, electrical, and finish conditions that could affect work to be performed and furnish materials I andlabor to meet such conditions. abo necessary 1.3 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Submit specification data sheet for each component. Identify components by tag numbers. B. Shop Drawings: After approval of product data, submit Shop Drawings. Label components with tag numbers. C.Record Documents: Submit Shop Drawings for each control system showing installed condition. 1.4 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL A.Functional Design: Operational requirements of system, theory of operation, design philosophy, and specific functions. B.Hardware: General description and specifications and installation and checkout procedure. C.Operation: Procedures and instructions for operation of system. D.Maintenance: Descriptions of maintenance for equipment including inspection, periodic preventative maintenance, fault diagnosis, and repair or replacement of defective components. 1.5 WARRANTY A.Include services, materials and equipment necessary for the successful operation of Control System for period of one year after Substantial Completion date. B. Adjustment, required testing, and repair of the system includes computer equipment, transmission equipment and sensors and control devices. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 BASIC SYSTEM A.General: Provide thermostats, sensors, wiring, conduit, relays, transmitters and other control devices required to make a complete and operational control system. System shall be compatible and interface with Landlord's controls. Material and equipment standard products of manufacturer regularly engaged in manufacturing of such products. 2.2 CONTROL WIRING A.General: 1. Include wire and cable, transformers, circuits, wiring protection and labels, drawings as required for complete and operable control system including wiring to transformer primaries. 2. Conform to NEC and Division 16 requirements. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONTROL SYSTEM, GENERAL A.Description: Install devices and hardware required to insure a complete and operating system in accordance with the sequences of operation. Devices shall be easily accessible. 3.2 SEQUENCES OF OPERATION A.General: Provide sequence of operation as indicated on the drawings. 3.3 FIELD TESTING AND VERIFICATION A.Field Tests: Calibrate field equipment and devices and verify equipment and system operation before placing the automatic temperature control system on-line. B.Performance Verification Tests: 1. Conduct performance verification tests to demonstrate that system maintains setpoints, control loops are tuned, and controllers are programmed for correct sequences of operation. END OF SECTION SECTION 230593 - TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.Description: Work includes testing, adjusting, and balancing (TAB) of mechanical systems. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: 1. NFPA 90A, Standard for the Installation of Air -Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. 2. UL 873, Standard for Temperature - Indicating and Temperature -Regulating Equipment. B. TAB Subcontractor: 1. General: TAB work performed by an independent subcontractor, not affiliated with the Contractor. Landlord may require specific contractor for balancing. 2. Qualifications: Certified by National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB) or Associated Air Balance Council (AABC). 3. Experience: Minimum 3 years on projects of similar scope and complexity. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Balancing Report: 1. Provide complete balancing report in accordance with NEBB requirements. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 INSTRUMENTS A. General: Furnish materials and equipment necessary to perform the work. B. Instrumentation: Use in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Description: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 WORK BY TAB SUBCONTRACTOR A. General: Adjust quantities to within 10 percent of design values. B. For rooms and terminal units that are identified to maintain negative pressure relationships to adjacent rooms, adjust air quantities to within the percent of design values. C. Systems: Include, but are not limited to supply, return, exhaust, ventilation air systems, and domestic hot water circulating systems. D.Existing Systems: Perform TAB for existing air handling systems (noted on plans), work shall include same activities as for new system. E. Filter Pressure Drop: Following proportional adjustment of supply air outlets, measure initial clean filter pressure drop. Simulate filter loading by covering face of filters to increase filter pressure drop. Remeasure clean filter pressure drop at final fan setting. F. Fan Adjustment and Drive Changes: Mechanical Sub Contractor shall provide motors, sheaves and belts as required for Balancer to accomplish work. G.Outdoor Air/Economizer Cycles: After supply air outlets and return air inlets are in balance and air quantities correct, adjust outdoor air damper to air quantity indicated on the Drawings for each system. H. Marking of Adjustments: 1. After final inspection and recheck, permanently mark dampers, valves, and other adjustment devices to allow adjustment to be restored if disturbed in the future. END OF SECTION SECTION 230800 - SYSTEMS COMMISSIONING SUPPORT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.Description: Work includes Division 23 responsibilities and participation in commissioning process to demonstrate compliance of the fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC systems in accordance with the Contract Documents. B.General Drawings Requirements: Dr q a gs and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 sections apply to Work in this section. C.Regulatory Requirements: Comply ry q with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. 1.2 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES FOR COMMISSIONING A.General: Commissioning is responsibility of mechanical subcontractors (including their subcontractors and equipment suppliers). B. Schedule: Within 20 days after contract award to the General Contractor, prepare preliminary schedule. C.Commissioning Plan: Develop a commissioning plan including narrative of activities, roles and responsibilities, and specific tests to be performed. D.Preliminary Commissioning Report: Provide preliminary report of test procedures and results. E.Final Commissioning Report: Provide final report of test procedures and results. Include any documentation required by the local authority having jurisdiction including any signed forms required. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 TEST EQUIPMENT A.Description: Test equipment as necessary for start-up and testing of mechanical equipment. B. Proprietary Test Equipment: Proprietary test equipment shall become property of the Owner upon completion of commissioning. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 WORK PRIOR TO COMMISSIONING A.Description: Complete all phases of the Work so various systems can be started, tested, adjusted, balanced, and otherwise commissioned. This includes complete installation of equipment, materials, pipe, duct, wire, insulation, controls, and similar items per the Contract Documents and related directives, clarifications, and change orders. B.Scheduling: Commissioning is intended to begin upon completion of a system. Commissioning may proceed prior to completion of systems or sub -systems subject to coordination with the Commissioning Authority. Start of commissioning before system completion will not relieve the Contractor from completing those systems per construction schedule. 3.2 WORK TO RESOLVE DEFICIENCIES A.Description: In some systems, misadjustments, misapplied equipment, and deficient performance under varying loads will result in additional work being required to commission systems. Complete Work under direction of NE with input from appropriate subcontractor, equipment supplier. Whereas all members will have input and opportunity to discuss the Work and resolve problems, A/E will have final authority on necessary work to be done to achieve performance. END OF SECTION SECTION 230820 - SYSTEMS OPERATIONS & MAINTENANCE MANUALS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.Description: Work includes preparation of mechanical systems Operation and Maintenance Manual. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A. Product Data and Parts List: Include local source of supply for parts and replacement. List parts and components of equipment stating catalog number (serial number and ratings, such as HP, voltage, and GPM) and size of part used in or on equipment. B. Troubleshooting Guide. C. Manufacturer's Installation and Service Instructions. D. Manufacturer's Service Instructions. E. Start-up Instructions with Certificates of Start-up and Verification. F. Final approved submittals. G. Warranties. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 FORMAT A. Assemble Operation and Maintenance Manual in 3 -ring binder(s). END OF SECTION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA DEC 2.02013 PERMIT CENTER SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED CIVIMY arch tecta 2505 Third Avenue Suite 324 Seattle, WA 98121 206.720.7001 phone 206.720.2949 fax www. crafts rch itects. corn CO J d h a. 0 co cf) U OONBILTANT HARGIS Hargis Engineers, Inc. 600 Stewart Street, Suite 1000 I Seattle, WA 98101 t 1206.448.3376 f 1206.448.4450 w I hargis.biz ENGINEERS I MECHANICAL • ELECTRICAL • TELECOMMUNICATIONS Submittals/Revisions: FOR LANDLORD REVIEW 12/10/2013 Sheet Title: MECHANICAL SPECIFICATION Date: Design: Drawn: Project No: Approved: 12/12/2013 RDS BS 13-713 RDS Building No: Sheet No: M4.3 COPYRIGHT CRAFT ARCHITECTS 2013 12/20/13 - 9:OOam ABBREVIATIONS 1 ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES 2 SYMBOL LEGEND (CONTINUED) 3 AHJA ANG BLDG CB CG CO CCOONTR CU DIST DS (E) EC EL ELEC EM EQUIP. ETR EUH EWC EXIST FACP GA HP HTR J -BOX LTS LV MCB MLMT MTD MTG HGT (N) NF NIC PFB PB PWR ABOVE FINISH FLOOR AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AMPERE AMERICAN WIRE GAUGE BACKBOARD BUILDING CONDUIT CIRCUIT BREAKER CIRCUIT CEILING CONDUIT ONLY CONTRACTOR CURRENT TRANSFORMER COPPER DISTRIBUTION DISCONNECT SWITCH DENOTES EXISTING DEVICE/EQUIPMENT TO REWIN ELECTRICAL SUB -CONTRACTOR EXHAUST FAN EMERGENCY UGHT ELECTRICAL EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT EXISTING TO REMAIN ELECTRIC UNIT HEATER ELECTRIC WATER COOLER EXISTING FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL GROUND GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER HAND/OFF/AUTOMATIC HORSEPOWER HEATER JUNCTION. BOX LIGHTS UGHTING LOW VOLTAGE MAIN CIRCUIT ,BREAKER MAIN LUGS ONLY EMPTY CONDUIT WITH PULLSTRING MOUNTED MOUNTING HEIGHT NORMAL DENOTES NEW EQUIPMENT DEVICE NIGHT LIGHT NON-FUSED NOT IN CONTRACT PROVIDE FOR FUTURE BREAKER PULLBOX PANEL POWER (R) DENOTES DEVICE/ EQUIPMENT TO E RELOCATED REC RECEPTACLE S OR SW SWITCH SMR SURFACE METAL RACEWAY SPKR SPEAKER SS SAFETY SWITCH STA STATION TEL TELEPHONE TRANS TRANSFORMER ITB TELEPHONE TERMINAL BACKBOARD TYP TYPICAL UG UNDERGROUND UH UNIT HEATER UON UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED VP VA POR PROOF W WATT OR WIRE W WITH WT WATERTIGHT XFMR TRANSFORMER DEMOLITION NOTES 1. THE ENTIRE SCOPE OF THE DEMOLITION WORK MAY NOT BE SHOWN ON THE ELECTRICAL PLANS. PRIOR TO BID, THE ELECTRICAL SUB -CONTRACTOR SHALL: a. REVIEW THE ENTIRE. SET OF TENANT IMPROVEMENT PLANS, INCLUDING THE ARCHITECTURAL AND MECHANICAL TO FULLY UNDERSTAND THE SCOPE OF WORK. REPORT BACK TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR WITH ANY DISCREPANCIES THAT MAY EXIST. b. VISIT THE SITE AND REVIEW THE TENANT PREMISES WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND LANDLORD TO FULLY UNDERSTAND THE SCOPE OF WORK AND EXISTING CONDITIONS, REPORT BACK TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR WITH ANY DISCREPANCIES THAT MAY EXIST. c. REVIEW THE SCOPE OF WORK OF ALL OTHER DISCIPUNES AND TRADES TO FULLY UNDERSTAND THEIR SCOPE AND THE IMPACT ON THE ELECTRICAL. SYSTEMS. 2. THE ELECTRICAL SUB -CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE IN THE BID PROPOSAL THE COST FOR ALL. WORK REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE THE DEMOLITION SCOPE OF WORK, INCLUDING THE INFORMATION SHOWN. ON THE 11 PLANS, INFORMATION DISCOVERED DURING THE SITE REVIEW, AND AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE THE TENANT IMPROVEMENT AND TO COMPLY WITH THE CODES/AHJ REQUIREMENTS. 3. MAINTAIN SERVICE TO ALL EXISTING SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT/DEVICES THAT ARE NOT SCHEDULED TO BE DEMOLISHED, THAT ARE NECESSARY FOR. NORMAL OPERATIONS, THAT DO NOT CONFLICT WITH THE NEW CONSTRUCTION OR THE INTENDED USE OF THE SPACE, AND THAT ARE REQUIRED BY THE LANDLORD OR OTHER TENANTS TO REMAIN IN PLACE. RELOCATE EQUIPMENT TO MAINTAIN SERVICES IF NECESSARY TO ACCOMMODATE RENOVATION. 4. UNLESS NOTED OR DIRECTED OTHERWISE, THE. ELECTRICAL SUB -CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE DEMOLITION. FOR ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL DEVICES/ EQUIPMENT, BRANCH CIRCUITING, LOW VOLTAGE CABLING, UNUSED CONDUIT, ETC., FROM WITHIN THE TENANT PREMISES. PRIOR TO DEMOLITION, COORDINATE WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ARCHITECTURAL TO FULLY UNDERSTAND THE SCOPE AND SEQUENCE OF THE DEMOLITION. ADJUST DEMOLITION WORK TO ACCOMMODATE THE SEQUENCE DICTATED BY THE. GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ARCHITECTURAL. 5. PRIOR TO DEMOLITION, COORDINATE WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND LANDLORD TO DETERMINE IF ANY DEMOUSHED MATERIALS (SUCH AS UGHT FIXTURES) ARE REQUIRED TO BE. TURNED -OVER TO THE LANDLORD. IF SO, TURN -OVER SUCH MATERIALS AS REQUESTED. OTHERWISE PROVIDE THE PROPER DISPOSAL OF ALL DEMOLISHED MATERIALS. 6. IN THE EVENT ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ARE WRONGLY DEMOUSHED OR BROKEN DUE. TO THE DEMOLITION WORK, ELECTRICAL SUB -CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR SUCH SYSTEMS AS REQUIRED TO RETURN SYSTEM TO PROPER OPERATIONAL STATE. 7. IN THE EVENT OF DEMOLISHING ENTIRE AREA CEILING GRID AND/OR UGHT FIXTURES, ALL UGHTING SHALL BE TEMPORARY SUSPENDED UNLESS PERMITTED BY KEYBANK OTHERWISE. 8. COORDINATE DEMOLITION WORK WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 9. THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION, MAINTAIN CONTINUITY OF ALL ELECTRICAL AND LOW VOLTAGE WIRING AND SERVICES TO ALL ITEMS WHICH ARE REQUIRED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR THE OPERATION OF LIFE SAFETY, OTHER ACTIVE TENANT, OR FOR BUILDING OPERATIONS. ANY REQUIRED INTERRUPTION OF THESE SERVICES SHALL. BE FULLY COORDINATED WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 10. ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT INDICATED TO BE REMOVED SHALL HAVE ALL SERVING BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING AND LOW VOLTAGE CABLING FULLY REMOVED BACK TO POINT OF SERVICE WHICH REMAINS. EXISTING CONDUIT SHALL BE FULLY REMOVED BACK TO POINT WHERE CONFLICT WITH NEW CONSTRUCTION IS FULLY ELIMINATED.. 11. ALL EXISTING PANEL -BOARDS WHICH ARE AFFECTED BY THIS PROJECT SHALL BE THOROUGHLY CLEANED. PROVIDE NEW TYPED PANEL DIRECTIONS ACCURATELY INDICATING ITEMS SERVED BY EACH CIRCUIT. 12. ALL EXISTING LOW VOLTAGE CABLING NOT REQUIRED TO REMAIN FOR OPERATION OF LIFE SAFETY, OTHER ACTIVE TENANTS OR FOR BUILDING OPERATIONS. CABLES SHALL BE REMOVED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE N.E.C.; CABLES SHALL NOT BE LEFT ABANDONED. 13. THE E.C. SHALL REMOVE EXISTING UGHTING CONTROLS FOR THIS SPACE AND REPLACE WITH NEW SYSTEM AS SPECIFIED. E.C. SHALL PROVIDE ALL MODIFICATIONS TO EQUIPMENT, FEEDERS, AND BRANCH CIRCUITING TO ACCOMMODATE THE NEW WORK AND INSTALLATION OF NEW EQUIPMENT AND LIGHTING CONTROLS. E.C. SHALL PROVIDE ALL UGHTING CONTROLS REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH CODE. 14. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DEMOLITION DRAWINGS FOR DEMOUTION SCOPE. 15. ALL CORE-DRIWNG SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE LANDLORD AND SHALL BE PERMITTED AT THE TIME OF DAY ALLOWED BY THE LANDLORD AND G.C. TENANT SPACE (E) FEEDER (N) UGHTING CONTROL PANEL (E) PANEL "A" S TO (E) MAIN ELECTRICAL ROOM E0.1 ELECTRICAL ONE LINE DIAGRAM NTS GENERAL NOTES: 1. ALL WIRING METHODS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL AND NATIONAL CODES. ALL POWER WIRE ON THE PREMISE SHALL BE INSTALLED IN CONDUIT. CONDUCTOR INSULATION SHALL BE THW, THHN OR THWN. NO ROMEX CABLES ARE ALLOWED. 2. ALL ELECTRICAL MATERIALS SHALL BE NEW AND UNUSED AND SHALL INCLUDE ALL OPTIONAL ITEMS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BEAR THE UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES LABEL. 3. BX, ROMEX, ARMORED CABLING, ETC. SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR USE OF MC CABLING. 4. WHEN SPACE ABOVE CEILING IS A RETURN AIR PLENUM, PLENUM NONCOMBUSTIBLE CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS SHALL BE USED ABOVE CEILING, INCLUDING EXISTING AND NEW WIRING EXCEPT INSULATION OF 25 FLAME SPREAD AND 50 SMOKE DEVELOPMENT FINISH RATING. LOW VOLTAGE OR UMITED POWER WIRING MAY BE LABELED PLENUM RATED TYPE. 5. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL SEISMIC SUPPORT (LATERAL AND HORIZONTAL) FOR NEW LIGHT FIXTURES IF REQUIRED BY JURISDICTION. 6. UON ALL OUTLET HEIGHT DIMENSIONS SHALL BE TO CENTER OF DEVICE, MEASURED FROM FINISHED FLOOR. 7. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE PULL STRING IN ALL CONDUITS. 8. FOR RECEPTACLE LOCATIONS THAT REQUIRE SURFACE MOUNTING, PROVIDE STEEL, RAISED COVER. 9. ALL LOW VOLTAGE CABUNG SHALL BE IN CONDUIT IF REQUIRED BY THE AHJ OR LANDLORD U.O.N. 10. ELECTRICAL SUB -CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE HEAVY DUTY PULL WIRE TO ACCESS TENANT CEIUNG AREA FOR ALL TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND LOW VOLTAGE CONDUITS AND OUTLETS. 11. PLANS ARE PREPARED WITH REQUIRED BRANCH CIRCUITS INDICATED BY CIRCUIT NUMBERS AND/OR HOME RUNS. PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL CONDUITS, CONDUCTORS, BOXES, MISC. FITTINGS, ETC, FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERABLE SYSTEM. BRANCH CIRCUIT INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH SPECIFICATION AND NEC. 12. COORDINATE AND VERIFY ALL MOUNTING HEIGHTS WITH ARCHITECTURAL AND VENDOR DRAWINGS PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 13. ELECTRICAL BOXES INSTALLED IN FIRE RATED WALLS SHALL MAINTAIN THE INTEGRITY OF THE RATED WALL. 14. ALL EXTERIOR AND ROOF RECEPTACLES SHALL BE WEATHER PROOF AND GFCI. 15. PROVIDE GFCI RECEPTACLES FOR RESTROOM, AND JANITOR CLOSET. 16. E.C. SHALL REFER TO OTHER DISCIPLINE DRAWINGS SUCH AS HVAC, TO LOCATE ANY ADDITIONAL DEVICES TO ACCOMMODATE, FOR EXAMPLE THERMOSTATS, ETC. 17. FOR EXISTING DEVICES/EQUIPMENT SCHEDULED TO REMAIN, E.C. SHALL CORRECT ALL CODE ISSUES AND ANY ITEMS DEEMED NON-COMPLIANT WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE AHJ. 18. PROVIDE DEDICATED NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR FOR EACH BRANCH CIRCUIT. NO SHARING OF NEUTRAL ALLOWED. THIS SHALL APPLY FOR ALL NEW CIRCUITS AND EXISTING CIRCUITED AS REQUIRED BY CODE AND AHJ. 19. E.C. SHALL EVALUATE AND VERIFY EXISTING CONDTnONS WITH DEMOUTION AND NEW WORK PLANS PRIOR TO STARTING ANY SCOPE, AND REPORT BACK TO G.C. IF DISCREPANCIES ARE ACKNOWLEDGED AND VERIFY ACCEPTABLE SOLUTION PRIOR TO DEMOLISH, ROUGH -IN, INSTALLATION AND ETC. 20. PROVIDE INSULATED BUSHING ON ALL LOW VOLTAGE CONDUIT ENDS. 21. E.C. IS RESPONSIBLE TO VERIFY VOLTAGES PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 22. FIRE SEAL ALL FIRE WALL PENETRATIONS FOR CONDUITS WITH AN APPROVED FIRE SEALANT AFTER CONDUIT INSTALLATION. FIRE SEAL SHALL PROVIDE EQUAL FIRE RATING AS WALL. 23. ALL 20AMP RECEPTACLE AND LIGHTING CIRCUITS UP TO 100'-0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #12 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. ALL 20AMP RECEPTACLE AND UGHTING CIRCUITS FROM 101'-0" TO 150'-0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTIUZE #10 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. ALL 20AMP RECEPTACLE AND LIGHTING CIRCUITS 151'-0" UP TO 250'-0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #8 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. CIRCUITS ABOVE 251'-0" SHALL UTIUZE #6 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. 24. RUN ALL ELECTRICAL WIRING CONCEALED IN WALLS, FLOOR, CEIUNG OR COUNTERS. EXPOSED WIRING IS NOT PERMITTED. 25. FOR NEW RECEPTACLE LOCATIONS SHOWN ON PLANS, PROVIDE GFCI TYPE AS REQUIRED BY CODE. 26. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT WHETHER OR NOT SPECIFICALLY INDICATED ON THE PLANS. SIZING OF THE BOXES SHALL BE PER NEC. 27. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LIGHT FIXTURE LOCATIONS. 28. ALL LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF ALL LIGHT FIXTURES. THIS SHALL INCLUDE, BUT IS NOT UMITED TO, PROVIDING ALL SUPPORTS, CUPS, POWER CONNECTIONS, AND SEISMIC BRACING AS REQUIRED BY THE AHJ AND LANDLORD. 29. INSTALL EXIT SIGNS OVER DOORWAYS TO MAINTAIN 4" SPACING BETWEEN BOTTOM OF SIGN AND TOP OF JAMB, OR AT THE DIRECTION OF THE FIRE DISTRICT. 30. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR MOUNTING DIMENSIONS AND / OR DETAILS. ARCHITECTURAL SPRINKLERS, SENSORS, AND OTHER CEIUNG MOUNTED DEVICES, ETC. IF THERE IS ANY CONFLICT NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY. DRAWINGS SUPERCEDE ALL OTHERS. UGHT FIXTURE POSITIONS TAKE PRECEDENT OVER DIFFUSERS. 31. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY AND COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECT AND UGHTING DESIGNER FIXTURE MOUNTING DETAILS AND SIZES BASED ON FIELD CONDITIONS. 32. ALL FIXTURES SHALL BE U.L. LISTED AND LABELED. 33. ARCHITECT TO VERIFY ALL SPECIFIED FINISHES. 34. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST, AIM, AND/OR PROVIDE NEW ADDITIONAL EMERGENCY LIGHTING TO ACCOMMODATE THE AHJ AND LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS FOR EGRESS/ EMERGENCY UGHTING. 35. ELECTRICAL SUB -CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL LIGHTING CONTROLS REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH CODE. 36. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONSULT AND ADAPT BUILDING STANDARD DOCUMENTS AND PROVIDE IN ACCORDANCE WITH N.E.C. AND A.H.J. 37. REFER TO CONTRACTOR RULES AND REGULATIONS FOR BUILDING SPECIFIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS. 38. ALL FLEXIBLE CONDUITS SHALL BE ROUTED CLOSE TO STRUCTURAL DECK AND IN-LINE WITH CEILING GRID. 39. ALL FLEXIBLE CONDUITS, UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY HARGIS ENGINEERS, MUST BE KEPT AT A MAXIMUM OF 18" FOR EQUIPMENT. IT IS APPROVED TO HAVE J -BOXES, ON THE HOMERUN CONDUIT, ABOVE EACH OFFICE AND RUN FLEX CONDUIT TO WALL PLUGS, SWITCHES, UGHTS, ETC. 40. REFER TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE FOR ALL MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT FEEDER, DISCONNECT, AND POWER REQUIREMENTS, AND PROVIDE ACCORDINGLY. 41. REFER TO MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LOCATION OF EQUIPMENTS. 42. HVAC SENSOR/CONTROL SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE HVAC CONTRACTOR AND WIRED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. THIS E.C. SHALL REFER TO HVAC SHEETS TO CONFIRM LOCATION AND POWER REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. PROVIDE AND INSTALL PER HVAC AND MANUFACTURER'S DOCUMENTS. 43. REFER TO CONTRACTOR RULES AND REGULATIONS FOR BUILDING SPECIFIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS, AND PROVIDE ACCORDINGLY. 44. DRAWINGS - EXAMINE ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN DRAWINGS AND/OR SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE REFERRED TO THE CONSULTANT BEFORE ANY AFFECTED WORK IS COMMENCED. 45. ENSURE THAT ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SUPPUED BY OTHER TRADES IS SUITABLE FOR THE RESPECTIVE VOLTAGE. CONFIRM POWER REQUIREMENTS OF ALL OWNER SUPPLIED EQUIPMENT. 46. ALL EMPTY CONDUITS SHALL BE COMPLETE WITH NYLON FISH WIRE. 47. MECHANICAL TRADES WIRING: PROVIDE ALL CONDUIT, WIRING, SPLITTERS, OUTLET BOXES AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES AS SHOWN. ALL MOTORS, STARTERS AND CONTROL WIRING BELOW 120V PROVIDED BY MECH. A E.C. SHALL INSTALL ALL STARTERS, THERMOSTATS AND WIRE COMPLETE. 48. CLEARLY MARK ALL EXPOSED CONDUIT, PULL BOXES, JUNCTION BOXES, ETC., TO INDICATE THE NATURE OF THE SERVICE. 49. CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ARE FUNCTIONAL AND IN GOOD WORKING ORDER AS PER THE ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND TO THE INTENT OF THE WORKING ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 50. AFTER COMPLETION OF THE WORK, PROVIDE THE LANDLORD AND TENANT WITH A SET OF REPRODUCIBLE 'AS -BUILT' RECORD DRAWINGS. INCORPORATE ALL CHANGES WITH RECOGNIZED DRAFTING PROCEDURES. 51. CLEAN AND TEST ALL EQUIPMENT BEFORE FINAL ACCEPTANCE IS GIVEN FOR THE WORK. 52. AFTER THE WORK IS COMPLETED, GIVE A WRITTEN GUARANTEE FOR ONE YEAR COVERING WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS.. REPAIR OR REPLACE, WITHOUT EXPENSE TO THE OWNER, ANY DEFECTS DUE TO WORKMANSHIP OR MATERIALS WHICH IN THE OWNER'S OPINION, ARE NOT DUE TO MISUSE OR NEGLECT. 53. CONFIRM ALL LOCATIONS AND OUTLETS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. ALLOW TO RELOCATE ANY OUTLET WITHIN 15 -FEET OF SPECIFIED LOCATION, PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 54. CONNECT ALL EXIT SIGN AND EMERGENCY BATTERY PACKS AHEAD OF SWITCHING AND LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL PROVIDE DEDICATED NON -SWITCHED PHASE CONDUCTOR TO ALL BATTERY PACKS. 55. PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN, FIELD VERIFY ALL HVAC AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT AND CONTROL LOCATIONS WITH HVAC/PLUMBING DRAWINGS. REFER TO MECHANICAL SCHEDULE ON THIS SHEET FOR FEEDER, DISCONNECT SIZE, AND CIRCUIT DESIGNATION. 56. E.0 SHALL PROVIDE A COMPLETE LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM IN COMPUANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS INDICATED ON THE PLANS, AND THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE ENERGY CODE. E.C. SHALL PROVIDE ALL PROGRAMMING, COMMISSIONING , AND DEMONSTRATION OF THE SYSTEM. THE PROGRAMMING SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENT OF THE OWNER AND THE ENERGY CODE. 57. COORDINATE ALL INSTALLATION OF OUTLETS/DEVICES IN CREDENZA AND CASH DESK WITH OWNER AND FURNITURE SUPPUER. CONFIRM AND MARK EXACT LOCATIONS OF OUTLETS/DEVICES WITH OWNER. 58. CONFIRM TRACK LIGHT ZONE(S) WITH OWNER. ALTERATION AND ADDITIONS: 1. CONTRACTORS SHALL NOTE THAT THIS CONTRACT IS AN ALTERATION TO AN EXISTING BUILDING AND SHALL THOROUGHLY INVESTIGATE THE EXISTING ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION AND CONDITIONS. 2. CONTRACTORS ARE REQUIRED TO VISIT THE SITE AND ENSURE THAT ALL WORK ASSOCIATED WITH THE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION REQUIRED TO BE REMOVED OR RELOCATED IS ALLOWED FOR IN THE TENDER PRICE. ALSO CONTRACTORS SHALL ENSURE THAT THE WORK CAN BE CARRIED OUT AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS OR SHALL ADVISE THE ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY OF ANY ANTICIPATED PROBLEMS. 3. NO EXTRA WILL SUBSEQUENTLY BE ALLOWED TO COVER ANY SUCH ERROR, OMISSION AND/OR OVERSIGHT FOR NOT HAVING MADE A THOROUGH INSPECTION OF THE GROUNDS, EXISTING CONDITIONS, DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATION AND DESIGN INTENT. 4. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTE THAT THE EXISTING BUILDING WILL REMAIN IN OPERATION THROUGHOUT BUILDING OPERATIONS. THEY SHALL ACCORDINGLY ALLOW FOR ANY WORK REQUIRED TO BE DONE WHICH MAY AFFECT POWER SUPPLY AND OPERATION OF THE BUILDING TO BE CARRIED OUT AFTER HOURS OR AT A TIME CONVENIENT TO THE BUILDING MANAGEMENT. PROVIDE TEMPORARY SERVICES AS REQUIRED TO ENSURE CONTINUED OPERATION AT ALL TIMES. FIRE ALARM BIDDER DESIGN GENERAL NOTE: TENANT FIRE ALARM WORK SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE APPROVED LANDLORD FIRE ALARM VENDOR AT THE EXPENSE OF THE ELECTRICAL SUB -CONTRACTOR, COMPLY WITH BUILDING STANDARDS AND REQUIREMENTS. 1. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SHALL BE A BIDDER DESIGN SYSTEM AND SHALL BE PROVIDED AT THE EXPENSE OF ELECTRICAL SUB -CONTRACTOR. E.C. SHALL PROVIDE A COMPLETE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE AHJ AND LANDLORD, INCLUDING SUBMITTAL FOR PERMIT. THE BIDDER DESIGN CONTRACTOR SHALL DETERMINE THE EXACT REQUIREMENTS FOR THE SYSTEM INCLUDING QUANTITY OF DEVICES AND ANY ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS WITH THE A.H.J. 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS OF THE PROPOSED FIRE ALARM SYSTEM, INCLUDING ALL DEVICES AND WIRING LAYOUTS, (IN PLAN FORM), TO THE FIRE MARSHAL FOR APPROVAL. ANY REVISIONS AND/OR ADDITIONS REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL JURISDICTION PRIOR TO OBTAINING CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY ARE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR AND WILL NOT BE REASON FOR ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION TO THE CONTRACTOR. 3. EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM TO REMAIN. COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD AND AHJ AND PROVIDE NEW DEVICES AS NEEDED FOR A COMPLETE SYSTEM. 4. TENANT FIRE ALARM SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY BIDDER DESIGN SUB -CONTRACTOR AT THE EXPENSE OF THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 5. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DESIGN (IF NEEDED) WILL BE DONE UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT DOCUMENTS. ARE ALARM DESIGN/BUILD CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SHOP DRAWINGS, POINT TO POINT WIRING DIAGRAMS, VOLTAGE DROP CALCULATIONS, SUBMITTAL TO FIRE MARSHALL FOR APPROVAL, DEVICE LOCATIONS, SPECIFICATIONS. COORDINATE ALL FIRE ALARM DEVICE LOCATIONS WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 6. ALL NEW FIRE ALARM SYSTEM CONDUIT (IF NEEDED) BY TENANT ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 7. SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS OF ALL FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS, (IF ANY). FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS SHALL BE 120V., AND SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY ARE ALARM SYSTEM RELAYS INSTALLED ADJACENT TO DAMPERS. DAMPERS SHALL CLOSE UPON LOSS OF NORMAL BUILDING POWER AND DURING BUILDING GENERAL FIRE ALARM. 8. ALL WORK TO BE DONE THAT INCLUDES THE BUILDING'S ARE ALARM SYSTEM AND FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM WILL BE SCHEDULED THROUGH G.C. AND TO THE BUILDING MANAGEMENT OFFICE. SPRINKLER WORK IS TO BE SCHEDULED AFTER 6:00 PM OR ON WEEKENDS. VISUAL FIRE ALARMS TO MATCH BUILDING STANDARD. FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR IS TO INCLUDE THE COST TO HAVE SIEMENS, THE BUILDING'S FIRE AND UFE SAFETY CONTRACTOR, REVISE THE BUILDING'S FIRE & LIFE SAFETY CAD DOCUMENTS. E.C. SHALL REFER TO BUILDING DESIGN CRITERIA/CONTRACTOR'S RULES AND COMPLY WITH ALL LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. CKT A-2 20A/1P SPUT CKT PRIOR TO ROUTING THRU LCD PANEL LCD RELAYS IN LCD PANEL CKT A -2a CKT A -2b NOTE., CIRCUIT NUMBER SHOWN ON THIS DETAIL IS SYMBOLIC AND ACTUAL CIRCUIT NUMBER MAY DIFFER. REFER TO LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL AND PANEL SCHEDULE. TO LIGHTING FOR EACH ZONE TRACK LIGHT LCD SWITCH NTS ING DE AIL LIGHTING SYMBOL SCHEDULE SYMBOL DESCRIPTION O UGHT FIXTURE. SEE LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR DESCRIPTION (a) LIGHT FIXTURE SWITCHING DESIGNATION • A SOLID COLOR DENOTES FIXTURE CONNECTED TO EMERGENCY SYSTEM CIRCUITING OR PROVIDED WITH BATTERY BACKUP I , 7I UGHTING TRACK WITH FIXTURES WALL MOUNT EXIT LIGHT FIXTURE. SOLID PORTION IN SYMBOL INDICATES ILLUMINATED SIDE(S) CEILING MOUNT OR PENDANT MOUNT. SOLID PORTION IN SYMBOL INDICATES ILLUMINATED SIDE(S) t3 SINGLE POLE LINE VOLTAGE SWITCH. a, b - BI -LEVEL SWITCH 3-3WAY D - DIMMER F FAN SWITCH K - KEY OPERATED P - C/W PILOT LIGHT V - VARIABLE SPEED MOTOR RATED SWITCH, 20AMPS, MOUNT ADJACENT TO EQUIPMENT SERVED OR INSIDE ACCESS COVER IN THRU WALL UNITS. (COORDINATE WITH DMSION 15) LIGHTING CONTROL SWITCH 0 a,b LOCAL LIGHTING CONTROL SWITCH WALL MOUNT OCCUPANCY SENSOR .41> OCCUPANCY SENSOR. CEILING MOUNT OR PENDANT MOUNT LOCATE AT SAME HEIGHT AS LIGHTS WP 20 AMP, 120 VOLT WALL MOUNTED RECEPTACLE. WP - WEATHER PROOF 20 AMP, 120 VOLT WALL MOUNTED GFCI 20 AMP, 120 VOLT WALL MOUNTED RECEPTACLE. GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER TYPE. ese 20 AMP, 120 VOLT WALL MOUNTED QUAD RECEPTACLE. GFCI - GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER TYPE. RANGE RECEPTACLE/ WELDER OUTLET • EQUIPMENT CONNECTION AS NOTED ON PLANS SPECIAL RECEPTACLE AS NOTED ON PLANS 0 FLUSH FLOOR OUTLET. COORDINATED WITH LANDLORD AND PROVIDE XRAYING OF FLOOR. Oec FLUSH FLOOR OUTLET WITH 20A, 120VAC DUPLEX RECP. WHERE DATA AND RECP. FLOOR OUTLETS ARE SHOWN IN SAME LOCATION, PROVIDE 2 -GANG FLOOR OUTLET TO ACCOMMODATE BOTH DEVICES. SPECIAL SYSTEMS VOICE/DATA ROUGH -IN OUTLET - PROVIDE 4" SQUARE DEEP OUTLET BOX WITH SINGLE GANG PLASTER RING AND 1" C. WITH PULL WIRE TO CEILING AREA. ®P SPECIAL SYSTEMS PAY TELEPHONE ROUGH -IN OUTLET - PROVIDE 4" SQUARE DEEP OUTLET BOX WITH SINGLE GANG PLASTER RING AND 1" C. WITH PULL WIRE TO CEILING AREA. 0 SPECIAL SYSTEMS DATA ROUGH -IN OUTLET - PROVIDE 4" SQUARE DEEP OUTLET BOX WITH SINGLE GANG PLASTER RING AND 1" C. WITH PULL WIRE TO CEILING AREA. oa FLUSH FLOOR OUTLET WITH SPECIAL SYSTEMS DATA ROUGH -IN OUTLET POWER POLE JUNCTION BOX ELECTRICAL PANEL STEP-DOWN TRANSFORMER DjwP MOTOR DISCONNECT SWITCH. NON-FUSED WP - WEATHER PROOF taiv, MOTOR DISCONNECT SWITCH. FUSED WP - WEATHER PROOF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION REFER TO MECH PLANS FOR REQUIREMENTS THERMOSTAT REFER TO KEYED NOTE, ITEM # PUSH BUTTON CONDUIT AT STRUCTURE, IN WALL, OR ABOVE CEIUNG CONDUIT BELOW FLOOR OR IN GRADE ............. FLEXIBLE CONDUIT p CONDUIT RUNS UP/DOWN LIGHT FIXTURE TYPE TAG MANUFACTURER PART NUMBER PART DESCRIPTION FIXTURE WATTAGE FIXTURE VOLTAGE NOTES A PEERLESS ELECTRIC CO. LTD. LACH•22G 417.12 -120 -ES 2'x2' RECESSED FLUORESCENT FOR T -GRID CEILING / T8 LAMPS 68 120 B LITHONIA 14" ADIA ROUND WASHROOM SURFACE MOUNT 32 120 C LITELINE RF601•ICAT W/BAFFLE TRIM RTM606-CH-WHITE POTS -WHITE 21 120 C LITELINE 1021.72-L15 HV6 TH6002-WH BAFFLE TRIM (RTM602.WH) BAFFLE TRIM C SYLVANIA LED21PAR38/DIM/P/930/FL30 LAMP - PAR38 DIMMABLE LED D KENDAL LIGHTING IPF730-SN (SHADE MODEL# RG730-6) SATIN NICKLE GLASS PENDANT, DIMMABLE LED 11 120 CONFIRM LAMP TEMP. COLOR WITH OWNER F LITHONIA MNSL-MV-M6 LED STRIP LIGHT, 4100K 24 120 REFER TO PLANS FOR EXACT LENGTH. PROVIDE QUANTITY TO ACCOMMODATE THIS LENGTH TRACK BANVIL R120.55 -B9 / 20148WH TRACK LIGHTING - - CEILING MOUNTED, WHITE 4 -FEET LENGTH T1 BANVIL MTR 138 UNIVERSAL HEAD 'RIO' PAR 38 WHITE 21 120 T1 SYLVANIA LED21PAR38/DIM/P/930/FL30 LAMP - PAR38 DIMMABLE LED EM STANPRO SPEXES-1-072-1-2S-4LR COMBINATION EMERGENCY LIGHT/EXIT SIGN AND BATTERY UNIT 120 EM2 STANPRO SRC-12-5.7WL RECESSED LED CEILING REMOTE HEAD 120 X STANPRO SLEXE-C-1-RC-WH-CR-12 • EMEGENCY EXIT SIGN 120 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA DEC 2 0 2013 PERMIT CENTER SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED 2505 Third Avenue Suite 324 Seattle, WA 98121 206.720.7001 phone 206.720.2949 fax www. crafta rchitects. corn U Z O U z8 cle Z WaT cn :c co °C U 114 O ... TANT HARGIS Hargis Engineers, Inc. 600 Stewart Street, Suite 1000 I Seattle, WA 98101 t 1206.448.3376 f 1 206.448.4450 w I hargis.biz ENGINEERS I MECHANICAL • ELECTRICAL • TELECOMMUNICATIONS 12,120(l3 Submittals/Revisions: FOR LANDLORD REVIEW 12/10/2013 LEGEND AND Sheet Title: GENERAL NOTES Date: Design: Drawn: Project No: Approved: 12/12/2013 RDS BS 13-713 RDS Building No: Sheet No: EO.1 COPYRIGHT CRAFT ARCHITECTS 2013 12/20/13- 10:12am PANEL SCHEDULE :1211912013 (E) PANEL 'A' PROJECT: QULTSOUTHCENTER CLASSIFICATION: NORMAL. FED FROM MOUNTING:FIELD VERIFY VOLTAGE::208Y1120V 10,:4 -WIRE: SECTION: 1 OF I MANS: 200AMAIN LUGS ONLY NEUTRAL: 100% RATED NOTE LOAD DESCRIPTION CKT NO. BREAKER LOAD (VA) 0 LOAD (VA) BREAKER CKT NO. LOAD DESCRIPTION NOTE AMPS POLE AMPS POLE 1. STOREFRONT RECEPTACLE 1 20 1 360 A 903 20 1 2 SALES TRACK LIGHTS 2 SAELS RECEPTACLE 3 20 1 180 B 100 20 1 4 SALES CASHWRAP LIGHTS 2 SAELS RECEPTACLE 5 20 1 180 C 1200 20 1 6 STOREFRONT LED STRIP/SIGNAGE 2 SAELS RECEPTACLE 7 20 1 180 A 441 20 1 8 SALES AREADOt`NUGHTS: 2 SAELS RECEPTACLE 9 20 1 180 B 400 20 '1 10 LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL SAELS RECEPTACLE 11 20 1 180 C 20 1 1:2 SPARE SAELS RECEPTACLE 13 20: 1 180 A 372 20 1 14 B.OH. LIGHTS 2 CREDENZA RECEPTACLE 15 20 1 360 B 20 1 16 SPARE CREDENZA RECEPTACLE 17 20 1 360 C 20 1 18 SPARE CASHWRAP RECEPTACLE 19 20 1 180 A 180 20 1 20 ROOF REC.. CASHWRAP RECEPTACLE 21 20 1 720 B 20 1 22 SPARE STORE ROOM RECEPTACLE 23 20 1 360 C 20 1 24 SPARE SERVICE RECEPTACLE 25 20 1 180 A - 1 26 SPACE R.R. RECEPTACLE 27 20 1 180 B - 1 28 SPACE EF -1 29 20 1 696 C 1 30 SPACE TRAP PRIMER VALVE 31 20 1 200 A 1 32 SPACE EWH-1 (INSTA HOT) 33 20 2 1150 B - 1 34 SPACE - 35 - - 1150 C -- 1 36 SPACE, SPARE 37 20 1 A 3600 45 3 38 AC -1 SPACE 39 1: 8 3600 - 40 - SPACE 41 - 1 C 3600: - 42 - `LOAD CALCULATIONS LOADCALCUL.A1IONS, (E) PANEL.*A' CONN. (VA) DEMAND FACTOR CAi-C. (VA) MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT& MSCELLANEOUS: LIGHTING: LARGEST MOTOR: MOTORS: RECEPTACLE: RECEPTACLES' OVER 10kVA: ELECTRIC HEATING: COOLING: TOTALS. - 125% - 400 100% 400 3016 125% 3770 696 125% 870 200 100% 200 3960 100% 3960 - 50% - 2300 100% 2300 10800 100% 10800' LOAD SUM MARY TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD AMPS PHASE A: 6,776 VA 56 A. PHASE B: 6,870 V.A 57 A PHASE C: 7,726 VA 64 A TOTAL CALCULATED LOAD22,300 VA TOTAL CALCULATED AMPS: 62 A 21,372 22,300 NOTES: 1. PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN,:CONFIRM LOCATION WITH OWNER 2. ROUTE CIRCUIT VIA LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL 3. 4; 5. HARGIS ENGINEERS, INC 600 STEWARTST, SUITE 1000. SEATTLE, Wok 98101 PH. (206) 448-3376 FAX (206) 448-4450 Relay Panel 1.. Relay 1 Circuit LTG CONTROL PANE 'LOP` SCHEDULE A: 2a: Voltage 120 Description Zone Timers 1/2 SALES TRACK LIGHTS 2 A -2b 120 112 SALES TRACK LIGHTS Notes SEE DETAIL 21E0.1 SEE DETAIL 21E0.1' A-4 120 - SALES CASH WRAP 5. A-6 120'. STOREFRONT LED/SIGNAGE A -B 120 SALES AREA DOWNLIGHTS 6 :A-14 120 B.O.H. LIGHTS 7' 8 SPACE SPACE ® KEYNOTES: 1. PROVIDE (1) 1-1/2"C. FOR COMMUNICATION & (1) 3/4"C. FOR POWER. PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN, COORDINATE EXACT TRENCH PATH WITH ARCHITECT AND LANDLORD. 2. PROVIDE OUTLET(S) WITHIN CASEWORK. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND PROVIDE ACCORDINGLY. PROVIDE FLEXIBLE CONDUIT FROM FLOOR MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX TO OUTLET(S). 3. JUNCTION BOX(ES) BENEATH MILLWORK. LOCATE CONCEALED BENEATH MILLWORK ACCESS PANEL. PROVIDE BRANCH CIRCUITING AND COMMUNICATION CABLING FROM JUNCTION BOX(ES) TO DEVICES LOCATED WITHIN MILLWORK. COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL AND MILLWORK INSTALLED FOR EXACT LOCATION OF STUB -UPS AND JUNCTION BOX(ES). 4. PROVIDE CONNECTION TO PEOPLE COUNTER. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND REQUIREMENTS WITH ARCHITECTURAL PLANS. 5. 6 -BUTTON LCD CHELSEA LIGHTING CONTROL SWITCH. PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN, FIELD COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION. REFER TO LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL DETAIL ON THIS SHEET. 6. LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL. REFER TO DETAIL ON THIS SHEET. PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN, E.C. SHALL COORDINATE INSTALLATION AND REQUIREMENTS WITH MANUFACTURER. 7. PROVIDE CONNECTION TO TRAP PRIMER. VERIFY LOCATION AND HEIGHT. 8. PROVIDE 1"C. WITH PULL STRING FROM NEAREST BASE BUILDING TELECOMM ROOM. VERIFY CONDUIT ROUTING PATH WITH LANDLORD. 9. PROVIDE CONNECTION TO STOREFRONT SIGNAGE. COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S SIGNAGE VENDOR AND PROVIDE ACCORDINGLY. 10. PROVIDE 1 CAT3 FROM TELEPHONE OUTLET IN CREDENZA TO TELEPHONE BIX BLOCK. 11. 3" WIDE(MAX) BY 1" DEEP (MAX) TRENCH C/W 2 X 4"C (SEPARATE CONDUIT FOR POWER AND TELECOM). CONTRACTOR TO SCAN FLOOR, PRESENT RESULT TO LANDLORD, AND RECEIVE APPROVAL PRIOR TO TRENCHING. CONFIRM EXACT. LOCATION ON SITE. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JAN 2 3 2014 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE UNIT NUMBER. UNIT DESCRIPTION ELEC.. CHARACTERISTICS KW HP FLA PANEL/CIRCUIT DESIGNATION ciRcurr DESCRIPTION DISCONNECT SWITCH NOTES AC -1 AIR CONDITIONING UNIT 30 208 3 A-38,40,42 3#61 1#10G - 1"C. 60/3P/3R ON ROOF EF -1 EXHAUST FAN 120 1. A-29 2#12,1#12G- 1/2"C. Sm EWH-i INSTAL -HOT 2.3 208 1 A-33,35 2#12;1#12G- 1/2"C, 30/2 TYPICAL BRANCH CIRCUIT SCHEDULED FOR AUTO CONTROL TYPICAL BRANCH CIRCUIT SCHEDULED FOR CONTROL AND FOR POWERING ASSOCIATED UNIT EQUIP. (EMERGENCY LTS) PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX TO TAP HOT UN -SWITCHED BRANCH CIRCUIT TO POWER. UNIT EQUIP. AS DESIGNATED ON LIGHTING PLAN PER NEC ARTICLE 700. PAINT J -BOX COVER RED. TYPICAL HOT, UN -SWITCHED BRANCH CIRCUIT TO UNIT EQUIPMENT 120VAq TYPICAL CONTROLLED BRANCH -® CIRCUIT TO LOAD DESIGNATED ON PLANS CONTROL PANEL. SEE PLANS FOR LOCATION MODEM TELEPHONE JACK INTEGRAL TO LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PROVIDE CAT. 5e PATCH CORD WITH RJ45 CONNECTOR FROM JACK TO BOTTOM OF RELAY PANEL PER MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS. O-61 LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL ' LC P' LCD GR-1408LT LIGHTING CONTROL DETAIL NOTES: 1. PROVIDE ALL LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM SWITCHES WITH TAMPER PROOF COVERS. 2. MASTER LIGHTING CONTROL SWITCH SHALL BE PROGRAMMED TO PROVIDE CODE REQUIRED MANUAL OVERRIDE FUNCTION. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE CATEGORY 5 PATCH CABLE WITH RJ45 CONNECTOR ON BOTH ENDS FURNISHED WITH LIGHTING CONTROLS FOR INSTALL BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. CHELSEA DIGITAL MASTER LIGHTING CONTROL SWITCH. SEE PLANS FOR LOCATION AND QUANTITY. 1/2"C WITH PULLSTRING TO TELEPHONE BACKBOARD PROVIDE SURFACE MOUNT SINGLE -GANG OUTLET BOX FOR PHONE JACK. LOCATE WITHIN 12" FROM CONTROL PANEL. LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL 'LCP' ONE LINE DIAGRAM NTS TYP. OFI 2 TYP. ICF 4 A-2(1 ,b) A -4,A= T4 1028A - 14L M IA A-14 A-4,8;1-6 - - N O P LEttip2 10'3 N A A-14 / A A-14 A A-14 A-2 I _ A -2a r----� OC A-4 OC A -2d A -2a A-29 A-4 L A -2a OA -8 C EM2 _ J TRACK (TYP.) T1 (TYP.) /A -2a L A-2 2a 2a �A-8 C A -2a A 2 A-4 LINEAR LED TYPE F A-14 r, Ikt A -2h A-4 4 A-4 A -2a OC A-8 <IA -f 2a EM2 A A -2a1 • EM2 EM2 d I A -2b A -2b1 A-1-2 A2b,1_ / 1 -2b A -2b A -2b 4 A -2b 1A-21) 2 FLOOR PLAN - LIG( 1/4" = 1'-0" TING 102B FACP A-251' tIMER WITCH A-23 23 11'-0"AFF 0 (N) TELEPHONE BIX BLOCK (E) FIRE ALARM PANEL (E) ELECTRICAL PANEL EWH-1 0A-31 GFCI, +42" N O -23 I A-3,5,7 r- I 44 -7 ----II A-20 A-5 A-1,15,17 L G FCI P. (N) LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL A-31 ON ROOF AC -1 JON ROOF -J A-9,11 }1)A-9 ,13 L1 ---J L 11/7/* 1 A-3 3 VERIFY LOCATION LJ d"'' • #4P7i -- 11'-0"AFF I 2505 Third Avenue Suite 324 Seattle, WA 9812.1 206.720.7001 phone 206.720.2949 fax www. crafta rc h ite cts. co m QUILTS ETC. OONBULTAM' HARGIS Hargis Engineers, Inc. 600 Stewart Street, Suite 1000 I Seattle, WA 98101 t 1206.448.3376 f 1206.448.4450 w I hargis.biz ENGINEERS I MECHANICAL • ELECTRICAL • TELECOMMUNICATIONS I2l20l I3 Submittals/Revisions: FOR LANDLORD REVIEW 12/10/2013 EpEIVED OF TUKW-ILA ¢E4202013 P RhMFT CENTER A-1 FLOOR PLAN - ELECTRICAL 1/4" = 1'-0" FLOOR PLAN - Sheet Title: ELECTRICAL Date: Design: Drawn: Project No: Approved: 12/12/2013 RDS BS 13-713 ROS Building No: Sheet No: El ■ COPYRIGHT CRAFT ARCHITECTS 2013 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 16050: GENERAL ELECTRICAL The Drawings, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 apply to work under this Section. PART 1 GENERAL: 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. General: Furnish all labor, materials, apparatus, tools, equipment, transportation, temporary construction and special or occasional services as required to make a complete workingelectrical installation, as shown on the drawings or described in these specifications. B. Work included: 1. Assembly and installation of lighting fixtures and lamps. 2. Grounding. 3. Installation of fire alarm devices per code and AHJ. 4. Provide panelboards and overcurrent devices as indicated. 5. Branch circuit wiring. 6. Exit signs and emergency lighting system. 7. Installation of outlets as indicated. 8. Installation of telephone and data outlets and raceways as indicated. 9. Furnishing, support and installation of new transformer. 10. Demolition and removals as indicated. 11. Lighting controls, and time switches as indicated. 12. Connections of, and power wiring to, HVAC equipment: 13. Telephone service conduit stub -in for future tenant telecommunications systems. C. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Perform the following work, in accordance with appropriate sections of the specifications cited, where and as necessary to furnish a complete, working installation. a. Concrete: b. Painting: c. Door hardware: d. Mechanical: e. Food Service Equipment: Division 3 Division 9 Division 11 Division 15 Division 15 D. Related Work Not Included in Contract: 1. Installation of primary and secondary utility cables. 2. Installation of telephone instruments and equipment. 3. Installation of data cable or computer equipment. 4. Installation of security alarm equipment. 1.02 CODES AND STANDARDS: A. Specific 1. Comply with all codes enforced by the state and local jurisdictions. 2. Equipment and materials specified under this division shall conform to the following standards where applicable. a. UL Underwriters' Laboratories. b. ASTM American Society for Testing Materials. c. CBM Certified Ballast Manufacturers. d. ANSI American National Standards. Institute. e. NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association 1.03 DRAWINGS: A. Layout: General layout shown on the drawings shall be followed except where other work may conflict with the drawings. B. 1.04 1.05 PART 2 0 w 12/20/13 - 9:00am electrical Accuracy: 1. Drawings for the work under this Section are diagrammatic and complete details of the building which affect the electrical installationare not shown. Coordinate with drawings of all other trades. 2. Contractor shall verify lines, levels and dimensions shown on the Drawings and shall be responsible for the accuracy of the setting out of work and for its strict conformance with existing conditions at the site. SUBSTITUTIONS: Substitutions of specified devices and equipment shall not be allowed. PERMITS AND FEES: Provide, procure and pay for all permits, licenses and fees required to carry on and complete the work. PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 EXECUTION: 3.01 TESTS: A. Tests shall be conducted during the construction period and at completion to determine conformity with applicable Codes and with these Specifications. Tests shall be performed in the presence of the Architect and shall include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Insulation Resistance: Perform 500 -volt D.C. tests for one minute on all feeder conductors, including the neutral, and make a typed record of all readings to be included in the maintenance instructions. Repair or replace circuits showing less than 40 megohms resistance to ground. Make tests using Biddle Insulation Resistance Megger, or equal. 2. Ground Resistance: Test ground resistance per IEEE Standard No. 81. 3. Circuits Continuity: Test all feeder and branch for continuity. Test all neutrals for improper grounds. 4. Equipment Operations: Test lighting circuits for correct operation through their control devices. Test electric baseboard heaters for correct operations through their control relays/thermostats. 5. Lighting Control Circuits: Perform operation tests for all lighting circuits. 6. Product Failure: Any products which fail during the tests or are ruled unsatisfactory by the Owner's Representative shall be replaced, repaired, or corrected as prescribed by the Owner's Representative at the expense of the Contractor. Tests shall be performed after repairs, replacements or corrections until satisfactory performance is demonstrated. 7. Physical Inspection of Electrical Equipment and Cables: Inspection shall be made of all equipment to insure proper assembly and construction. 3.02 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS (AS -BUILT) A. Provide Project Record Drawings and Specifications as required by other Sections of Specifications and as required herein. Such drawings shall fully represent installed conditions including actual location of outlets, correct conduit and wire sizing as well as routing, revised fixture scheduling listing the manufacturer and products actually installed. B. All changes to drawings shall be made by qualified draftspersons to match existing line work and lettering as closely as possible. 3.03 WORKMANSHIP A. Preparation, handling and installation shall be in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and technical data particular to the product specified and/or approved except as otherwise specified. Coordinate work and cooperate with other in furnishing and placing this work. Work to approved shopdrawings for work by others and to field measurements as necessary to properly fit the work. B. Conform to the National Electrical Contractor's Association Standard of Installation for general installation practice. 3.04 SCHEDULE OF WORK: Arrange work to conform to the schedule which has been established for the progress of the work. Advise regarding shipping schedule of major equipment. 3.05 SUPERVISION: Contractor shall personally or through an authorized and competent representative constantly supervise the work from beginning to completion and, within reason, keep the same workmen and foreman on the project throughout the project duration. 3.06 PROTECTION: Keep conduits, junction boxes, outlet boxes, and other openings closed to prevent entry of foreign matter. Cover fixtures, equipment and apparatus and protect against dirt, paint, water, chemical or mechanical damage, before and during construction period. Restore to original condition any fixture, apparatus, or equipment damaged prior to final acceptance. Protect bright finished surfaces and similar items until in service. No rust or damage will be permitted. 3.07 SPECIAL TOOLS: All special tools for proper operation and maintenance of the equipment provided under this section shall be delivered to the Owner's representative. 3.08 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Install all required sleeves, forms and insets before walls or partition are built. Cutting and patching of walls, partitions, ceilings and floor necessary for reception of work, caused by failure to provide or properly located sleeves, forms and insets, incorrect location of work or failure to cooperate with other trades, shall be done at expense of trade responsible. B. No cutting of finished or structural work may be done without acceptance. When necessary to have finished material or stuctural work cut, furnish necessary drawings to trade whose materials are out to be cut. 3.09 CLEARANCES: Provide working clearance in front of, in back of, and to sides for all electrical equipment as required by National Electrical Code Article 110. 3.10 DEMOLITION: Demolition and removal of existing electrical services to the existing tenant space to be by the Contractor. 3.11 ACCESS PANEL A. Elec. contractor shall provide all access panels required for code required access to electrical devices and junction boxes. B. Access panels shall not be allowed in Sales Area ceiling or walls. Devices and equipment that normally would be concealed from view shall be located at normally accessible areas such as above ceiling, near HVAC diffusers or in back rooms in accessible ceiling areas. END OF SECTION SECTION 16100: BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS The General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 apply to work under this Section. PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work specified in this section encompasses products, assemblies and basic installation methods required for electrical project systems specified under this Division and includes, but is not limited to: 1. Conduit, raceways, and fittings. 2. Wire and cables. 3. Wire connections and devices. 4. Outlet boxes. 5. Pull and junction boxes. 6. Switches and receptacles. 7. Device plates. 8. Overcurrent protective devices. 9. Telephone terminal backboard. 10. Door buzzer and pushbutton system. 11. Background sound system equipment installation 12. Empty raceway . provisions for burglar alarm and and switches. 13. Panelboards and associated equipment B. Work Not Included: and wiring. security system detection units 1. Background sound system equipment. 2. Burglar alarm and security system equipment and wiring. 1.01 SUBMITTALS A. Submit in conformance with the requirements of Section 16050 the following items: 1. Switches, receptacles and device plates. 2. Conductors and cables. 3. Overcurrent protective devices. 4. Raceways. 5. Door buzzers and pushbutton. 6. Panelboards and transformer PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONDUIT AND FITTINGS A. Rigid Steel Conduit 1. Conduit, rigid steel: full weight, threaded, hot -dip galvanized, inside enameled, conforming to ANSI C80.1. 2. Three-piece couplings: electroplated, cast malleable iron. Efcor 165 series, O.Z./Gedney 4-50 series or equal. 3. Threadless couplings: electroplated, cast malleable iron, with integral conduit stop. Efcor 1760. 4. Threadless connectors: electroplated, cast malleable iron, on threaded male hub plastic insulated throat rated 90 degrees C minimum. Efcor 1750B series, O.Z./Gedney 31-050 1T series or equal. 5. Insulated bushings: threaded polypropylene or thermosetting phenolic rated 150 degrees C minimum. 6. Insulated grounding bushings: threaded cast malleable iron body with insulated throat and steel, lay -in" ground lug with compression screw. O.Z./Gedney BLG series, Thomas & Betts 3870 series or equal. 7. Insulated metallic bushings: threaded cast malleable iron body with plastic insulated throat rated 105 degrees C. O.Z./Gedney Type B, Thomas & Betts 1222 series or equal. B. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT) 1. Conduit: Shall be formed of cold rolled strip steel, electrical resistance welded continuously along the longitudinal seam and hot -dip galvanized after fabrication. Conduit shall conform to ANSI C80.3 specifications and shall meet U.L requirements. 2. Couplings: Electroplated, cast malleable iron, gland compression type, U.L listed rain and concrete tight through 1-1/4 inch trade size, O.Z./Gedney 6050W series, Efcor 760 series or equal. Set screw type couplings may be used in dry locations, O.Z./Gedney 5050 series or equal. 3. Connectors: Gland compression type with cast malleable iron body with male hub and insulated plastic throat 150 degrees C. temperature rated. O.Z./Gedney 4050 series or equal. C. Flexible Metallic Conduit 1. Conduit: Shall be fabricated in continuous lengths from galvanized steel strip, spirally wound and formed to provide an interlocking design. 6' MAX. LENGTH Flexible conduit is not permitted in walls. 2. Fittings: Connectors shall be made of the screw clamp with cast malleable iron bodies and threaded male hubs with insulated throats. 2. Flexible conduit shall only be allowed in the lengths and for applications as allowed by the jurisdiction. Contractor shall be responsible for correcting installation that is not in compliance with the jurisdictional requirements D. Liquid Tight Flexible Metallic Conduit 1. Conduit: Anaconda Type U.A., Coleman Type Uxt1 or equal. 2. Fittings: Connector body and gland nut shall be of cadmium plated cast malleable iron, with insulated throat, MAX. 24", T & B 5331 series, O.Z./Gedney 4Q -38-1T series, or equal. E. Minimum acceptable conduit size shall be 1/2 inch. 2.02 WIRE AND CABLE A. General 1. Acceptable manufacturers: General Electric Co., Rome Cable, Southwire, Triangle, PWC Inc., or equal. 2. Conductor material: All wire and cable shall be insulated copper conductors for all wire sizes. Aluminum wire and cable shall not be used. 3. Insulation: Insulation shall be THWN-THHN for wire sizes through size 1/0 AWG. For larger wire sizes insulation shall be THWN, XHHW, THW or as required to suit application. 4. Fixture wire: Type AF. 5. Minimum conductor size: Power and lighting branch circuits: Signal and control circuits under 100 volts: Any 120V./ 20A. circuits over 75 LF. must be: 6. Color code. Color code all conductors in accord 120/208V 277/480V Phase A Black Brown Phase B Red Orange Phase C Blue Yellow Neutral White Gray 2.03 OUTLET BOXES AND COVERS 12 AWG 14 AWG. 10 AWG. with NEC as follows: A. Standard Outlet Boxes: Galvanized, one-piece, drawn steel, knock -out type of size and configuration best suited to the application indicated on the plans. Minimum box size, 4 inch square by 1-1/2 inch deep. B. Switch Boxes: Two inch by 3 -inch long, galvanized steel switch boxes shall be used only for the installation of single switches, Install multiple switches in standard gang boxes with raised device covers suitable for the application indicated. 2.04 SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES A. General: Color of devices shall be white unless otherwise noted. Orange for dedicated I.G. 1. All general purpose 20 ampere, 125-250 volt receptacles and 120-277 volt switches shall conform to NEMA WD 1 and applicable U.L. tests. B. Receptacles: 1. Receptacles shall be, unless otherwise indicated, U ground type, white screw terminal type. 2. Receptacles shall be white decora type. C. Switches: Twenty ampere, 120-277 volts, fast make -slow break, quiet type switch with silver cadmium alloy contacts, binding head terminal screws, side wired only. All switches shall be white in color. 1. Switches shall be, unless otherwise indicated, bryant quiet type, white specification grade, decora type for 120v and heavy duty grade for 277v. 2. Light switches of quality as manufactured by bryant, p & s, arrow hart, leviton and hubbell shall be considered as acceptable as specified alternates. 3. Dimmers shall be lutron specification grade or approved alternate, white decora type. 2.05 DEVICE PLATES A. Cover plates for receptacles, switches, pilot lights, telephone outlets and other devices requiring cover plates for flush mounted boxes shall be white plastic, decora ty B. Weatherproof cover plates shall be diecast corrosion resistant aluminum type with two separate lids for duplex receptacles suitable for mounting on f.s. type boxes. all weatherproof cover plates shall have rubber or neoprene gaskets. C. Plates for surface mounted cast boxes shall be galvanized formed steel type. D. Cover plates for flush mounted equipment shall be supplied of quality and performance specified by the manufacturer of the equipment. E. Cover plates shall not carry manufacturer's name. F. Cover plates of quality specified shall be pass & seymour, bryant leviton, smith & stone or harvey hubbell. 2.06 DISCONNECT SWITCHES A. Switch Interior: Dead -front construction with hinged arc suppressor and switch blades which are fully visible in the "OFF" position and with door open. B. Switch Mechanism: Quick -make and quick -break operating handle and mechanism with dual cover interlock to prevent unauthorized opening of the switch door in the "ON" position or closing the switch mechanism while the door is open. C. Ratings: Switches shall be horsepower rated for the operating voltage and with fused or non-fused arrangements as shown on the drawings. D. Enclosures: NEMA 1, code gauge sheet steel with hinged cover, or NEMA 3R as shown on Drawings, and as required by application. d (3O3�LI RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA DEC 2 0 2013 PERMIT CENTER SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED 2505 Third Avenue Suite 324 Seattle, WA 98121 206.720.7001 phone 206.720.2949 fax. www.craftarchitects.com QUILTS ETC. UZ O z Z O a) cin 3 cc J W 0 cn CONSULTANT HARGIS Hargis Engineers, Inc. 600 Stewart Street, Suite 1000 I Seattle, WA 98101 t 1206.448.3376 f 1206.448.4450 w I hargis.biz ENGINEERS I MECHANICAL • ELECTRICAL • TELECOMMUNICATIONS 120010 Submittals/Revisions: FOR LANDLORD REVIEW 12/10/2013 ELECTRICAL Sheet Title: SPECIFICATIONS Date: Design: Drawn: Project No: Approved: 12/12/2013 RDS BS 13-713 RDS Building No: Sheet No: E 2 ■ 0 COPYRIGHT CRAFT ARCHITECTS 2013 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS (continued) 2.07 PANELBOARDS A. Ratings: See panel schedules. Finish All painted steel work shall be treated with a primer coat and finish coat of the manufacturer's standard gray color or ANSi 61. Electrical Contractor shall provide all panelboards as indicated on the plans. Panelboards shall be keyed alike, and arrangened to fit in the space indicated on the plans E. Bussing 1. Bussing shall be rectangular cross section full length tin plated 2. Each panelboard shall be equipped with a ground bus secured to the interior of the enclosure. The bus shall be equal to the panelboard neutral bus and shall have a separate lug for each ground conductor. Not more than one conductor shall be installed per lug: 3. Each isolated ground panelboard shall be equipped with a isolated ground bus secured to the interior of panelboard with a separate isolated ground wire (sized per the NEC)' run back to the grounding electrode ▪ Manufacturer shall be GE, Siemens, Cutler Hammer, or Square D G. Prior to ordering, the Electrical Contractor shall confirm with the serving Utility and the Landlord, the available fault current level at the tenant disconnect. Tenant paneiboards shall be ordered with an AIC rating greater than the available fault current level. If contractor does not confirm fault current level, equipment fully rated at 65k AIC minimum shall be required. H. For existing panelboard scheduled for reuse, clean and repair to like new condition, provide new breakers and modifications to accommodate new work, and provide new typed circuit directories. 2.08 PROTECTIVE DEVICES A. Circuit: Breakers: Molded case, bolt -on, thermal magnetic type, 40 degrees C. ambient temperature compensated, fixed mounting, with quick: make and quick -break switching mechanism mechanically trip -free from the operating handle. B. Ratings: Refer to drawings and panel schedules for trip frame and poles required: Equipment shall be fully rated based on available fault current level. C. Manual motor starters: Fractional H.P. 1 phase motors shall be protected by thermal 0.L relay integral with the disconnect: "Motor -Minder", or equal ELECTRICAL SUPPORTING DEVICES Conduit Straps: Hot -dip galvanized, cast malleable iron, one hole type strap with cast clamp -backs and spacers as required. 02./Gedney #14-50G strap and #141G spacer, Refcor #231 strap and #131 spacer, or equal. Construction Channel: 1-1/2 inch by 1-1/2 inch 12 gauge galvanized steel channel with 17/32 inch diameter bolt holes, 1-1/2 inches on center, in base of the channel. Kindorf 905 series, Unistrut P -1000 -HS. or equal. C. Fasteners (General): Wood screws for fastening to wood. Machine screws for fastening to steel. Toggle bolts for fastening to hollow concrete block, gypsum board or plaster wall. Expansion anchors for attachments to pre -poured concrete. 2.10 IDENTIFYING DEVICES A. Panelboard Directories: Shall be typewritten arranged in numerical order and shall show the number of the circuit is indicated. The room numbers used shall be verified with the Owner and shall not necessarily be those used in the drawings: Mount directories in a i3" x 8" metal frame under plexiglass inside each panelboard. B. Wire & Terminal Marken:: Self -adhering, pre-printed vinyl with sell -laminating wrap ground strip Brady 8191 series, Thomas de Betts WSI series, or equal. 2.11 PLYWOOD BACKBOARDS A. - Where indicated for telephone or communication system terminals, or for motor control or other equipment assembles, provide backboards of size 'indicated. 1. Use Douglas Fir plywood, exterior grade with "B" face, prime and finished painted. 2. Unless otherwise indicated, provide 3/4 inch thick plywood. 3. All plywood shall be fire resistant. 2.12 GROUNDING A. Enclosures of equipment. raceways, and fixtures shall be permanently and. effectively grounded. Provide code -sized, (unless otherwise indicated) copper, insulated green, equipment ground with all - branch and feeder circuit runs. Equipment ground shall originate at panelboard ground bus and shall be bonded to all switch and ' receptacle boxes and electrical equipment enclosures. B. Building services shall be grounded to building steel and to cold metallic water piping. C. Isolated ground conductors shallterminate on isolated ground bus and receptacle isolated ground lugs only. EXECUTION CONDUIT AND RACEWAY APPLICATIONS Rigid Steel Conduit. For all exposed and U/G conduit exposed to mechanical damage. Minimum size is 3/4". B. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT): Interior power and lighting branch circuits where run concealed above suspended ceiling. In stud walls, furred spaces, and where not exposed to mechanical damage, or above 6' from floor. Flexible Metallic Conduit In dry locations connection to transformers, (6' MAX.). vibrating equipment (24" MAX.), and to recessed lighting fixtures. D. Liquid -Tight Flexible Metallic Conduit: In damp and wet locations for connection to all pump motors, solenoid valves, HVAC equipment and similar devices shall be made using liquidtight flexible metallic conduit. Provide separate ground wire independent of conduit, run inside conduit and bonded at both ends to enclosures. Maximum length of 24 inches. 3.02 CONDUIT INSTALLATION General Conduit system shall be concealed unless exposed work is clearly called for on drawings. • Conduits shall be tightly covered and well protected during construction using metallic bushings and bushing "pennies" to seal open ends. In all empty conduits or ducts, install a 200 -pound tensile strength polyethylene pulling rope. • Conduit systems shall be electrically continuous throughout. Install code size, insulated,. copper, green grounding conductor in all conduit runs pulled with phase and natural conductors. Layout . Locations of conduit runs shall be planned in advance of the installation and coordinated with the ductwork, plumbing, ceiling and wall construction in the same areas and shall not unnecessarily cross ; other conduits or pipe, nor prevent removal of ceiling or tiles or panels, nor block access to mechanical or electrical equipment. Where practical, install conduits in groups, in parallel, for vertical and horizontal runs and at elevations that avoid unnecessary offsets. 3. Exposed conduit shall be run parallel or at right angles to the centerlines of columns and: beams. Conduits shall not be placed closer than 12 inches from a parallel hot water or steam line or 3 inches from such lines crossing perpendicular to the runs. 5. At flush floor receptacle locations, associated conduit (1/2'C. required) shall be run within wood flooring plywood underlayment. Coordinate layout with flooring contractor prior to underlayment install to accommodate conduit cut-outs in plywood. Conduit layout shall not be parallel with wood floor planks scheduled for install on top of underkryment. Maintain minimum 30 degree angle from parallel. C. Supports .1. All raceway systems shall be secured to the building structures using specified fasteners, clamps and hangers spaced according to code requirements. Support single runs of conduit using one hole pipe straps. Where run horizontally on walls in damp or wet location, install "clamp -backs' to space conduit off the surface. Multiple conduit runs shall be supported using "trapeze" hangers fabricated from specified construction channel, mounted to 3/8 inch diameter, threaded steel rods secured to building structures:. Fasten conduit to construction channel with standard one hole pipe clamps or the equivalent. Termination and Joints Raceways shall be joined using specified coupling or transition couplings where dissimilar raceway systems are joined. Conduits shall be securely fastened to cabinets, boxes and gutters using two locknuts and an insulating bushing or specified insulated connectors. Install grounding bushings or bonding jumpers on all conduits terminating at concentric knockouts: Conduit terminations exposed at weatherproof enclosures and cast outlet boxes shall be made watertight using specified connectors and hubs. 4. Install expansion couplings where any conduit crosses a building separation or expansion' joint. Penetrations 1. All floor', penetrations shall be sealed water -tight. Maintain fire rating as required. Fire -safe all rated wall penetrations using 3M listed fire-safing sealants and assemblies. B. 2.13 LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM A. provide lighting control system as indicated on plans. Provide additional controls as required by Landlord and Jurisdiction. B. Provide all commissioning of the lighting system as required for system and in accordance with the AHJ AND STATE Code. 3.03 CABLE AND WIRE INSTALLATION Conductors shall not be installed in conduit until all work of any nature that may cause damage is completed. Care shall be taken in pulling conductors that insulation is not damaged. U.L. approved non -petroleum base and insulating type pulling compound shall be used as needed. All cables shall be installed and tested in accordance with manufacturer's requirements - and warranty. Splicing and Terminating I. All aspects of splicing and terminating shall be in accordance with cable manufacturer's published procedures. . Make up all splices in outlet boxes with connectors as specified herein with separate tails of correct color to be made up to splice. Provide at least six (6) inches of tails packed in box after splice is made up. 3. All wire and cable in panels, terminal cabinets and equipment enclosures shall be bundled and clamped. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF BOXES AND WIRING SERVICE A. General 1. All outlets shall finish FLUSH with wall finishes and ceiling, except where exposed work is called for. There shall be no gap between box and wall or ceiling material. Any opening between box and wall or ceiling shall be caulked airtight. 2. Install raised device covers on all outlet boxes as required to finish flush with surface. Covers shall be of a depth to suit the wall or ceiling finish. 3. Leave no unused openings in any box. Install close-up plugs as required to seal openings. 4. Exposed outlet boxes and boxes in damp and wet locations shall be cast metal with gasketed cast metal cover plates. B. Boxes Layout 1. Outlet boxes shall be installed at the locations and elevations shown on the drawings or specified herein. Make adjustments to locations as required by structural conditions and to suit coordination requirements of other trades. 2. Outlet boxes in stud wall and partitions shall not be mounted back-to-back nor shall through -wall boxes be permitted. 3. Where installation is within or behind casework, coordinate exact location with casework contractor prior to rough -in to ensure accessibility. C. Supports 1. Boxes installed in stud walls shall be equipped with brackets designed for attaching directly to the studs or shall be mounted on heavy gauge galvanized steel box supports. • Fixture outlet boxes installed in suspended ceilings of gypsum board or lath and plaster construction shall be mounted to 16 gauge metal channel bars attached to main ceiling runners. • Fixture outlet boxes installed in suspended ceilings systems supporting acoustical tiles or panels shall be supported directly from the structures above wherever pendant -mounted fixtures are installed from the box. D. Mounting. Heights: Unless noted otherwise heights are from finished floor to center line of device box shall be as follows, and in accordance with handicapped accessibility requirements of State Code. Device: Convenience receptacle Convenience receptacles above Counters unless otherwise noted Switches, light Telephone outlet Height(inches) 18 44 46 18 END OF SECTION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA DEC 202013 PERMIT CENTER SEPARATE ERM'ITAND PPRDVAL REQUIRED arcciyrr ec 2505 Third Avenue Suite 324 Seattle, WA 98121 206.720.7001 phone 206.7202949 fax www.craftarchitects.com �' Z w cs) cn LU k.) 0 p CO CONSULTANT HARGIS Hargis. Engineers, Inc. 600 Stewart Street, Suite 1000 I Seattle, WA 98101 t 1206.448.3376 f 1206.448.4450 w I. hargis.biz ENGINEERS I MECHANICAL • ELECTRICAL • TELECOMMUNICATIONS I212010 Submittals/Revisions: FOR LANDLORD REVIEW 12/10/2013 ELECTRICAL Sheet Title: SPECIFICATIONS Date: Design: Drawn: Project No: Approved: 12/12/2013 RDS BS 13-713 RDS Building No: Sheet No: E2.1 COPYRIGHT CRAFT ARCHITECTS 2013